SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)

(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
ESTD: 1980 CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
CIVIL ENGINEERING
I-SEMESTER
Lectu Total Sessio
Code Tutorial Lab Exam Total
Course Credits re Contact nal
No. Hrs Hrs Marks Marks
Hrs Hrs/Week Marks
B16 CE
Structural Analysis 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3101
B16 CE Reinforced Concrete Structures -
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3102 II
B16 CE
Steel Structures 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3103
B16 CE
Geotechnical Engineering - I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3104
B16 CE
Environmental Engineering - I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3105
#ELE-I Elective-I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 CE
Environmental Engineering Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3111
B16 CE
Geotechnical Engineering Lab I 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3112
B16 ENG
Verbal & Quantative Aptitude-I 2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3102
#M-I MOOCS -I 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
#M-II MOOCS -II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 34 31 6 6 43 580 520 1100

B16 CE 3106 Concrete Technology

B16 CE 3107 GIS & Remote Sensing
#ELE-I B16 CE 3108 Pre Stressed Concrete
B16 CE 3109 Building Services and Maintenance
B16 CE 3110 Watershed Management
B16 CE 3113A Geo Environmental Engineering
B16 CE 3113B Higher Surveying
#M-I
B16 CE 3113C Integrated Waste Management for a Smart City
B16 CE 3113D Introduction to Accounting and Finance for Civil Engineers
B16 CE 3114A Fire protection, Services &Maintenance Management for Building
B16 CE 3114B Modern Construction Materials
#M-II
B16 CE 3114C Principles of Construction Management
B16 CE 3114D Reinforced Concrete Road Bridges

1
 Code: B16 CE 3101
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Understand the basics configuration and classification of structures.
2. To analyze indeterminate structures.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Analyze indeterminate trusses and frames
2. Evaluate indeterminate trusses and its application in the field.
3. Analyze two and three hinged arches and its application.

SYLLABUS

Analysis of statically indeterminate trusses (having not more than 7 members and 3 supports)
containing (a) external redundant supports (b) internal redundant members using (i) method
of consistent deformation of unit load method (ii) Castigliano‘stheorm – II.

Analysis of statically indeterminate frames (single storey, single bay portal frames only)
using (i)slope-deflection method (ii)moment distribution method (iii) Kani‘s method

Arches: Introduction, Geometrical properties, Arch action, Normal thrust, radial shear and
bending moment in three hinged and two hinged parabolic and segmental arches. Effects of
yielding of supports, rib-shortening and temperature changes.

Cables and Suspension Bridges: Stresses in loaded cables with supports at the same and
different levels. Length of cable; Three hinged stiffening girders.

Introduction to matrix methods of structural analysis (very elementary treatment only) static
indeterminacy, kinematic indeterminacy, Stiffness and flexibility method for two span
continuous beams only.
Text Books:
1. Statically indeterminate structures – C.K. Wang, Mc Graw Hill Education [Link]
2. Mechanics of structures Vol. II- [Link] and [Link], Charotar Publishing
House.
3. Structural analysis – Devdas Menon, Narosa Publishing House [Link]
Reference Books:
1. Basic structural Analysis- C S ReddyMcGraw Hill Education [Link]
2. Structural analysis – A matrix approach – G.S. Pandit and S.P. Gupta.
3. Indeterminate Structures by R.l. Jindal

2
 Code: B16 CE 3102
REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES -II

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To learn design of retaining walls.
2. To learn design of piles and pile caps
3. To learn basic concept of bridges and design
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Distinguish between behaviour of cantilever and counter fort retaining walls and analyse
for maximum bending moment and shear force.
2. Determine the stresses in various parts of underground and over head water tanks
including design.
3. Analyze and design solid slab and T-beam bridges
4. Importance of pile foundations and their design
5. Importance of Bunker& Silos and their design.
6. Apply IS 456 and bridge codal provisions to RC structures.

SYLLABUS

Retaining Walls: Types of retaining walls, forces on retaining walls, Rankine and Coulomb
earth pressure theories (c and φ soils). Passive earth pressure, Drainage of retaining walls,
Stability requirements, Preliminary proportioning of cantilever retaining walls, Design of
cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.

Water Tanks: Stress in concrete and steel in water tanks, Modular ratio, Impermeability
requirements, Under ground rectangular tanks, Elevated circular tanks, Design of these tanks
for strength and cracking, Design of staging of circular tanks.

Bridges: Components of a bridge in sub structure and super structure. Classification of

bridges. Highway loading standards, kerbs, footpaths, railings, parapet loadings, Impact,
wind, longitudinal forces. Design of solid slabs (casual reference to MOST drawings)

Piles and Pile caps: Design of bored cast in situ piles (bearing and friction types), under
reamed piles. Pile Caps design by bending action and truss action methods.

Bunkers and silos (sessionalsonly): Difference between bunker and silos, Design of square
or rectangular bunkers, Design of a battery of bunkers; Design of silos (circular).

3
Text Books:

1. Design of reinforced concrete structures by N. Subramanian, published by OUP India

[Link] of reinforced concrete structures by N. Krishnam Raju, CBS Publishers
3. Reinforced concrete structures by Robert Park, Willey India

Reference Books:

1. Limit State of Design of Reinforced Concrete - P.C. Varghese

2. Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design - A.K. Jain.
3. Design of reinforced Concrete Structures - P. Dayaratnam
4. Advanced Reinforced Concrete - Krishnam Raju
5. Reinforced Concrete Structures - R. Park T. Paulay

4
 Code: B16 CE 3103
STEEL STRUCTURES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To learn the properties of steel sections and design basics and codalprovisions Design of
connections
2. To design steel members subjected to tension and compression members
3. Design steps involved in beams, built up beams and connections in beam column etc.
4. To design plate girders, gantry girders and light gauge section
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Know the properties and fundamentals of steel sections.
2. Know the connections in steel structures
3. Identify the possible failure modes in compression members
4. Importance of roof trusses and their design

SYLLABUS

Fundamental Concepts of limit state design of structures, Different types of rolled steel
sections available to be used in steel structures. Stress – Strain relationship for mild steel.
Bolted connections: Behaviour of bolted joints, Design strength of ordinary black bolts, high
strength friction grip bolts, Simple connections.

Welded Connections: Advantages of welding, Types and properties of welds, Types of joints,
weld specifications, Design of welded joints subjected to axial load.

Tension members: Types of tension members, slenderness ratio, displacement of tension

members, behaviour of tension members, modes of failure, factors affecting strength of
tension members, design of tension members, Lug angles.

Compression members: Possible failure modes, behaviour of compression members,

Effective length, radius of gyration and slenderness of compression members, Allowable
stresses in compression, Design of axially loaded compression members, built up
compression members with Laced and Battened columns.

Column bases: Allowable stress in bearing, Design of Slab base, Design of Gusset base.

Text Books:

1. Design of Steel structures by N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press.

2. Limit State Design of steel structures – Ramchandra and VirendraGehlot, Scientific
Publishers (India)
3. Limit State Design of steel structures by [Link], McGraw Hill Education Private
Ltd.
5
Reference Books:
1. Design of steel structures by [Link] Ram, Pearson Education India.
2. Design of steel structures by Limit State Method as per IS: 800-2007 – S.S. Bhavikatti,
IK International Publishing House, Bangalore – 560 001.

6
 Code: B16 CE 3104
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - I

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Fundamental relationships between different parameters of a soil mass.
2. Different types of soils and identify their properties.
3. Processes of compaction and consolidation and apply them to field problems.
4. Stress distribution, settlement and strength of different soils in different conditions.
5. Importance of Soil Mechanics in solving the engineering problems.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Know the fundamental relationships between different parameters of a soil mass.
2. Classify different types of soils and identify their properties.
3. Appreciate the processes of compaction and consolidation and apply them to field
problems.
4. Estimate stress distribution and settlement of different soils in different conditions.
5. Identify shear strength parameters for field conditions.
6. Apply the knowledge of Soil Mechanics in solving the engineering problems

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Historical development, Soil Formation, Minerals in clays and sand, Soil
Structure, Physical properties of Soil: Void ratio, Porosity, Degree of Saturation, Water
content, Unit Weights, Specific Gravity, weight –volume Relationships, Relative density,
Consistency limits: Determination and consistency indices, Activity.

Mechanical analysis and Soil Classification: Sieve analysis, stoke‘s law, hydrometer and
Pipette Analysis. Unified soil classification and Indian Standard Soil Classification Systems,
Field Identification of Soils.

Soil Hydraulics: Types of soil water, capillary rise and surface tension, Darcy‘s law and its
limitations, constant head and variable head permeability tests, pumping tests, Factors
effecting Coefficient of permeability, permeability of stratified soils. Total, neutral and
effective stresses, Effective Stress Principle, Upward flow conditions, quick sand conditions,
critical hydraulic gradient.

Stress Distribution in Soils: Bousinesq‘s theory for determination of vertical stress,

assumptions and validity, rectangular and circular loaded areas, Pressure Bulb andInfluence
diagrams, westergaard‘s theory, Newmarks influence chart - construction and use,
2:1approximate method, contact pressure distribution beneath footings.

7
Compaction: Mechanism of compaction, Factors effecting compaction: water content,
compactive effort, Type of soil. IS Light and IS Heavy compaction tests, Effect of
compaction on soil Properties, Field compaction: compaction Equipment and Evaluation of
field Compaction.

Consolidation: Basic Definitions: compression index, coefficient of compressibility and

coefficient of volume decrease. Terzaghi‘s one dimensional consolidation theory -
assumption, Derivation of differential equation and Solution, Oedometer Test, Determination
of coefficient of consolidation by time fitting methods, initial compression, primary
compression and secondary compression, determination of preconsolidation pressure.
Normally consolidated ,over consolidated and under consolidated clays.

Shear Strength of Soils: Stress at a point, Mohr circle of stress, Mohr coulomb failure theory,
shear parameters, laboratory shear tests – shear box, triaxial and unconfined compression
tests, laboratory and field vane shear tests, Sensitivity of clays, Types of shear tests on
drainage conditions, shear strength of sands, critical void ratio and dilatancy, Factors
affecting shear strength of clays and sands, Total stress analysis and Effective stress analysis.

Text Books :

1. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by K.R. Arora.

2. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Rajan and A.S.R. Rao.
3. Geotechnical Engineering by P. Purushothama Raj

Reference Books :

1. Geotechnical Engineering by C. Venkataramiah, New age International Pvt. Ltd. (2002).

2. Geotechnical Engineering Handbook By Das - JRoss Publishing.
3. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Cuduto, PHI International.
4. Geotechnical Engineering by Manoj Dutta & Gulati S. K - Tata [Link] Hill Publishers
New Delhi.
5. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg. By K. R. Arora, Standard Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi.

8
 Code: B16 CE 3105
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - I

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Student shall be able to:

1. Explain the fundamentals of chemistry involved in water

2. Understand the analysis of water quality parameters
3. Understand the working principles of various unit operations of water treatment plant
4. Understand the importance of modern membrane techniques employed for water
treatment
5. Design the water treatment unit operations

Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. Explain the quality of water.

2. Analyze the water quality parameters and compare with the permissible limits.
3. Summarize the working principles of conventional unit operations of a water treatment
plant.
4. Determine the sizes of different unit operations in a water treatment plant.
5. Assess the suitability of conventional methods and latest membrane processes for
different water bodies.
6. Design a conventional water treatment plant with given specifications for given capacity.

SYLLABUS

Necessity and objectives of protected water supply system - Flow chart of public water
supply system – Role of environmental agencies

Water Demand and Quantity studies: Estimation of water demand for a town or city, Types of
water demands, Per capita Demand, Factors affecting the Per Capita Demand, Variations in
the Demand, Design Period, Factors affecting the Design period, Population Studies,
Population Forecasting Studies.

Hydrological Concepts: Hydrological Cycle - Types of Precipitation - Measurement of

Rainfall. Surface sources of water: Lakes, Rivers, Impounding Reservoirs - Capacity of
storage reservoirs - Mass curve analysis. Groundwater sources of water: Types of water
bearing formations – Springs - Wells and Infiltration galleries, Yields from wells and
infiltration galleries.

9
Collection of Water: Factors governing the selection of the intake structure - Types of Intakes
- Conveyance of Water: Gravity and Pressure conduits - Types of Pipes - Pipe Materials, Pipe
joints - Design aspects of pipe lines - Laying of pipe lines.

Quality and Analysis of Water: Characteristics of water – Physical, Chemical and Biological.
Analysis of Water – Physical, Chemical and Biological - Impurities in water - Water borne
diseases - Drinking water quality standards.

Treatment of Water: Flowchart of water treatment plant, Treatment methods (Theory and
Design) - Sedimentation, Coagulation, Sedimentation with Coagulation, Filtration,
Chlorination and other Disinfection methods

Softening of Water, Defluoridation and Removal of odours.

Distribution of Water: Methods of Distribution system - Components of Distribution system -
Layouts of Distribution networks - Pressures in the distribution layouts - Analysis of
Distribution networks -Water connection to the houses.

Text Books:

1. ― Water Supply engineering‖ by [Link], 17th Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Environmental Engineering by Peavy, Rowe &Tchobanoglous, McGraw Hill Publishers

2. Elements of Environmental Engineering by K.N. Duggal, McGraw Hill Publishers

10
 Code: B16 CE 3106
CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To learn the concepts of Concrete production and its behaviour in various environments.
2. To learn the test procedures for the determination of properties of concrete.
3. To understand durability properties of concrete in various environments.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of concrete.
2. Realise the importance of quality of concrete.
3. Familiarise the basic ingredients of concrete and their role in the production of concrete
and its behaviour in the field.
4. Test the fresh concrete properties and the hardened concrete properties.
5. Evaluate the ingredients of concrete through lab test results.
6. Design the concrete mix by BIS method.
7. Familiarise the basic concepts of special concrete and their production and applications.
8. Understand the behaviour of concrete in various environments.

SYLLABUS

Cements &Admixtures: Portland cement – Chemical composition –Hydration, Setting of

cement, Fineness of cement, Structure of hydrate cement – Test for physical properties –
Different grades of cements –Admixtures – Mineral and chemical admixtures – accelerators,
retarders, airentrainers, plasticizers, super plasticizers, fly ash and silica fume.

Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other
mechanical properties of aggregates – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity, adsorption &
moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand –Deleterious substance in aggregate –
Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis –
Fineness modulus – Gap graded and well graded aggregate as per relevant IS code –
Maximum aggregate size.

Fresh Concrete: Steps in Manufacture of Concrete–proportion, mixing, placing, compaction,

finishing, curing – including various types ineach stage. Properties of fresh concrete-
Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability by different tests,
Setting times ofconcrete, Effect of time and temperature on workability – Segregation
&bleeding – Mixing and vibration of concrete, Ready mixed concrete,Shotcrete.

11
Hardened Concrete: Water / Cement ratio – Abram‘s Law –Gelspaoe ratio – Nature of
strength of concrete –Maturity concept – Strengthin tension & compression – Factors
affecting strength – Relation betweencompression& tensile strength – Curing, Testing of
HardenedConcrete:Compression tests – Tension tests – Factors affecting strength –Flexure
tests –Splitting tests – Non-destructive testing methods – codalprovisions for NDT.

Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage– Modulus of elasticity –Dynamic modulus of elasticity –

Poisson‘s ratio – Creep of concrete –Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep &
time – Nature of creep– Effects of creep – Shrinkage –types of shrinkage.

Mix Design: Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete – Quality
Control of concrete – Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria – Concepts Proportioning of
concrete mixes by various methods –BIS method of mix design.

Special Concretes: Ready mixed concrete, Shotcrete -Light weight aggregate concrete –
Cellular concrete – No-fines concrete, High density concrete, Fibre reinforced concrete –
Different types of fibres – Factors affecting properties of F.R.C, Polymer concrete – Types of
Polymer concrete– Properties of polymer concrete, High performance concrete – Self
consolidating concrete, SIFCON, self healing concrete.

Text Books:
1. Concrete Technology by [Link]. – [Link]& Co.; 2004.
2. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir. – Tata Mc. GrawHillPublishers, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Properties of Concrete by [Link] – PEARSON – 4th edition.
2. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santha Kumar, Oxford University Press,New Delhi.

12
 Code: B16 CE 3107
GIS & REMOTE SENSING
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To learn the principles and concepts of GIS and remote sensing
2. To learn the importance and classification of digital elevation models
3. To understand GIS analysis applications and their implementations.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of GIS.
2. Explain the sensor systems used in remote sensing
3. Realize the importance of remote sensing in civil engineering.
4. Classify the GIS analysis functions.
5. Apply the knowledge in solving engineering issues by using GIS

SYLLABUS

Introduction to remote sensing : Introduction, A brief history of RS, Energy sources and
radiationprinciples, sensor systems used in RS, RS satellites, land sat, spot, IRS etc., RS data
products, RS analysisexamples – measurement analysis – [Link] in civil
engineering projects : Topographic mapping : Geometric characteristics, digital elementary
model,Cartographic requirements of satellite data, Mapping using SLAR.
Resource Mapping: Geometric and hydrographic features. Soil mapping and
[Link] in water resource engineering. Environmental pollution
[Link] and urban mapping, planning systems and waste disposal sites.

Introduction to GIS:Introduction, GIS overview, Engineering of GIS applications, GIS

[Link] Structures in Thematic maps:Data structures for GIS, Data base structures,
Data models, H,N,R query languages for data models. The nature ofgeographic data, spatial
data models, Raster data models, Vector data models, Data base management for GIS,
Datastructures for Thematic maps. The choice between Raster and vector.

Digital Elevation Models :Importance of DEM, Methods of DEM, Image methods, Data
sources and sampling methods for [Link] INPUT, VERIFICATION, STORAGE AND
OUTPUT :Data input, Data verification, Classification, and storage data output.

Data Quality, Errors and Natural Variation:Components of data quality, sources of errors,
nature of boundaries, statical nature of boundaries, combiningattributes from overland maps.

GIS Analysis Functions:Introduction, Organization of data analysis, Classification of

functions, maintenance and analysis of spatial data,Maintenance& analysis of nonspatial
attribute data, integrated analysis of spatial &nonspatial data, outputformatting, cartographic
modeling.

13
Choosing and Implementing a GIS - Awareness, need for GIS, Developing system
requirements, evaluation of alternative systems, system justificationand development of an
implementation plan, operational system.

Text Books:

1. Principles of Geographical information systems for land resource assessment – P. A.

Burrough (Clarendon PressOxford).
2. Geographic Information systems a management perspective Stan Aronoff (WDL
Publications, Ottawa, Canada).

Reference Books:

1. Remote sensing in civil engineering – Kennie, J.J.M., Matthews, M.C.

2. Remote sensing principles and interpretation – Floyd F. Sabims, Jr. W.H. Freeman & Co.

14
 Code: B16 CE 3108
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
(Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4
Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Analysis and design of prestressed concrete members and connections.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Understand the general mechanical behavior of prestressed concrete.
2. Analyze and design prestressed concrete flexural members.
3. Analyze and design for vertical and horizontal shear in prestressed concrete.
4. Analyze transfer and development length as well as prestress losses.
5. Analyze and design for deflection and crack control of prestressed concrete members.
6. Analyze and design simple connections of prestressed concrete members.

SYLLABUS

Introduction, Basic concepts of prestressing, need for high strength steel and concrete,
advantages of prestressed concrete. Materials for prestressed concrete, high strength concrete
and high strength steel. Prestressing systems (1) Fressinet System (2) Gifford Udall (3)
Magnel Blatan System, Tensioning devices, anchoring devices. (d) Pre tensioning and Post
tensioning.

Prestressing losses, Elastic shortening, loss due to shrinkage, loss due to creep, loss due to
friction, loss due to curvature etc.I.S. code provisions.
Analysis of pre stress members, assumptions, pressure, or thrust line concept of load
balancing, cable profile, kern distance, stress in tendons as per IS 1343, cracking moment.
Limit state design of flexural members, stress, I.S. code provisions, design of symmetrical
beams, design of pre stressed concrete poles, design for shear, I.S. code provisions.

Transfer of prestress (Pretensioned members), Transmission length, bond stress,

Transversetensile stress, End Zone reinforcement, flexural bond stress, I.S. Code Provisions.

Anchorage zone in post tensioned members, stress distribution in end block, Guyon‘s method
of approach of analysis of end block (Not more than 2 cables).

Text Book :

1. Prestressed Concrete by [Link] Raju.

Reference Books :
1. Prestressed Concrete by [Link].
2. Prestressed Concrete by P. Dayaratnam.
3. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures by T.Y. Lin and Ned. H. Burns.
15
 Code: B16 CE 3109
BUILDING SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE
(Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4
Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To know the problems posses in the buildings.
2. To learn the maintenance activities to be done in buildings.
3. To understand special repairs to counteract the problems posses in the buildings.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Understand the basic issues occurring in the buildings.
2. Realise the importance of maintenance of buildings.
3. Apply the knowledge of repair techniques for rehabilitation of structures.

SYLLABUS

Maintenance of Building: Introduction, various problems occurs in buildings, White

washing, colour washing and distempering, painting, replacement of glass panels, re-
polishing of terrazo and mosaic, replacement of decayed timber, easing of doors and
windows, repairs to damaged part of the flooring, cleaning of fire chimneys and gutters,
removal of stains from concrete and terrazzo floor, anti termite treatment (in building,
foundations, floors and wood work), repairing of plumbing, drain and sanitary works. Repair
of water storage sumps and tanks, repair of any joints i.e. wall-beam joint leak, beam-column,
slab-beam, etc.
Special Repairs: Strengthening of foundation and foundation soils, rectification of leaking
roof and concrete cover spalled roof, repairs to crack in masonry wall, repairs to leakage at
window sill, special repairs to joinery work at roof level, providing D.P.C. to the exciting
buildings, repairs to expansion and contraction joints, repairs to ramped floors. Repair of
electrical installation system, repair of fire services system, repair of gas supply system.
Repair of broad cast reception installation system, repair of security system, etc.
Repairs of Multistory Structures: Cracks in concrete, possible damages to the structural
element-beams,slab, Column, Footings, etc., Repairing techniques like Jacketing, Grouting,
External prestressing

Text Book:

1. Building Construction by V.N. Vazirani and S.P. Chandola, by Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. General Specification for Building Maintenance Works in Residential Buildings, prepared

by Building Surveying Division, HKIS
2. Building Maintenance Management, Second Edition by Barrie Chanter and Peter
Swallow, Balckwell publishing

16
 Code: B16 CE 3110
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Introduce the concept of watershed management
2. Understand the watershed characteristics
3. Learn the principles of soil erosion and measures to control erosion
4. Appreciate various water harvesting techniques.
5. Learn land management practices for various land use/land cover.
6. Introduce concepts of watershed modelling.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Calculate watershed parameters and analyse watershed characteristics to take appropriate
management action.
2. Quantify soil erosion and design control measures.
3. Apply land grading techniques for proper land management .
4. Suggest suitable harvesting techniques for better watershed management.
5. Apply appropriate models for watershed management.

SYLLABUS

Principles of Watershed Management: Basics concepts, Hydrology and water availability,

Surface water, Groundwater, Conjunctive use, Human influences in the water resources
system, Water demand, Integrated water resources system

River basins Watershed Management Practices in Arid and Semi-arid Regions, Watershed
management through wells, Management of water supply - Case studies, short term and long
term strategic planning

Conservation of Water: Perspective on recycle and reuse, Waste water reclamation

Social Aspects of Watershed Management: Community participation, Private sector
participation, Institutional issues, Socio-economy, Integrated development, Water legislation
and implementations, Case studies

Sustainable Watershed Approach: Sustainable integrated watershed management, natural

resources management, agricultural practices, integrated farming, Soil erosion and
conservation

Water Harvesting: Rainwater management - conservation, storage and effective utilisation of

rainwater, Structures for rainwater harvesting, roof catchment system, check dams, aquifer
storage

Applications of Geographical Information System and Remote Sensing in Watershed

Management, Role of Decision Support System in Watershed Management.

17
Text Book:

1. Murthy, J.V.S., Watershed Management in India, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1994.

Reference Books:

1. Murty, J.V.S., Watershed Management, New Age Intl., New Delhi 1998.
2. Allam, G.I.Y., Decision Support System for Integrated Watershed Management,
Colorado State University, 1994.
3. Vir Singh, R., Watershed Planning and Management, Yash Publishing House, Bikaner,
2000.
4. American Society of Civil Engineers, Watershed Management, American Soc. of Civil
Engineers, New York, 1975.

18
 Code: B16 CE 3111
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Tests to identify the physical properties of water.
2. Tests to identify the pH and conductivity of water.
3. Tests to identify concentration of acidity and alkalinity of water.
4. Tests to identify COD and BOD of water.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Determine physical properties of water.
2. Determine the turbidity and hardness of water.
3. Determine COD and BOD of water.
4. Estimate concentration of acidity and alkalinity.
5. Estimate chloride content of water.

SYLLABUS

1. (a) pH.
(b) Conductivity.

2. (a) Turbidity.
(b) Jar Test .

3. Hardness.
4. Acidity estimation.
5. Alkalinity estimation.
6. Available Chlorine & Residual Chlorine.
7. Fluorides.
8. Iron Estimation.
9. Estimation of Total Solids : Settleable Solids : Suspended solids, dissolved solids.
10. D.O.
11. B. O. D.
12. C. O. D.
13. Chlorides.

Reference Books:

1. Environmental engineering lab manual, Department of civil engineering, S. R. K. R Engg

College.
2. Environmental Engineering by Peavy, Rowe &Tchobanoglous, McGraw Hill Publishers

19
 Code: B16 CE 3112
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB - I

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Tests to identify the physical properties of soil.
2. Tests to identify the types of soil.
3. Tests to identify compaction characteristics and permeability of soil.
4. Tests to identify in-situ characteristics of soil.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Determine physical properties of soil.
2. Classify various types of soil.
3. Determine the permeability of soil.
4. Determine compaction characteristics of soils.
5. Estimate in-situ density of soil.

SYLLABUS

1. Atterberg limits
2. Field density by Core Cutter and Sand replacement method.
3. Grain size analysis
4. Hydrometer/pipette analysis.
5. Specific gravity by pycnometer/density bottle method.
6. Permeability of soil – Constant and variable head tests.
7. IS light compaction.

DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS:

1. Consolidation test.
2. Quick sand model and others if any.

Reference Books:

1. Geotechnical engineering lab manual, Department of civil engineering, S. R. K. R Engg

College.
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg. By K. R. Arora, Standard Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi.

20
 Code: B16ENG3102

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:

1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and

identifying errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to

1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and
other reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional
relationships making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS

Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions,
pronouns-number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and
indefinite articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation),
subject – verb agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the
appropriate clause , conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal
verbs) to-infinitives, gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of
comparison, modifiers, determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors
in sentences.

21
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard
to inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings
of the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context),
foreign phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots,
collocations.

Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption,
inference, conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then
identifying similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to
construct a meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man
(to use logical reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO
statements (sticking to a particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence),
supplying a suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent,
idiomatic language (with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on
the meaning of the sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:
1. Oxford Learners‘s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.
2. R S Agarwal‘s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Samina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP
2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
8. I have a Dream by Rashmi Bansal

22
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I

Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:

1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‘s problems.

2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also
measurement of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit
and loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for
any person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for
further studies.

SYLLABUS
Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion
Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding
remainders in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to
find HCF, applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule,
Introducing the concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and
Proportion.

Time and work, Time and Distance

Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination
of the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest,

Partnerships, shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price,
selling price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of
compound interest, Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of
partnership, Sleeping partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and
stocks.
23
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and
related sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related
to Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter
series, Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north,
south, east, west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site

24
 Code: B16 CE 3113A

GEO ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Concepts and principles of Geo environmental Engineering.
2. Geotechnical aspects of planning and design of MSW and Hazardous waste Landfills
3. Geotechnical aspects of planning and design of slurry ponds - ash ponds and tailing
ponds.
4. Geotechnical aspects of detection & monitoring of subsurface contamination and control
& remediation of contaminated sites.
5. Rehabilitation of waste dumps and geotechnical re-use of waste.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of Integrated SWM & Geo environmental Engineering
2. Learn the Principles and Planning of Landfills
3. Explain Geotechnical Properties of Slurry Deposited Waste
4. Learn Environmental Control Measures at Slurry Ponds, Geotechnical Reuse of Waste

SYLLABUS

1 Introduction, Sources & Impact of Contamination and Soil-Waste Interaction

2 Concepts of Integrated SWM &Geo environmental Engineering
3 Principles and Planning of Landfills
4 Liners for Landfills
5 Landfill Covers, Generation and Control of Leachate and Gas from Landfills
6 Stability of Slopes and Settlement of Landfills
7 Solved examples, Monitoring and Detection of Subsurface Contamination
8 Costs, Construction Aspects and Site Selection of Landfills
9 Control, Rehabilitation of Old Dumps and Contaminated Sites
10 Slurry Deposited Waste and their Geotechnical Properties
11 Planning & Design, Incremental Raisings and Failures of Slurry Ponds
12 Environmental Control Measures at Slurry Ponds, Geotechnical Reuse of Waste.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

25
 Code: B16 CE 3113B

HIGHER SURVEYING
(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. The modern techniques of advanced surveying, their fundamental concepts, data
acquisition, data processing, and applications.
2. Advanced mapping techniques

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Understand Need and pre-requisites for Higher Surveying

2. Be aware of Coordinate and datum transformations for 3D coordinates on Earth surface
3. Recognize Geolocation process
4. Learn Mapping with RADAR technique
5. Know about the Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for Archeological Surveys,
forestry, etc.

SYLLABUS

1. What is Higher Surveying? Need and pre-requisites for Higher Surveying, Connection of
Basic Surveying with Higher Surveying, detailed course content, books, notes, and other
[Link] requirements of higher surveying: platform requirements, type of
surveys, type of sensors, scanning mechanisms, scale and resolution of survey, planning
of survey, data acquisition and data management Coordinate systems in mapping for
Earth surface.

2. Coordinate and datum transformations for 3D coordinates on Earth surface; Introduction

to Adjustments Computations.

3. Methods of Adjustments Computations Accuracy assessment of parameters using

Adjustments Computations.

4. Positioning and direction survey for navigation. Introduction to Photogrammetric survey.

5. Physical models of photogrammetry Collinearity and coplanarity equations. Space

resection, space intersection, and aerial triangulation for photogrammetry . Bundle
adjustment, camera calibration, relative and absolute orientation, direct georeferencing

26
6. Mathematical models of photogrammetry Affine, Conformal, Rational functional
model(RFM), and direct linear transformations. Close range and terrestrial
photogrammetry for mapping.

7. Introduction to LiDAR survey and fundamental concepts Flight planning for airborne
LiDAR data acquisition.

8. Geolocation process Error propagation and accuracy assessment for LiDAR 3. LiDAR
data processing for DTM, DSM, BEM, and DEM generation.

9. LiDAR data processing for DTM,DSM, BEM, and DEM generation Introduction to
Sounding and Bathymetry survey and fundamental concepts.

10. Data acquisition planning and execution for Sounding surveys Introduction to Radar
interferometry survey and fundamental concepts Mapping with RADAR technique.

11. Mapping with RADAR technique Compatibility of various Higher Surveying techniques
Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for Archeological Surveys.

12. Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for Cadastral survey and building detection
and extraction Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for forestry Applications of
Higher Surveying techniques for measurements of surface deformation and plate tectonic
movement Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for 3D mapping and virtual
model development. Applications of Higher Surveying techniques for Geomorphological
features mapping

WEB LINK:

[Link]

27
 Code: B16 CE 3113C
INTEGRATED WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR A SMART CITY
(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. The issues of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) management, Construction and Demolition
(C&D) Waste and Electronic Waste Management
2. generation rates and waste composition; Integrated waste management issues, collection,
recovery, reuse, recycling, energy-from-waste, and landfilling
3. Biological treatment of the organic waste fraction - direct land application, composting,
and anaerobic digestion

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Understand The environmental impact of waste management and its relationship on the
sustainable development and smart city development
2. Familiarize the role of MSW management within the various initiatives of the Govt. of
India
3. Recognize the challenges of waste management for smart cities
4. Make acquainted with the Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste and Electronic
Waste (E-Waste) management issues in India in general and for the smart cities in
particular.

SYLLABUS
1: Introduction to Solid Waste Management
2: Municipal Solid Waste Characteristics and Quantities
3: MSW Rules 2016, Swachh Bharat Mission and Smart Cities Program
4: Municipal Solid Waste Collection, Transportation, Segregation and Processing
5: Disposal of Municipal Solid Waste: Landfill
6: Biochemical Processes and Composting
7: Energy Recovery from Municipal Solid Waste
8: Current Issues in Solid Waste Management and Review of MSW Management Status in
First List of 20 Smart Cities in the Country
9: Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste Management - Overview
10: C&D Waste – Regulation, Beneficial Reuse of C&D Waste Materials
11: Electronic Waste (E-Waste) Management – Issues and Status in India and Globally
12: E-Waste Management Rules 2016 and Management Challenges

WEB LINK:
[Link]
28
 Code: B16 CE 3113D
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS
(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. Basics of accounting and terminology related to financing

2. Concepts of finance and general Principles pertaining to it
3. Concepts of Balancing sheet, ledgers, cash flow statements
4. Analysis of financial statements-leverage, ratios and applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Learn the Basics of accounting and terminology related to financing
2. Understand the Concepts of finance and general Principles of accounting
3. Know the Concepts of Balancing sheet, ledgers, journal
4. Analyze the financial statements-financial ratios

SYLLABUS

1. Basic Accounting and concepts in finance Book keeping: definitions, objectives,

elements, journal and ledger
2. Accounting & Concepts in Finance I: definitions, objectives, characteristics, limitations,
basic terms, GAAP(Generally Accepted Accounting Principles)
3. Accounting & Concepts in Finance II: Systems of accounting, cash book, bankbook,
depreciation, provisions, reserves, accounting equation, journal & ledger entries, trial
balance, profit & loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement)
4. Analysis of financial statements I:Financial leverage, financial ratios
5. Analysis of financial statements II: Significance and applications
6. Financial planning including capital budgeting I: Definition, financial planning options
and objectives, time value of money
7. Financial planning including capital budgeting II: simple and compound interest, rule of
72, methods of capital budgeting - payback period
8. Financial planning including capital budgeting III: Accounting rate of return(ARR), net
present value (NPV),internal rate of return (IRR )

WEB LINK:

[Link]

29
 Code: B16 CE 3114A

FIRE PROTECTION, SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT FOR BUILDING

(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. The concepts functional design of building for thermal aspects and energy efficiency
2. performing fenestration design for natural ventilation and day lighting & design of space
for external and internal noise control

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Understand the Concepts of fire resistant and severity, Effect of fire on materials
2. Be aware of Building Services as a system and HVAC System
3. Recognize role of building maintenance in construction process Maintenance generators
4. Know the effect of design on maintenance, Diagnosis, appraisal, structural defects&
various methods of repair.

SYLLABUS

1. Fire Protection: Process of combustion in fire, Effect of fire load & ventilation condition
on enclosure fire, growth and decay of fire in enclosure
2. Concepts of fire resistant and severity, Effect of fire on materials. Simple Design of
elements for given fire resistance.
3. Planning, Fire detection & suppression systems, Smoke venting
4. Lifts & Vertical Transportation: arrangement of lifts and Design for optimum service
condition.
5. Building Services as a system, Capacity of storage and sizing, control systematic. &
intelligent building.
6. HVAC System: Design Consideration. Basic psychometrics, Air conditioning process &
system. Methods of Air Conditioning.
7. Water Supply, Hydraulic design, Storage Distribution, Component of cold & hot water
supply system.
8. Waste water & Drainage systems: Fixture units & Design of system and elements of
electrical services.
9. Definition, Role of building maintenance in construction process Maintenance generators,
Expression of Standards, selection of level of maintenance and fixing standards.
10. Planned maintenance: Planning vis-a-vis adhoc maintenance, schedule& contingency
maintenance, levels of planning, planned inspection, etc
11. Maintenance cycle, maintenance profile, repair & replacement models, statistical
methods, decision models, optimal renewal cycle, budgeting etc

30
12. Effect of design on maintenance, Diagnosis, appraisal, structural defects& various
methods of repair.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

31
 Code: B16 CE 3114B

MODERN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. The scientific basis for the understanding and development of construction materials
2. The Science, Engineering and Technology of Materials

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Learn about atomic bonding and structure of solids

2. Understand about the Movement of Atoms, Development of Microstructure
3. Study the Failure Theories, Fracture Mechanics
4. Familiarize with wood products, metals, bituminous materials, concrete and polymers.

SYLLABUS

Prologue – Intro. to the course, Science, Engineering and Technology of Materials- 1&2,
Atomic Bonding-1, Atomic Bonding-2, Structure of Solids-1, Structure of Solids-2&3,
Movement of Atoms, Development of Microstructure-1, Development of Microstructure-2,
Surface Properties, Response to Stress-1, Response to Stress-2&3, Failure Theories, Fracture
Mechanics-1, Fracture Mechanics-2, Rheology & Thermal properties, Review of Const.
Materials & Criteria for Selection, Wood and Wood Products-1,Wood and Wood Products-2,
Wood and Wood Products-3, Polymers, Fibre Reinforced Polymers-1&2,Metals-1, Metals-2,
Metals-3, Bituminous Materials-1, Bituminous Materials-2, Concrete-1&2, Concrete-3,
Concrete-4, Concrete-5, Glass, Social Perception of Const. Materials, Waterproofing
Materials, Polymer Floor Finishes, Anchors.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

32
 Code: B16 CE 3114C

PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. The Estimation of project cost and construction economics

2. Planning scheduling and Execution phases of a project
3. Safety-Quality management and legal aspects of a construction project

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Learn about the Estimation of project cost and construction economics.
2. Understand about the Planning scheduling and Execution phases of a project.
3. Study the Safety management and Quality management aspects.
4. Learn various legal aspects of a construction project.

Though the course primarily targets students of civil engineering in colleges, other
engineering students may also find it interesting. The course seeks to present a rounded view
of the divers issues involved in the management of construction projects, and includes aspects
like construction economics, quality and safety management, and contract management, apart
from time management and scheduling, estimation. It is hoped that engineers working in
contracting, consulting and other organizations related to construction projects will also find
the course useful.

SYLLABUS

1: General overview and project organization

2: Estimation of project cost
3: Construction Economics
4: Planning and scheduling: part-1
5: Planning and scheduling: part-2
6: Quality management
7: Safety Management
8: Legal aspects of a construction project

WEB LINK:

[Link]

33
 Code: B16 CE 3114D

REINFORCED CONCRETE ROAD BRIDGES

(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. General design considerations, design limit states

2. Different loading conditions, introduction to IRC codes
3. Behavior of concrete
4. Design of slab bridges and RC T beam bridges

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Familiarize with design considerations, loads and IRC codes

2. Design Solid slab bridge
3. Design T-beam bridge

SYLLABUS

1: Introduction, design considerations, loads and IRC codes

2: Flexural and shear strength of reinforced concrete members
3: Solid slab bridge design
4: T-beam bridge design

WEB LINK:

[Link]

34
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)

III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System

CIVIL ENGINEERING
II-SEMESTER

Total
Code Lecture Tutorial Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Credits Contact
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs/Week
B16 CE Advanced Steel
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201 Structures
B16 CE Geotechnical
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202 Engineering- II
B16 CE
Fluid Mechanics - III 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203
B16 CE Estimation and
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3204 Quantity Surveying
B16 CE Environmental
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3205 Engineering - II

#ELE-II Elective-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B16 CE Geotechnical
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3211 Engineering Lab - II
B16 CE
Concrete Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3212
B16 CE Fluid Mechanics Lab -
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3213 II
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202 Aptitude-II
B16 CE
Mini Project 2 -- -- 3 3 50 -- 50
3214
#M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 36 27 6 12 45 580 570 1150

B16 CE 3206 Ground Improvement Techniques

B16 CE 3207 Environmental Impact Assessment
#ELE-II B16 CE 3208 Marine Structures
B16 CE 3209 Urban Hydrology
B16 CE 3210 Finite Elements Methods of Analysis
B16 ENG 3203 Basic Coding
B16 CE 3215A Energy Efficiency, Acoustics And Day lighting In Building
# M-III
B16 CE 3215B Electronic Waste Management - Issues And Challenges
B16 CE 3215C Principles And Applications Of Building Science

35
 Code: B16 CE 3201
ADVANCED STEEL STRUCTURES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Design the laterally supported and unsupported beams as per I.S code.
2. Understand various components of a plate girder, design components of a plate girder by
using I.S code, use of I.S code provisions for designing the vertical stiffeners, bearing
stiffeners etc.,
3. Understand design of beam-column connections subjected to eccentric shear connections.
4. Understand the designing of elevated circular steel tanks in working stress method.

Course Outcomes:
Student should be able to
1. Understand the behavior of steel structures, in particular the various forms of failure for
members and connections under tension, compression, bending and combined actions.
2. Apply the principles, procedures and current code requirements to the analysis and design
of steel tension members, beams, plate girders and water tanks
3. Understand eccentric shear connections.

SYLLABUS

Beams: Beam types, section classifications, lateral stability of beams, Allowable stress in
bending, Shear and Bearing stresses, Effective length of compression flange, Laterally
supported and unsupported beams.

Plate Girders (Bolted and Welded): Components of a plate girder, Economical depth,
proportioning of web and flanges, shear buckling resistance of web by simple post critical
and tension field methods, connection of flange angles to web and flange angles to flange
plates.

Web stiffeners: Design of bearing stiffeners. End panel design, design of intermediate
stiffeners, connections.

Water tanks: Introduction, permissible stresses in water tanks,Design of circular steel water
tank: forces acting over the tanks,stresses in elevated circular tanks ,stresses in segmental and
spherical bottoms, stresses in conical bottom,Design of circular girder (ring
beam),staggingfor circular steel tanks,stresses in columns,wind bracings.

Eccentric shear connections: Introduction, beam-columns connections, connections subjected

to eccentric shear: welded seat connections: unstiffened seat angle connection and stiffened
seat angle connections.

36
Text Books:
1. Design of Steel structures by N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press.
2. Limit State Design of steel structures – Ramchandra and VirendraGehlot, Scientific
Publishers (India)
3. Limit State Design of steel structures by [Link], McGraw Hill Education Private
Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Design of steel structures by [Link] Ram, Pearson Education India.
2. Design of steel structures by Limit State Method as per IS: 800-2007 – S.S. Bhavikatti,
IK International Publishing House, Bangalore – 560 001.

37
 Code: B16 CE 3202
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING- II

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Different techniques of soil exploration.
2. Various methods for estimating bearing capacity of different types of foundations.
3. Estimating Load capacity of single piles and groups of piles.
4. Settlement analysis of foundations.
5. Theoretical aspects of well foundations.
6. Concepts of stability of finite and infinite slopes.
[Link] pressures on retaining walls following Rankine‘s and Coulomb‘s theories.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Plan a detailed soil exploration programme.
2. Apply various methods for estimating bearing capacity of different types of foundations.
3. Perform the settlement analysis of footings.
4. Estimate load capacity of single piles and groups of piles.
5. Know the theory aspects of well foundations.
6. Analyze stability of finite and infinite slopes.
7. Calculate earth pressures on retaining walls following Rankine's and Coulomb's theories

SYLLABUS

Subsoil Exploration: Methods of subsoil exploration Direct, semi direct and indirect methods,
Soundings by Standard, Dynamic cone and static cone penetration tests, Types of Boring,
Types of samples, Criteria for undisturbed samples, Transport and preservation of samples,
Bore logs, planning of exploration programmes, report writing.

Bearing Capacity: Safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure, General and local
shear failures, Terzaghi‘s bearing capacity equations its modifications for square, rectangular
and circular foundations, Factors affecting bearing capacity of Soil, Effect of water table on
bearing capacity, IS Code method for Bearing capacity of footings, Allowable bearing
pressure based on N-values. Bearing capacity from plate load tests.

Shallow Foundations: Factors effecting locations of foundation and design considerations of

shallow foundations, choice of type of foundations.

Settlement Analysis: Causes of settlement, Computation of immediate and consolidation

settlement, allowable settlement. Measures to reduce settlement.

Pile Foundations : Types, Construction, load carrying capacity of single piles in sands and
clays (α-method) Dynamic Formula, Static formula, Pile load tests, Load carrying capacity of
pile groups.

38
Caissons: Types of caissons, pneumatic caissons, Different shapes of well foundations,
Relative advantages and disadvantages, Different Components of well and their function,
Grip length, problems in well sinking and remedial measures.

Stability Analysis of Slopes : Infinite and Finite Slopes, Stability Analysis of Infinite Slopes,
different factors of safety, Types of Slope Failures – Toe slope and Base failure, , Stability
Analysis of Finite slopes – Swedish Circle method, Friction Circle method, Fellineous
method for location of Critical Slip Circle, Taylor‘s stability number.

Earth Pressure: Types of Earth pressure, Rankines Active and passive earth pressure, Smooth
Vertical wall with horizontal and inclined backfills. Coloumbs wedge theory, Culmans and
Rebhanns graphical method for active earth pressure, Retaining walls: Types and Stability
Analysis.

Text Books:

1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R. Rao
2. Foundation Analysis and Design – J. E. Bowles.
3. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering – By K.R. Arora.

Reference Books:

1. Analysis and Design of Substructures — Swami Saran, Oxford and IBH Publishing
company Pvt Ltd 1998.
2. Geotechnical Engineering by S. [Link] & Manoj Datta — Tata [Link] Hill
Publishing company New Delhi. 2005.
3. Teng,W.0 — Foundation Design , Prentice Hall, New Jersy.
4. Bowles, J.E., (1988) Foundation Analysis and Design — 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill
Publishing company, Newyork.

39
 Code: B16 CE 3203
FLUID MECHANICS - III

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. The concepts of Gradient, Divergence, Curl, Directional derivative, solenoidal and
Irrotational fields
2. Green‘s, Stokes‘ and Divergence theorems
3. Classification of 2nd order Partial Differential Equations as well as solution of 1-
Dimensional Wave equation and 1-Dimensional Heat equation
4. the concept of Analytic function, CR equations
5. Cauchy‘s Integral Theorem and Integral Formula
6. Taylor and Laurent series, Residues and Residue theorem
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Apply the concepts of Gradient, Divergence, Curl, Directional derivative, solenoidal and
Irrotational fields
2. Determine scalar potential, circulation and work done
3. Evaluate integrals using Green‘s, Stokes‘ and Divergence theorems
4. Obtain the solution of 1-D wave equation and 1-D heat equation
5. Determine the zeroes and poles of functions and residues at poles
6. Evaluate certain real definite integrals that arise in applications by the use of Residue
theorem

SYLLABUS

Dimensional Analysis and Similitude: Fundamental Concepts of Dimensional Analysis –

Importance of Dimensional Analysis & Model Study; Units and Dimensional Formulae for
Various Engineering Quantities; Fourier Concept of Dimensional Homogeneity.

Methods of Arriving at Dimensionless Groups – Non-dimensional Parameters; Rayleigh‘s

Method; Buckingham π method – Buckingham modified method; Omitted and Superfluous
variables.

Examples in Dimensional Analysis – Capillary Rise, Drag on Cylinder, Resistance of a Ship,

Discharge over a Sharp Crested Weir, Fall Velocity of a Sphere, Head Characteristics of a
Pump, Thrust on a Propeller,

Similarity and Similarity Laws – Concepts of Similarity – Geometric, Kinematic and

Dynamic Similarities; Modeling Criteria; Similarity Laws – Important Dimensionless
Numbers – Reynolds Number, Froude Number, Mach Number, Euler Number, Weber
Number.

40
Application of Similarity Laws to Practical Problems – Bodies Completely Submerged in
Fluids, Bodies subjected to Gravity and Viscous Forces, River Models – Manning‘s Law;
Distorted Models – Depth distortion and slope distortion; Problems related to Modeling of
Spillways, Ships and Pumps & Turbines.

Impact of jets: Force exerted by fluid jet on stationary and moving flat and curved vanes,
Torque and Work done by series of Moving Vanes.

Hydraulic Machines– Turbines: Introduction and Classification of Turbines – Function of

Prime movers and Pumps, Hydraulic Turbines, Classification Based on Head, Discharge,
Hydraulic Action – Impulse and Reaction Turbines, Differences between Impulse and
Reaction Turbines; Choice of Type of Turbine – Specific Speed.

Working of Impulse Turbines & Design Principles – Components & Working Principles of a
Pelton Turbine – Work Done; Hydraulic and Overall Efficiencies; Design of Pelton Turbine –
Working Proportions; Governing Mechanism for a Pelton Turbine.

Working of Reaction Turbines & Design Principles – Components & Working Principles of a
Francis Turbine – Work Done; Hydraulic and Overall Efficiencies; Design of Francis
Turbine– Working Proportions; Governing Mechanism for a Francis Turbine. Draft Tube
Theory – Functions and Types of Draft Tubes in Reaction Turbines, Efficiency of Draft
Tube; Kaplan turbine and working proportions of Kaplan turbine.

Performance & characteristics of Turbines: Unit Quantities, Specific Speed and its
importance; Model Relationships; Operating Characteristic Curves; Cavitation problem in
Turbines – Thoma‘s Cavitation Factor.

Hydraulic Machines – Centrifugal Pumps Functions of a Pump – Types of Pumps – Selection

Criterion – Rotodynamic and Positive Displacement Pumps – Comparison between
Centrifugal & Reciprocating Pumps.

Centrifugal Pumps – Components & Working principles of Centrifugal Pumps; Classification

of Centrifugal Pumps – Impellers based on Shape and Type of Casing, Pump with Volute
Casing, Pump with Vortex Chamber & Pump with Guide vanes, Closed, Semi-closed & Open
Impellers, Axial, Radial & Mixed Flow Impellers; Working Head and Number of Stages,
Single & Double Suction. Work done by Centrifugal Pumps – Pressure Change in a Pump,
Manometric and Static Head – Velocity triangles – Effect of Vane Shape; Pump Losses and
Efficiency – Pressure Rise in the Impeller – Minimum Starting Speed of pump – Multistage
Pumps; Pumps in Parallel and Series.

Performance Characteristics of Pumps – Similarity Relations and Specific speed of Pumps –

Dimensionless characteristics – Constant efficiency curves of Centrifugal Pumps

Hydraulic Machines – Reciprocating Pump & Hydraulic Ram: Reciprocating Pumps –

Fundamental concepts, Component Parts and Working principle of Single Acting and Double
Acting Reciprocating Pumps – Discharge Coefficient, Volumetric Efficiency and Slip; Work
done by Reciprocating pumps – Work Done and Power Input – Indicator Diagram – Effect of
Acceleration and Friction on Indicator Diagram – Maximum Speed of Rotation of Crank; Air

41
Vessels and their principles – Modified Indicator Diagram in the presence of Air Vessels,
Work Saved due to Presence of Air Vessel, Flow into and from Air Vessel. Hydraulic Ram –
Working Principle of Hydraulic Ram.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Modi, P.N. and S.M. Seth, Standard Book
House.
2. Fluid Mechanics, Jain, A.K., Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Modi, P.N. and S.M. Seth, Standard Book
House.
2. Fluid Mechanics, Jain, A.K., Khanna Publishers.
3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics Kumar, K.L., S. Chand & Co. Ltd.
4. Hydraulic Machines, Jagadish Lal, Metropoliton Book Company.

42
 Code: B16 CE 3204
ESTIMATION AND QUANTITY SURVEYING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objective:
To provide the student with the ability to estimate the quantities of item of works involved in
buildings, water supply and sanitary works, road works and irrigation works, and also to
equip the student with the ability to do rate analysis, valuation of properties and preparation
of reports for estimation of various items
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. List out the various components and units of measurements of different works.
2. Explain various types of estimates and general, detailed specifications of various items of
work
3. Apply the method of building estimate to find out the quantities of various items of work
4. Determine the rate per unit of various items of work
5. Select various methods to find out the valuation of a property

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Standard units, Units of measurement of different items of work. Meaning of

estimating. Errors in estimation, Different types of estimates. Contingencies and related terms
in the estimate, different types of approvals. Plinth area and related terms used in the
estimation of various structures, rules and methods of measurements of different works.

Specifications : Meaning, purpose, types of specifications, general specification, detailed

specifications of different items of buildings and other structures – Rate analysis –Data sheet
for materials and various items of work in buildings and other structures, schedule of rates,
abstract estimate of buildings.

Detailed estimate of buildings: Different items of work in building; Principles of taking out
quantities, detailed measurement form; long wall and short wall method of building estimate,
Centre line method of building estimate. Estimate of RCC building, slope roof buildings; G.I.
and A.C. Sheet, Detailed estimate of different types of doors and windows, electricity and
water supply. Sanitation works etc.

Estimate of earth work; different formulae for calculations, estimate of metalled road, Tar
road, concrete road, Railway track, Estimate of culverts and bridges etc. Valuation of
buildings; purpose, different method of building valuation; different terms used in valuation
and their meaning.

Text Books:

1. Estimating and Costing by [Link], UBBS Publishers, 2000.

2. Estimating and Costing by [Link].

43
Reference Books :

1. Estimation, Costing, Specifications and Valuation in civil Engineering by [Link].

2. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering by B.N. dutta.
3. Textbook of estimating and costing by G.S. Birdie.
4. Textbook on Estimating, Costing and Accounts by D.D. Kohli and R.C. Kohli.

44
 Code: B16 CE 3205
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - II

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Student shall be able to:

1. Explain the fundamentals of chemistry and biology involved in sewage treatment

2. Understand the principles and working of each process that involve physical and
biological reactions
3. Design the treatment unit operations

COURSE OUTCOMES:

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. Compare water and waste water [K2]

2. Explain principles of conventional treatment process and miscellaneous treatment
techniques [K2]
3. Examine the operational differences of each unit process [K4]
4. Interpret the feasible technique required for particular waste water [K5]
5. Determine the size of unit operations using working principles of each [K5]
6. Design a sewage treatment plant assuming whatever data is required [K6].

SYLLABUS

Sanitation – systems of sanitation– sewerage systems – Estimation of sewage flow and storm
water – design of sewers –sewer types – Layout of sewer network – materials for sewers –
cleaning and ventilation methods – sewer appurtenances

Pumping – necessity– pumping station – its location – functions – types of pumps- sewage
and water pumping requirements- House drainage systems – traps – classification – drain
pipes – plumbing systems – Layout of building drainage – Storm water drainage

Quality of sewage –Sampling and analysis - decomposition- cycles of decomposition – BOD

– COD – Layout of sewage treatment plant – F/M importance – preliminary treatment –
screens – grit chamber – skimming tanks – Primary treatment – Sedimentation tanks

Secondary treatment – Attached growth process – contact beds – intermittent sand filters –
trickling filters – Suspended growth process – activated sludge process- Miscellaneous
methods for sewage treatment – oxidation ponds - oxidation ditches - RBC‘s - sewage
lagoons- extended aeration process – septic tanks – imhoff tanks

Sewage disposal methods – natural and artificial methods –Sludge generation- characteristics
- treatment- sludge disposal methods.

45
Text Books:

1. ―Sewage disposal and Air pollution Engineering‖, by S.K. Garg, Khanna Publishers

Reference Books

1. ―Environmental Engineering‖ by Peavy, H.S. Rowe and Tchobanoglous, Mc. Graw Hill
publishers
2. ―Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering‖ by [Link], Charotar Publishers

46
 Code: B16 CE 3206
GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Various techniques of insitu ground modification.
2. To make the student learn the concepts, purpose and effects of grouting.
3. Knowledge of reinforcement to soils in the form of geo textiles and other synthetic
materials.
4. Basic knowledge on various ground improvement techniques and their suitability for
various types of soil conditions.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Apply in-situ densification methods for improving cohesive and cohesion less soil
deposits. Design stone column for improving soft clays.
2. Apply grouting technique for improving soils.
3. Understand the concepts of reinforced earth.
4. Understand various soil stabilization techniques.

SYLLABUS

In-situ densification Methods: granular soils – Introduction of Vibration at the ground

surface, Impact at the Ground surface, Vibration at depth, Impact at depth, compaction
control; cohesive soils - introduction, preloading or dewatering, drain walls, sand drains, sand
wicks, geodrains/band drains, stone and lime columns, forced vaccum pre consolidation,
thermal methods.

Stone columns, introduction, construction practice, design principles, design of stone

columns, vibrofloatation techniques and other techniques like dynamic replacement etc.

Grout injections, suspension and solution grouts, grouting equipment and methods,
Applications.

Reinforced Earth: Principles, components of reinforced earth, functions, determination of

angle of interfacial friction, factors effecting angle of interfacial friction.

Stabilization: Mechanical stabilization, Soil aggregate mixture, properties and proportioning

techniques, soft aggregate stabilization, compaction, field compaction control. Cement
stabilization, Mechanism, factors affecting and properties, use of additives, design of soil
cement mixtures, construction techniques. Lime and Bituminous Stabilization: Types of
admixtures, mechanism, factors affecting, construction methods.

47
Text Books:

1. Construction and Geotechnical Methods in Foundation Engineering, Robert M. Koerner :

McGraw Hill.
2. Purushothama Raj. P, ―Ground Improvement Techniques‖, 2nd ed., Laxmi Publications
(p) Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books:

1. Ground improvement techniques by Purushotham Raj, Laxmi Publications

2. Principles and practices of ground improvement by Jie Han, Wiley

48
 Code: B16 CE 3207
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESMENT
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to:

1. Learn the guidelines to prepare EIA and EIS report
2. Acquire knowledge in the methodologies and various attributes
3. Analyze the impact of urbanization and industrialization on the environment.
Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. Define the terms related to EIA [K1]
2. List out the elements of EIA and guidelines to prepare EIS [K1,K4]
3. Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the study [K3]
4. Explain the methodologies for EIA and review the relief and rehabilitation works [K5]
5. Discuss the case studies of EIA [K6]
6. Adapt the suitable measures to control the environmental impact [K6]
SYLLABUS

EIA and EIS concepts – Elements of EIA – Guidelines in USA, preparation of EIS, Elements
of EIA

Agency Activities, Environmental Setting, Environmental attributes, air, water, soil, ecology,
noise, Socioeconomic aspects, Culture and Human aspects (Human settlements –
rehabilitations)

Environmental impacts, Identification measurement, Aggregation, Secondary and Cumulative

Impacts

Criteria for selection of methodology, impact assessment methodologies, procedure for

reviewing environment impact statement.

Case studies, Economic Impact analysis energy production impact analysis, cost benefit
analysis, Environmental impact mitigation and control measures.
Text Book:
1. ―Environmental Impact Analysis‖ by [Link], Mc Graw Hill Publishers

Reference Books:
1. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies by Y. Anjaneyulu and ValliManikkam.
BSP Books PVT Ltd.
2. Environmental impact assessment by Anji Reddy. BSP Books PVT Ltd

49
 Code: B16 CE 3208
MARINE STRUCTURES
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Introduce waves, tides, tsunamis, storm surge and currents.
2. Classification of various offshore structures.
3. Calculate the loading on offshore structures.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Design of break waters and jetties.
2. Understand the principles of rubble mound and composite breakwaters.
3. Evaluate various loads on offshore structures.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Waves, tides, tsunamis, storm surge and currents. Wave forces on small and
large cylinders, Sea walls, Design of break waters and jetties.

Break waters – Types – Selection of site and type – effects on the beach – Design principles
of Rubble mound and composite Breakwaters – Stability of Rubble Structures, Wharves and
Jetties.

Introduction: Offshore definition, Purpose of Offshore Structures, Classification and

Examples, Various types of Offshore Structures – Jacket Platforms, Semi submersibles,
Tension Leg Platforms, Gravity Platforms Guyed Towers, Articulated Towers.

Load Calculations:
I. Environmental loads on off shore structures due to
a) Wind b) Wave c) Current d) Ice e) Earth quake
II. Functional loads;
III. Buoyant Forces;
IV. Installation forces, Soil structure interaction.
Preliminary design aspects of offshore structures. Construction, Towing and installation
procedure of Jacket platforms and Gravity platforms.

Text Books:

1. J.S. Mani, ―Coastal Hydrodynamics‖ PHI Learning

2. Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures by S.K. Chakrabarti, SpringerVerlag
3. Handbook of Offshore Engineering by S.K. Chakrabarti, Elseviers, 2005.
4. Offshore Structural Engineering by: Thomas H Dawson.
5. Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore structures by: TurgutSarpkaya& M. Issacson.

50
Text Books:

1. Chaudhary, G.K and Dover, W.D. 1985. Fatigue analysis of offhsore platforms subjected
to sea wave loading, Int. J. Fatigue.
2. Clauss, G. T. et al. 1992. Offshore Structures, Vol1 - Conceptual Design and Hydro
mechanics: Springer, London.

Reference Books:

1. Dawson, T. H., 1983. Offshore Structural Engineering: Prentice-Hall Inc.

2. Gerwick, [Link]. 1986. Construction of Offshore Structures: John Wiley, New York.
3. Graff, W.J. 1981. Introduction to offshore structures: Design, fabrication and installation:
Gulf Publishing Co, Tokyo.

51
 Code: B 16 CE 3209
URBAN HYDROLOGY
(Elective -II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. Appreciate the impact of urbanization on catchment hydrology.
2. Understand the importance of short duration rainfall runoff data for urban hydrology
studies.
3. Learn the techniques for peak flow estimation for storm water drainage system design.
4. Understand the concepts in design of various components of urban drainage systems.
5. Learn some of the best management practices in urban drainage.
6. Understand the concepts of preparation master urban drainage system.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Develop intensity duration frequency curves for urban drainage systems.
2. Develop design storms to size the various components of drainage systems.
3. Apply best management practices to manage urban flooding.
4. Prepare master drainage plan for an urbanized area.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Urbanisation and its effect on water cycle – urban hydrologic cycle – trends in
urbanisation – Effect of urbanisation on hydrology.

Precipitation Analysis: Importance of short duration of rainfall and runoff data, methods of
estimation of time of concentration for design of urban drainage systems, Intensity-Duration -
Frequency (IDF)curves, design storms for urban drainage systems.

Approaches to urban drainage: Time of concentration, peak flow estimation approaches ,

rational method, NRCS curve number approach, runoff quantity and quality, wastewater and
stormwater reuse , major and minor systems.

Elements of drainage systems: Open channel, underground drains, appurtenances, pumping,

source control.

Analysis and Management: Stormwater drainage structures, design of stormwater network-

Best Management Practices–detention and retention facilities, swales, constructed wetlands,
models available for stormwater management.

Master drainage plans: Issues to be concentrated upon – typical urban drainage master plan,
interrelation between water resources investigation and urban planning processes , planning
objectives, comprehensive planning , use of models in planning.

52
Text Books:

1. ‗Manual on Drainage in Urbanised area‘by Geiger W. F., J Marsalek, W. J. Rawls and F.

C. Zuidema, (1987 – 2 volumes), UNESCO.
2. ‗Urban Hydrology‘ by Hall M J (1984), Elsevier Applied Science Publisher.

Reference Books:

1. ‗Hydrology – Quantity and Quality Analysis‘ by Wanielista M P and Eaglin (1997),

Wiley and Sons.
2. ‗Urban Hydrology, Hydraulics and Stormwater Quality: Engineering Applications and
Computer Modelling‘ by Akan A.O and R.L. Houghtalen (2006), Wiley International.

53
 Code: B16 CE 3210
FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS OF ANALYSIS
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To learn basic principles of finite element analysis procedure.
2. To learn the theory and characteristics of finite elements that represent engineering
structures.
3. To learn and apply finite element solutions to structuralproblem to develop the knowledge
and skills needed to effectively evaluate finite element analyses performed by others.
4. Learn to model complex geometry problems and solution techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Understand the concepts behind variational methods and weighted residual methods in
FEM.
2. Identify the application and characteristics of FEA elements such as bars, beams, 2-D
element and axisymmetricelement.
3. Develop element characteristic equation procedure and generation of global stiffness
equation will be applied.
4. Able to apply Suitable boundary conditions to a global structural equation, and reduce it
to a solvable form

SYLLABUS

Introduction to finite element method,Equilibrium equations, strain – displacement relations,

stress – strain relations, Compatibility equations, Variational and weighted residual methods,
concept of potential energy, one dimensional problems.

Discretization of domain, element shapes, discretization procedures, node numbering, mesh

generation, interpolation functions, local and global coordinates, treatment of boundary
conditions, assembly of stiffness matrix.
Basic component: One dimensional FEM single bar element, Beam element: Derivation of
stiffness matrix, Assembly of stiffness, Matrix boundary conditions, shape functions for 1 D
elements, Initial strain and temperature effects, and trusses under axial forces.
Two dimensional FEM: Different types of elements for plane stress and plane strain
analysis – Comparison of CST and LST elements, Derivation of CST stiffness matrix and
equations, Initial strain and temperature effects, Problems on plane stress and plane strains in
CST elements.
Axisymmetric: Axisymmetric formulation, shape functions, strain-Displacement matrix,
stress-strain relationship matrix, Element stiffness matrix, Problems on Axisymmetric.

54
Text Books:
1. Finite Elements Analysis by Dr. S. Senthil, R. Panneerdhass- Lakshmi Publications
Chennai.
2. Finite Elements Methods in Engineering by [Link] and
[Link] - Pearson Education Publications.
3. A first course in the Finite element method by Daryl L. Logan, Cengage learning India.
Reference Books:

1. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis by Robert [Link], David S.

Malkus and Michael E. Plesha. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Finite Element analysis – Theory & Programming by C. S. Krishna Murthy- Tata
[Link] Hill Publishers.
3. Text book of Finite Element analysis by [Link] – Prentice Hall of India.

55
 Code: B16 CE 3211
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB - II

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Tests for field identification of soils.
2. Tests to determine shear strength of soil.
3. Tests to determine relative density of soil.
4. Tests to determine of CBR of soil.
5. Tests to determine of swell characteristics of soil.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Classify the types of soil deposits.
2. Determine the shear strength parameters of soils by various methods.
3. Estimate the California Bearing Ratio (CBR) of a soil.
4. Determine the relative density of a coarse-grained soil.
5. Determine the swelling characteristics of expansive soils.

SYLLABUS

1. Field identification & classification of soils

2. Unconfined compression test
3. CBR test/plate bearing test
4. Triaxial compression test (u-u test)
5. Direct shear test
6. Vane shear test
7. Relative density.
[Link] free swell and swell pressure test.

Reference Books:

1. Geotechnical engineering lab manual, Department of civil engineering, S. R. K. R Engg

College.
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg. By K. R. Arora, Standard Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi.

56
 Code: B16 CE 3212
CONCRETE LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2
+0

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Tests to identify the physical properties of cement, sand and aggregate.
2. Tests to identify the initial and final setting of cement.
3. Tests to identify workability of concrete.
4. Tests to identify mechanical characteristics of concrete.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Determine physical properties of cement, sand and aggregate.
2. Classify fine aggregate and coarse aggregate as per IS 383
3. Determine workability of concrete.
4. Determine mechanical properties of concrete.

SYLLABUS

1. Fineness of cement
2. Specific gravity of cement
3. Normal consistency of cement
4. Initial and final setting time
5. Compressive strength of cement for different grades of cement
6. Specific gravity and unit weight of coarse and fine aggregates
7. Sieve analysis of coarse and fine aggregates and classification as per IS 383.
8. Bulking characteristics of sand
9. Workability tests on fresh concrete by using:
(a)Slump cone
(b)Compaction factor apparatus
(c)Flow table
(d)Vee-Bee consistometer
10. Tests on hardened concrete
(a) Compressive strength
(b) Split tensile strength
(c) Flexural strength

Reference Books:
1. Concrete lab manual, Department of civil engineering, S. R. K. R Engg College.
2. Concrete Technology by [Link]. – [Link]& Co.; 2004.
3. Properties of Concrete by [Link] – PEARSON – 4th edition.
4. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir. – Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.

57
 Code: B16 CE 3213
FLUID MECHANICS LAB - II

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student aware of
1. Tests to identify the different types of flow measuring devices to measure flow in tanks,
pipes and open channels.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to

2. Analyze the flow through a pipe with friction and determine the friction factor in Darcy-
Weisbach equation.
3. Determine the coefficient of impact on a flat plate and curved vane by comparing the
theoretical and actual forces by impact.
4. Analyze the working of the centrifugal pump and develop the characteristics of power
input, head and efficiency under various discharges and plot the characteristic curves.
5. Analyze the working of the reciprocating pump and develop the characteristics of power
input and discharge and efficiency under various heads and plot the characteristic curves.
6. Determine the performance characteristics of pelton wheel turbine and develop the
characteristic curves of unit discharge, unit power and unit head under varying unit speed.
7. Determine the performance characteristics of Francis turbine and develop the
characteristic curves of unit discharge, unit power and unit head under varying unit speed.

SYLLABUS

1. Study of Characteristics of a hydraulic jump – To measure and draw (E1-E2)/E1 vs F1

and Lj /y2 vs F1, and compare with theoretical results wherever possible.
2. Study of Rugosity coefficients in an open channel flow.
3. Study of major losses in pipes – Pipe friction – To compute Darcy-
Weisbachfrictionfactor.
4. Study of Drag characteristics of a circular cylinder with its axis normal to the directionof
flow.
(a) To measure the pressure distribution on the surface of a cylinder and plot
thedimensionless pressure variation around the cylinder and compute the pressure drag.
(b)To measure the velocity variation in the wake of the cylinder, velocity of approach,and
compute the total drag by momentum principle.
5. Study of performance characteristics of a centrifugal pump – To measure thedischarge,
head developed, and power input at various discharges for centrifugal pumpand draw the
performance characteristics.
6. Study of performance characteristics of a reciprocating pump – To measure thedischarge,
head developed, and power input at various discharges for reciprocatingpump and
calculate percentage slip and efficiency.
7. Study of performance characteristics of a Pelton turbine – To measure the discharge,head
difference across the turbine, the brake load, speed of turbine for variousdischarges and
draw the performance characteristics.

58
8. Study of performance characteristics of a Francis turbine – To measure the discharge,
head difference across the turbine, the brake load, speed of turbine for various discharges
and draw the performance characteristics.
9. Study of impact of a jet on flat and curved vanes.

Reference Books:

1. Fluid mechanics lab manual, Department of civil engineering, S. R. K. R Engg College

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Modi, P.N. and S.M. Seth, Standard Book
House.
3. Fluid Mechanics, Jain, A.K., Khanna Publishers.

59
 Code: B16ENG3202

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II

Course objectives:

1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written
discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing
data, preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different
situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to
instill confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and
written discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked
based on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words
or sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries
of group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional
manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language
effectively according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a
positive mind, tailor make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal
interviews, exhibit skills required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical,
HR) that they would face during the course of their recruitment process.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives),
Sentence equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit
in the blank), cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct
options from the alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .

60
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with
emphasis on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‘s
intention of writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming,
scanning), summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for
answering questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable
titles to the passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing
a ‗Statement of purpose‘, ‗Letters of Recommendation‘, business letter writing, email
writing, writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book
review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents
and developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about
Industry / Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing
about Selection process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume
Review, Group Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection
and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‘s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like ‗The Hindu‘, ‗Times of India‘, ‗Economic Times‘.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:

1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.

2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and PushpaLatha, Second Edition, OUP.
3. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
4. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Samina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:

1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.

2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
61
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II

Course objectives:

The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:

1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and

accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.
Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data
interpretation problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different
positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of
cone, cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation

Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard
method. Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs,
Problems of data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie
charts, Problems of data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

UNIT III :Periods, Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids

Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if
the angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day
for the given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to
cubes, Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.

62
UNIT IV: Puzzles
Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems-
circular arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.

UNIT V:Geometry and Menstruation

Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and
properties, Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on
circles, Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction
of cylinder, cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

63
 Code: B16 CE 3214
MINI PROJECT
Lab : 3 Periods
Sessionals : 50 Credits :2

Course Objectives:

The objectives of this course are to make the student

1. Know the concrete material properties and their behavior.
2. Know the various problems related to environmental, societal and economical.
3. Learn the performance and durability aspects of construction materials.

Course Outcomes: Students are able to

1. Examine classical theories of civil engineering and their practical applications.

2. Interpret their knowledge on the latest developments in civil engineering.
3. Develop concepts related to environmental, societal, economical and sustainable aspects
of any civil engineering structure.
4. Develop teamwork and lifelong learning skills

64
 Code: B16ENG3203

BASIC CODING
(Common to CE & ME)
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To develop programming skills among the students.

2. To familiarize the student with Control Structures, Loop Structures.
3. To familiarize the student with Basic searching and sorting Methods.
4. To familiarize the student with Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
5. To familiarize the student with Structures and Unions.
6. To familiarize the student with Operating System concepts.
7. To familiarize the student with Networking concepts.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Know about Control Structures, Loop Structures and branching in programming.

2. Know about various searching and sorting methods.
3. Know about Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
4. Know about Structures and Unions.
5. Know different Operating System concepts.
6. Differentiate OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review of Programming constructs

Programming Environment, Expressions formation, Expression evaluation, Input and Output
patterns, Control Structures, Sequential branching, Unconditional branching, Loop
Structures,Coding for Pattern Display.

UNIT II Introduction to Linear Data, strings and pointers

Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and representations, Pattern coding,
Working on character data, Compiler defined methods, Substitution coding for defined
methods, Row Major representation, Column Major representation, Basic searching and
sorting Methods.

UNIT III Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes

Functions – Introduction to modular programming – Function Communication - Pass by
value, Pass by reference – Function pointers – Recursions – Type casting – Storage classes

Practice: programs on passing an array and catching by a pointer, function returning data,
comparison between recursive and Iterative solutions.
Data referencing mechanisms: Pointing to diff. data types, Referencing to Linear data,
Runtime-memory allocation, Named locations vs pointed locations, Referencing a 2D-Matrix
65
UNIT IV User-defined datatypes, Pre-processor Directives and standard storage
Need for user-defined data type – structure definition – Structure declaration – Array within a
Structure – Array of Structures – Nested Structures - Unions – Declaration of Union data
type, StructVs Union - Enum – Pre-processor directives , Standard storage methods,
Operations on file, File handling methods, Orientation to Object oriented programming

Practice: Structure padding, user-defined data storage and retrieval programs

UNIT V Operating system principles and Database concepts

Introduction to Operating system principles, Process scheduling algorithms, Deadlock
detection and avoidance, Memory management, Networking: Introduction to Networking,
OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite, Datalink layer, Internet layer, DVR Vs. LSR, Transport Layer,
Application Layer

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

66
 Code: B16 CE 3215A

ENERGY EFFICIENCY, ACOUSTICS AND DAYLIGHTING IN BUILDING

(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students Learn

1. Various Environmental factors and human response to the Environment
2. The Thermal comforts of a building along with heat flow patterns.
3. Day lightening, Noise and building acoustics planning
4. The concepts of functional design of building for thermal aspects and energy efficiency

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:

1. Understand Various Environmental factors and human response to the Environment

2. Know the thermal comforts and strategies pertaining to it.
3. Design the lightening, noise, acoustics and various aspects of a building

SYLLABUS

1. Environmental Factors: Factors and their representation, tropical environments and site
environments, etc.
2. Human response to environment: Factors affecting human comfort, Human response to
thermal environment, noise, visual environment etc.; Comfort indices
3. Response of building to thermal environment: Processes of heat exchange of building
with environment; Effect of solar radiation; Thermal properties of material and sections
and their influence
4. Steady and periodic heat transfer in buildings
5. Heat flow computations: Transmission matrix, Admittance method, etc.-1
6. Heat flow computations: Transmission matrix, Admittance method, etc.-2
7. Structural control and design for energy efficiency: Selection of envelope elements,
Orientations, shape, Glasses and shading devices
8. Natural ventilation: Purpose of ventilation, Mechanisms, Fenestration Design for natural
ventilation
9. Noise and Building: Basic acoustics and noise, Planning, Sound in free field, protection
against external noise
10. Internal noise sources and protection against air borne & structure borne noise.
11. Day lighting: Lighting principles and fundamentals
12. Sky, Indian sky, daylight prediction and design of fenestration.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

67
 Code: B16 CE 3215B

ELECTRONIC WASTE MANAGEMENT-ISSUES AND CHALLENGES

(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. Various sources of E-waste and their impact on environment

2. The E-waste management rules of India.
3. Case-studies around the world

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Know the sources of E-waste and their impact on environment
2. Know the Rules pertaining to E-waste management
3. Understand Various Environmental hazards of E-waste

SYLLABUS

1. Overview of the course

2. Exposure pathway of pollutants emitted from Recycling of E-Waste
3. E-Waste Management Rules of India (2011 and 2016 Rules)
4. E-waste Management: Case Studies and Unique Initiatives from around the World

WEB LINK:

[Link]

68
 Code: B16 CE 3215C
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF BUILDING SCIENCE
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives: Students learn

1. The principles of building geometry and climatic responses in building design.

2. Energy efficiency, glazing systems and bio climatic design .
3. Fundamentals of building acoustics, visual quality and effective day lighting

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Apply the concept of climatology for housing layouts and principles of planning
2. Know the acoustics, acoustic materials and quality indicators
3. Design of day-lighting in buildings and integrated design approach

SYLLABUS

1. Solar geometry, climate responsive building design, thermal comfort

2. Bio climatic design, building envelop, glazing systems, energy efficiency
3. Fundamentals of building acoustics, Quality indicators, Acoustic materials, Noise control
4. Visual quality in built environment, Effective day lighting design, Integrated design
approach

WEB LINK:

[Link]

69
 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)
Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
ESTD: 1980 CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
I-SEMESTER
Total
Session
Code Lecture Tutorial Lab Contact Exam Total
Course Credits al
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs Hrs/We Marks Marks
Marks
ek
B16 CS
Computer Networks 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3101
B16 CS
Web Technologies 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3102
B16 CS Formal Languages &
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3103 Automata Theory
B16 CS Database Management
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3104 Systems
#ELE-I Elective-I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 CS Database Management
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3110 Systems Lab.
B16 CS Application
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3111 Development Lab.
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantitative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3102 Aptitude-I
#M-I MOOCS-I 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

#M-II MOOCS-II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 30 28 5 6 39 550 450 1000

B16 CS 3105 Embedded Systems

B16 CS 3106 Bio-Informatics
#ELE-I
B16 CS 3107 Image Processing
B16 CS 3108 Application Development Using Java
B16 ENG 3104 Advanced Coding
B16 CS 3112A Digital Image Processing
#M-I
B16 CS 3112B E-Business
B16 CS 3112C Introduction to parallel Programming in Open MP
B16 CS 3113A Social Networks
B16 CS 3113B Introduction to Internet of Things
#M-II
B16 CS 3113C Blockchain Architecture Design and Use Cases
B16 CS 3113D Introduction to R Software

1
 Code: B16 CS 3101

COMPUTER NETWORKS
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Be familiar with basic Computer Network Terminology

2. Able to distinguish between Switching Techniques
3. To Know various types of Networks and Protocols
4. To Know the causes and effects of Congestion
5. Familiar with Internetwork operation.
6. In depth knowledge of various Transport Protocols.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students can able to

1. Distinguish between Circuit Switching and Packet Switching approaches

2. Apply various concepts of ATM networks
3. Distinguish between various types of Networks
4. Apply various Congestion Control Techniques
5. Know Internetwork Operation.
6. Know various Connection Oriented Transport Control Mechanisms.

SYLLABUS

Switched Networks, Circuit-Switching Networks, Circuit Switching Concepts, Soft switch Architecture,
Packet Switching Principles, X.25, Frame Relay
Asynchronous Transfer Mode: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, ATM
Service Categories, Routing in Switched Networks
Congestion Control in Switched Data Networks: Effects of Congestion, Congestion Control, Traffic
management, Congestion Control in Packet Switched networks, Principles of Cellular Networks
Local Area Network Overview: Background, Topologies and transmission media, LAN Protocol
Architecture, Bridges, Layer 2 and Layer 3 Switches
High Speed LANs: The Emergence of High Speed LANs, Ethernet
Wireless LANs: Overview, Wireless LAN Technology, IEEE802.11 Architecture and Services. Internet
Protocols: Basic protocol Functions, Principles of Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking,
Internet Protocol
Internet Operation: Multicasting, Routing Protocols: Autonomous Systems & Approaches to Routing
Transport protocols: Connection oriented Transport Protocol Mechanisms: Reliable Sequencing Network
Service, TCP: TCP Services, TCP Header Format, TCP Mechanisms, UDP

2
Text Book:
1. Data and Computer Communications, William Stallings 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
Reference Books:

1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2004.
2. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F. Kurose and Keith
W. Ross , 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
4. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, S. Keshav, Pearson Education, 1997.
5. Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications, Ddouglas e. Comer, 4th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003.

3
 Code: B16 CS 3102
WEB TECHNOLOGIES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

On completing this course student will be able to

1. Understand the principles of Web based application development.

2. Design dynamic content in Web Pages using JavaScript.
3. Understanding the concepts of java Servlets, java Server Pages and design applications using them.
4. Understand the concepts of Component development and design applications by establishing
connections to Databases

Course Outcomes :

1. Students will be able to construct web based applications and Identify where data structures are
appearing in them.
2. Students will be able to connect java programs to different databases.
3. Students will be able to develop EJB programs

SYLLABUS

Introduction to HTML , Core Elements , Links and Addressing, Images , Text , Colors and Background,
Lists, Tables and Layouts , Frames, Forms , Cascading Style Sheets.

Introduction to Java Scripts, Elements of Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script.

Document type definition, XML Syntax, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting XML,
Using XML Processors .

Introduction to Servlet, Servlet Life Cycles, Servlet Basics, Tomcat Web Server, Configuring Apache
Tomcat, Handling Client Request and Response, Handling Cookies, Session Tracking.

Introduction to PHP, Language Basics, Functions, Strings, Arrays.

Web Techniques, Data bases, Graphics, PDF, Dates and Times.

MYSQL Installation, Accessing MySQL Using PHP, Form Handling, Cookies, Sessions, and
Authentication, Tables, Inserting Data into Tables, Selecting Data from a Table, Updating Table,
Deleting data from Table, Webpage creation.

4
Text Books:
1. Web Programming, building internet applications, 2nd Ed., Chris Bates, Wiley Dreamtech
2. The complete Reference HTML and DHTML, Thomas A. Powey
3. Learning Php, Mysql, Robin Nixon
4. Programming Php, Kevin Tatroe, Peter MacIntyre & Rasmus Lerdorf foreword by Michael
Bourque.

Reference Books:

1. Internet , World Wide Web , How to program, Dietel , Nieto, PHI/PEA Web Technologies,
Godbole, kahate, 2nd Ed., TMH

5
 Code: B16 CS 3103
FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts in automata theory to design grammars and recognizers for
different formal languages.
2. To Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing.
3. To introduce finite state machines ,context free grammars, Push Down Automata and
Turing Machines and their properties as the basis for the formal expressivity of computer
languages for solving linguistic decision problems.
4. To understand the concepts of tractability and decidability, the concepts of NP-
completeness and NP-hard problem and also the challenges for Theoretical Computer
Science and its contribution to other sciences.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to identify analytically and intuitively for problem‐ solving situations in related
areas of theory in computer science by using Finite-State Machines, Deterministic Finite-
State Automata, Nondeterministic Finite-State Automata.
2. Ability to describe the language accepted by an automata or generated by a regular
expression or a context-free grammar.
3. Ability to describe the functioning of Pushdown Automata.
4. Ability to describe the functioning of Turing Machines.

SYLLABUS

Definitions of alphabet, strings, language, Definition of finite automata, Deterministic Finite

Automata, Non-Deterministic Finite Automata, representations in mathematical diagram,
tabular etc., id of finite automata, design of finite automata from the given description,
Conversion of NFA to DFA, Non-Deterministic Finite Automata with ℮-transitions,
elimination of ℮-transitions, Finite Automata with Output.

Definition of regular expression and Regular Sets, construction of regular expression from the
given description, minimization of regular expressions, Conversion of regular Expression to
finite automata, finite automata to regular Expression, construction of regular expression for the
given finite state machine- a systematic way using Arden's theorem, discussion of pumping
lemma on regular sets and Applications of pumping lemma for regular sets, closure properties
and Decision Algorithms for Regular Sets, Applications of finite automata.

6
Definition of Context-Free Grammars, Construction of CFG from the given description,
Derivation of Strings from CFG, Derivation Trees, Ambiguous Grammar, Simplification of
CFG, CNF and GNF, Pumping Lemma for CFL, Applications of Pumping lemma for CFL,
Closure Properties of CFL and Decision Algoritms.

Definition of push down automata, types of push down automata, push down automata to
context free grammar, context free grammar to push down automata, design methodology of
various push down automata‘s from the given language description, push down automata by
empty stack, push down automata by final states.

Definition of Turing machine, ways of representing Turing machine‘s- tabular form, diagram,
id of Turing machine, design of Turing machine from the given language description, types of
Turing machine, types of grammar, types of automata, Relationship between different
languages and automata, halting problem, church‘s thesis, universal Turing machine, Gödel
number, definitions of recursive functions- prf, rf, decidability.

NOTE : Theorem proofs are eliminated

Text Book

1. Introduction to automata theory, languages and computation, John.E.H.P croft/ Rajeev

Motwani & JD Ullman—pearson education- III edition

Reference Books

1. Theory of computation, [Link] and [Link], PHI

2. Theory of computation, formal languages and automata theory, G P Saradhi Varma,
[Link] Rao –Sci Tech publications.

7
 Code: B16 CS 3104
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the evolution of DBMS Versus File systems, data models, and layers of
abstraction.
2. To understand conceptual and Logical aspects of database design.
3. To learn formal language specifications.
4. To learn commercial query languages.
5. To understand concurrency control, recovery management, and other related issues

Course Outcomes:

1. Generalize the basic concepts of DBMS

2. Discover the relational model and formal query languages
3. Prepare SQL commands for definition, constructing and manipulation of databases
4. Apply conceptual and logical database design
5. Apply normalization on tables
6. Schedule concurrent transactions using locking protocols and protocols without locking
7. Recover transactions
8. Examine database connection techniques

SYLLABUS

Introduction: File System versus DBMS, Advantages of DBMS, Types of DBMS, The
Relational model, Levels of abstraction, Data Independence, Introduction to Transaction
management, Structure of a DBMS.

ER Model: Basics of Database Design, ER Diagrams, Entities, Attributes and Entity Sets,
Relationships & Relationship Sets, Additional Features of the ER Model: IS A relationship,
Aggregation

Database Design and the Relational Model: Conceptual Design with ER Model, Introduction
to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Enforcing Integrity Constraints,
Logical Database Design: ER to Relational.

Relational Algebra and SQL: Relational Algebra, The form of a Basic SQL Query, Nested
Queries, Joins, UNION, INTERSECT and EXCEPT, Aggregate Operators, Null Values,
Complex Integrity Constraints in SQL, Introduction to Views, Destroying/ Altering Tables and
Views, Triggers, Embedded SQL, Dynamic SQL, JDBC.

Normalization: Schema Refinement and Normal Forms, Introduction to Schema Refinement,

Functional Dependencies, Reasoning about FD‘s, Normal Forms, Properties of Decomposition,
Normalization, Other kinds of Dependencies: Multivalve valued and Join dependencies.

8
Transaction Management and Concurrency Control: The ACID Properties, Transactions &
Schedules, Concurrent Execution of Transactions, Lock-Based Concurrency Control, 2PL,
Serializability and Recoverability, Introduction to Lock Management, Lock Conversions,
Dealing with Deadlocks, Specialized Locking Techniques, Concurrency Control without
Locking.

Crash Recovery: Introduction to ARIES, The Log, Other Recovery-Related Structures, The
Write-Ahead Log Protocol, Check pointing, Recovering from a System Crash, Media
Recovery.

Text Book:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, 4th Edition,
McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:
1. Database System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, H. Korth, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems 5th edition. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant [Link],
Pearson Education,2008
3. Database Management System Oracle SQL and PL/SQL,[Link] Gupta, PHI, 2009.

9
 Code: B16 CS 3105
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
( Elective-I )
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To provide in-depth knowledge about Embedded Processor, its hardware and software.
2. To explain the programming concepts, Embedded programming in C & Assembly
language.
3. To explain various architectures of Embedded Systems.
4. To explain Real Time Operating Systems.
5. To explain about Inter task communication.
6. To explain about Embedded software development tools.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course a student will able

1. To describe the differences between general computing system and Embedded System.
2. To recognize the classification of Embedded System.
3. To understand various architectures of Embedded System.
4. To design Real Time Embedded System using the concepts of RTOS.
5. To load embedded software on Host machine.
6. To test Host machine.

SYLLABUS

Examples of Embedded Systems – Typical Hardware – Memory – Microprocessors – Busses –

Direct Memory Access – Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture-Instruction set –
Programming- Microprocessor Architecture – Interrupt Basics – The Shared-Data problem –
Interrupt Latency.

Round–Robin Architecture - Round–Robin with Interrupts Architecture - Function-Queue-

Scheduling Architecture – Real-Time Operating Systems Architecture – Selection of
Architecture.

Tasks and Task States – Tasks and Data – Semaphores and Shared Data – Semaphore
Problems – Semaphore variants, Message Queues – Mailboxes – Pipes – Timer Functions –
Events – Memory Management – Interrupt Routines in RTOS Environment.

RTOS design – Principles – Encapsulation Semaphores and Queues – Hard Real-Time

Scheduling Considerations – Saving Memory Space – Saving Power.

Host and Target Machines – Linker/Locator for Embedded Software- Getting Embedded
Software into the Target System, Testing on your Host Machine – Instruction Set Simulators –
Laboratory Tools used for Debugging.

10
Text Books:

1. David A. Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson Education, Inc., 1999.

2. Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta, Embedded Real Time Systems programming, TMH,2004

Reference Books:

1. Frank Vahid/ Tony Givargis, Embedded Systems Design – A Unified Hardware/Software

Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems, Architecture, Programming and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011

11
 Code: B16 CS 3106
BIO-INFORMATICS
( Elective-I)
Theory :3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial :1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To Know the basic information related to Biological sequences, Genome Project, Pattern
Recognition
2. To have an understanding of Protein Databases and Genome Databases
3. To perform DNA sequence Analysis
4. To use various sequence analysis packages

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students can able to
1. Remember various bio-informatic terminology and Biological sequences.
2. Use various Genome and Protein databases.
3. Analyse various DNA sequences.
4. Use various tools for Sequence analysis.
SYLLABUS
Introduction:
Definitions, Sequencing, Biological sequence/structure, Genome Projects, Pattern recognition
an prediction, Folding problem, Sequence Analysis, Homology and Analogy.

Protein Information Resources

Biological databases, Primary sequence databases, Protein Sequence databases, Secondary

databases, Protein pattern databases, and Structure classification databases.

Genome Information Resources

DNA sequence databases, specialized genomic resources

DNA Sequence analysis

Importance of DNA analysis, Gene structure and DNA sequences, Features of DNA sequence
analysis, EST (Expressed Sequence Tag) searches, Gene hunting, Profile of a cell, EST
analysis, Effects of EST data on DNA databases

Pair wise alignment techniques

Database searching, Alphabets and complexity, Algorithm and programs, Comparing two
sequences, sub-sequences, Identity and similarity, The Dotplot, Local and global similarity,
different alignment techniques, Dynamic Programming, Pair wise database searching.

12
Multiple sequence alignment

Definition and Goal, The consensus, computational complexity, Manual methods,

Simultaneous methods, Progressive methods, Databases of Multiple alignments and searching

Secondary database searching

Importance and need of secondary database searches, secondary database structure and building
a sequence search protocol

Analysis packages

Analysis package structure, commercial databases, commercial software, comprehensive

packages, packages specializing in DNA analysis, Intranet Packages, Internet Packages.

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, T K Attwood & D J Parry-Smith Addition Wesley

Longman.
2. Bioinformatics- A Beginner‘s Guide, Jean-Michel Claveriw, Cerdric Notredame WILEY
dreamlech India Pvt. Ltd

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Arthur [Link], OXFORD publishers (Indian Edition)

13
 Code: B16 CS 3107
IMAGE PROCESSING
( Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To explain fundamentals of Image processing concepts.
2. To provide mathematical foundation of image enhancement , image compression and image
segmentation.
3. To explain the students about Morphology and its applications in image processing.
Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to develop algorithms for fundamental concepts in Image processing.

2. Ability to perform image enhancement , image compression and image segmentation using
various methods.
3. Ability to implement Image transformation techniques

SYLLABUS

Fundamentals of Image Processing: Image Acquisition, Image Model, Sampling,

Quantization, Relationship Between Pixels, Distance Measures, Connectivity , Image
Geometry, Photographic Film. Histogram: Definition, Decision Of Contrast Basing On
Histogram, Operations Basing on Histograms Like Image Stretching, Image Sliding, Image
Classification. Definition and Algorithm of Histogram Equalization.

Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain : Arithmetic and Logical Operations, Pixel or Point
Operations, Size Operations; Smoothing Filters-Mean, Median, Mode Filters – Comparative
Study;

Edge enhancement in spatial domain: Edge enhancement filters, Directorial Filters, Sobel,
Laplacian, Robert, KIRSCH Homogeneity & DIFF filters, PREWITT Filter, Contrast based
edge enhancement techniques, Comparative study, Low pass filters, High pass filters,
Sharpening filters, Comparative study, Color fundamentals and color model

Image Compression: Run Length Encoding, modified run length encoding, Contour Coding,
Huffman Code, Compression Due to Change in Domain, Compression Due to Quantization
Compression at the Time of Image Transmission. Brief Discussion on:- Image Compression
Standards.

Image Segmentation: Definition of segmentation, Characteristics of Segmentation, Detection

of Discontinuities, Thresholding. Pixel Based Segmentation Method. Region Based
Segmentation Methods, Segmentation by Pixel Aggregation, Segmentation by Sub Region
Aggregation, Histogram Based Segmentation, Spilt and Merge Technique, Segmentation of
moving objects

14
Morphology: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Hit-And-Miss Transform, Thinning,
Thickening, Skeletons , Pruning Extensions to Gray – Scale Images Application of Morphology
in I.P.

Image Transforms : A Detail Discussion On Fourier Transform, DFT,FFT, Properties of

Fourier transform, WALSH Trans Form , WFT, HADAMARD Transform, DCT Image
Enhancement in Frequency Domain: Design of Low Pass, High Pass, EDGE Enhancement,
Smoothening Filters in Frequency Domain. Butter Worth Filter, Homomorphic Filters in
Frequency Domain Advantages of Filters in Frequency Domain, Comparative Study of Filters
in Frequency, Domain and Spatial Domain.

Text Book:

1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Gonzalez And Richard E. Woods, Addision Wesley

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals Of Electronic Image Processing By Arthyr – R – Weeks, Jr.(PHI).

2. Image Processing, Analysis, And Machine Vision By Milan Sonka Vaclan Halavac Roger
Boyle, Vikas Publishing House.
3. Digital Image Processing, S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan& T. Veera Kumar, TMH
Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Chris Solomon, Tobi Breckon, Wiley-
Blackwell

15
 Code: B16 CS 3108

APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING JAVA

( Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Study of object oriented programming.

2. Learn about web based applications such as AWT components.
3. Study of multitasking by using multithreading concept.
4. Learn about network programming and applications development.
5. Students will have the ability to develop Web Applications using JSP.
6. Students will have knowledge about types of JDBC and they able to access database using
JSP.
7. Getting the student to be well trained in Advanced Java Programming skills for an easy
entry in the IT Industry.

Course Outcomes:
1. Able to do projects for web based and internet applications.
2. Understand multitasking and multiprogramming development
3. Able to do network programming.
4. Able to Construct Web application using Java Server Pages

SYLLABUS

Multithreading and AWT:

Thread, life cycle of Thread, Separate classes that implement Runnable, Inner classes that
implement Runnable, Thread Priorities, Race conditions and synchronization
Basic AWT Components, container, Canvas, Panel, Frame, Processing events in GUI controls,
Basic AWT user interface controls (Button, checkbox, CheckboxGroup, Scroll Bars ,
TextField, TextArea radio button, list box). Event-handling: Handling events with classes,
Handling events by implementing interfaces, Organizing Windows with Layout Managers
(Flow Layout, Border Layout, Card Layout, Grid Layout, GridBagLayout)

Java Swings
The Origins of Swing, Swing Is Built on the AWT, Two Key Swing Features, Components and
Containers, the Swing Packages, Event Handling, Exploring Swing

Database Access
Structure of JDBC, Databases and Drivers, Connecting to the Database, The JDBC Classes for
Creating a Connection, Basic Database Access, SQL Data types and Java Data types, Scrollable
Result Sets, The JDBC Support Classes, Prepared Statements, JAVA Database connection
program for MS Accesss, Oracle and MySQL

16
JSP
Introduction to JSP, Tomcat Server & Testing Tomcat. Displaying Values Using an Expression
to Set an Attribute, Declaring Variables and Methods, Requests, and Users Passing Control and
Data between Pages – Sharing Session and Application Data , JSP Program for Database
Access

Input /Output , NIO and Network Programming:

The I/O Classes and Interfaces, I/O Exceptions, The Stream Classes, The Byte Streams, The
Character Streams, NIO Fundamentals
The Networking Classes and Interfaces, InetAddress, TCP/IP Client Sockets, URLConnection,
HttpURLConnection, TCP/IP Server Sockets, Datagrams , DatagramSocket ,DatagramPacket

Text Books:

1. The Complete Reference, Java Eighth Edition, Herbert Schildt, Oracle Press
(Chapters: 11,19,20, 22,23,24,29,30)
2. Java Server Pages , Hans Bergstan, Oreilly, 2nd Edition, August 2002 ( Chapters: 1-10)
3. Database Programming with JDBC and Java, George Reese, Second Edition, Published by
O'Reilly & Associates (Chapters: 3,4)

Reference Books:

1. Internet and World wide web- How to program, Dietel and Nieto, Pearson.
2. Java server pages, Pekowsky, Pearson
3. Beginning Web Programming, Jon Duckett ,Wrox, Wiley

17
 Code: B16 CS 3110
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

Sessionals : 50
Lab : 3 Periods Ext. Marks : 50
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce to a commercial DBMS such as ORACLE.

2. To learn and practice SQL commands for schema creation, data manipulation.
3. To learn conceptual database design based on a case study.
4. To learn Logical database design based on a case study.
5. To apply database design stages by a case study.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student is exposed to a commercial RDBMS environment such as ORACLE.

2. The student will learn SQL commands for data definition and manipulation.
3. The student applies conceptual design.
4. The student applies Logical data base design.
5. The student takes up a case study and applies the design steps.

SYLLABUS

Features of two commercial RDBMS package such as ORACLE/DB2, MS Access,

MYSQL & Structured Query Language (SQL) used with the RDBMS.

I. Laboratory Exercises Should Include

a Defining Schemas for Applications
b Creation of Database
c Writing SQL Queries
d Retrieve Information from Database
e Creating Views
f Creating Triggers
g Normalization up to Third Normal Form
h Use of Forms
i Report Writing

II Some sample applications are given below:

a Accounting Package for Shops
b Database Manager for Magazine Agency or Newspaper Agency
c Ticket Booking for Performances
d Preparing Greeting Cards & Birthday Cards
e Personal Accounts - Insurance, Loans, Mortgage Payments, Etc.
f Doctor's Diary & Billing System
g Personal Bank Account
h Class Marks Management

18
 i Hostel Accounting
j. Video Tape Library
k. History of Cricket Scores
l. Cable TV Transmission Program Manager
m. Personal Library
n. Sailors Database
o. Suppliers and Parts Database

Reference Books:
1. Oracle Database 11g The Complete Reference, McGraw Hill Professional, 2008.
2. Database Systems Using Oracle, Nilesh Shah, Pearson Education India, 2016.
3. Introduction to SQL, Rick F Vander Lans, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2007

19
 Code: B16 CS 3111
APPLIATION DEVELOPMENT LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Practice object-oriented programs and build java applications.
2. Implement java programs for establishing interfaces.
3. Implement sample programs for developing reusable software components.
4. Create database connectivity in java and implement GUI applications.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to create sophisticated applications to Manipulate Window Interfaces

Using Swing Objects, Graphics Objects and working with Streams and File Input /Output.
2. Develop Swing-based GUI.
3. Develop client/server applications and TCP/IP socket programming.
4. Update and retrieve the data from the databases using SQL.

SYLLABUS

CYCLE-1 :

1. Write a java program that implements thread class methods.

2. Write a java program that handles all mouse events and shows the event name at the center
of the window when a mouse event is fired. Use adapter classes.
3. Write a java program to demonstrate the key event handlers.
4. Write a java program to display the table using labels in grid layout.
5. Write a java program to display the Header information of the given URL
6. Write a java program to split the given URL.
7. Write a java program by using JDBC to execute a SQL query for a database and display the
results.
8. Implementing one-one chat Application without threads
9. Write a java program for Datagram server and Client interaction as per given below.
i). A program to create Datagram server to send a message to client.
ii). A program to create Datagram client to receive the message sent by the server
10. Write JSP Program to validate user name and password on server side?
11. Write an online book purchase application using JSP. Consider a login validation page and
one billing page for bill payment process. Assume any information if required?
12. Write JSP Program for Database Access.

20
CYCLE-2 :

Each batch should develop one project out of this list using HTML,CSS,JS,PHP and
MYSQL

1. Design Airlines Ticket Reservation System

2. Online Shopping
3. Design Library Information system.
4. Design Gram Panchayat Information system for House tax, water tax, wealth tax, Library
tax collection, phone bill, Electricity bill collection.
5. Design student information system portal which maintain attendance, marks etc.
6. Design online examination system.
7. Event management System.
8. Car Rental System.
9. Cinema Booking System.
10. Hotel Management System.
11. Complaint management System.
12. Online voting system.
13. Student Result System.
14. Car Comparison System Project.
15. Selling your old stuff.
16. Aquaculture Updates.
17. Timesheet using PHP
18. Online Help Desk using PHP
19. Online marriage beuro system
20. EAMCET web counseling

Reference Books:

1. P. J. Deitel, H. M. Deitel, ―Java for Programmers‖, Pearson Education, PHI, 4th Edition,
2007.
2. P. Radha Krishna, ―Object Oriented Programming through Java‖, Universities Press, 2nd
Edition, 2007
3. Bruce Eckel, ―Thinking in Java‖, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2006.
4. Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Chaudhary, ―Programming in Java‖, Oxford University Press,
5th Edition, 2010.

21
 Code: B16ENG3102

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. [Link] :70
Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:

1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and identifying

errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to

1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and
other reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional relationships
making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS
Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions, pronouns-
number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and indefinite
articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation), subject – verb
agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the appropriate clause
, conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal verbs) to-infinitives,
gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of comparison, modifiers,
determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors in sentences.

22
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard to
inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings of
the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context), foreign
phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots, collocations.

Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption, inference,
conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then identifying
similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to construct a
meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man (to use logical
reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO statements (sticking to a
particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence), supplying
a suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent, idiomatic
language (with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on the meaning
of the sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:

1. Oxford Learners‘s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.

2. R S Agarwal‘s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:

1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP

2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by RashmiBansal
8. I have a Dream by RashmiBansal

23
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I
Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:

1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‘s problems.

2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also
measurement of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit and
loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for
any person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for further
studies.

SYLLABUS

Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion

Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding
remainders in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to
find HCF, applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule,
Introducing the concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and
Proportion.

Time and work, Time and Distance

Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination of
the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest, Partnerships,
shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price, selling
price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of compound
interest, Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of partnership,
Sleeping partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and stocks.
24
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and related
sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related to
Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter series,
Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north, south, east,
west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site

25
 Code: B16 ENG3104
ADVANCED CODING
(Common for CSE & IT)
( MOOCS-I )
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives

1. To understand the basics of modular programming

2. To learn about ADT, Linked Lists and Templates
3. To investigate different methods to find time complexities
4. To learn about Java collections and Libraries

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of modular programming
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on linked lists
3. Acquire coding knowledge on ADT
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on Java libraries and Collections

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review Coding essentials and modular programming

Introduction to Linear Data, Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and
representations, Pattern coding.
Introduction to modular programming: Formation of methods, Methods: Signature and
definition, Inter-method communication, Data casting & storage classes, Recursions

UNIT II Linear Linked Data

Introduction to structure pointer, Creating Links Basic problems on Linked lists, Classical
problems on linked lists. Circular Linked lists, Operations on CLL, Multiple links, Operations
on Doubly linked lists

UNIT III Abstract Data-structures

Stack data-structure, Operations on stack, Infix/Prefix/Post fix expression evaluations,
Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked lists.
Queue data-structure: Operations on Queues, Formation of a circular queue, Implementation of
queue using stack, Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked
lists

26
UNIT IV Running time analysis of code and organization of linear list data
Code evaluation w.r.t running time, Loop Complexities, Recursion complexities, Searching
techniques: sequential Vs. binary searching.
Organizing the list data, Significance of sorting algorithms, Basic Sorting Techniques: Bubble
sort, selection sort, Classical sorting techniques: Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort.

UNIT V Standard Library templates and Java collections

Introduction to C++ language features, Working on STLs, Introduction to Java as Object
Oriented language, Essential Java Packages, Coding logics.

Note: This course should focus on Problems

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

27
 Code: B16CS3112A
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
( MOOCS-I )
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

 Introduction and signal digitization

 Pixel relationship

 Camera models & imaging geometry

 Image interpolation

 Image transformation

 Image enhancement I

 Image enhancement II

 Image enhancement III

 Image restoration I

 Image restoration II & Image registration

 Colour image processing

 Image segmentation

 Morphological image processing

 Object representation, description and recognition

Suggested Reading

1. Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods, 3rd Edition
2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing by Anil K Jain
3. Digital Image Processing by William K Pratt

WEB LINK:

[Link]

28
 Code: B16CS3112B
E-BUSINESS
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Introduction to E-Business
Making Functional Areas E-Business Enabled : Value chain and supply chain, inter and intra
organizational business processes, ERP
Making Functional Areas E-Business Enabled : E-Procurement
Making Functional Areas E-Business Enabled : E-marketing, E-Selling, E-Supply Chain
Management
Technologies for E-Business: Internet and Web based system
Technologies for E-Business: Security and payment systems
Technologies for E-Business: Supply chain integration technologies (EDI, RFID, Sensors, IoT,
GPS, GIS)
Technologies for E-Business: Supply chain integration technologies (Web services and cloud)
Decision Support in E-Business: Web analytics
Decision Support in E-Business: Customer behavior modeling
Decision Support in E-Business: Auctions
Decision Support in E-Business: Recommender systems

SUGGESTED READING
Management Information Systems: Managing the Digital Firm, Laudon and Laudon, Pearson
1. Scaling for E-Business, Menasce & Almeida, PHI
2. eBusiness & eCommerce – Managing the Digital Value Chain, Meier & Stormer, Springer
3. eBook is available in [Link]
4. Some reference books, Internet Resources, and Research Papers

WEB LINK:

[Link]

29
 Code: B16CS3112C
INTRODUCION TO PARALLEL PROGRAMMING IN OPEN MP
( MOOCS-II )
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

 Single Processor Architecture and Basic OpenMP constructs & functions

 More OpenMP constructs & functions

 Basic Linear Algebra using OpenMP and OpenMP tasks

o (Assignment 1: Programming assignment to implement and evaluate blocked matrix

multiply in OpenMP)

 Critical Sections, locks and Matrix Factorization using OpenMP

o (Assignment 2: Programming assignment to implement and evaluate task based algorithm

for a BLAS routine).

Suggested Reading

1. Introduction to Parallel Computing (Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta, George Karypis, Vipin
Kumar)

WEB LINK:

[Link]

30
 Code: B16 CS 3113A
SOCIAL NETWORKS
( MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

SYLLABUS

 Introduction

 Handling Real-world Network Datasets

 Strength of Weak Ties

 Strong and Weak Relationships (Continued) & Homophily

 Homophily Continued and +Ve / -Ve Relationships

 Link Analysis

 Cascading Behaviour in Networks

 Link Analysis (Continued)

 Power Laws and Rich-Get-Richer Phenomena

 Power law (contd..) and Epidemics

 Small World Phenomenon

 Pseudocore (How to go viral on web)

SUGGESTED READING:

1. Networks, Crowds and Markets by David Easley and Jon Kleinberg, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.
2. Social and Economic Networks by Matthew O. Jackson, Princeton University Press, 2010.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

31
 Code: B16 CS 3113B

INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS

( MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

SYLLABUS

 Introduction to IoT: Part I, Part II, Sensing, Actuation, Basics of Networking: Part-I
 Basics of Networking: Part-II, Part III, Part IV, Communication Protocols: Part I, Part II
 Communication Protocols: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Sensor Networks: Part I, Part II
 Sensor Networks: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Part VI, Machine-to-Machine Communications
 Interoperability in IoT, Introduction to Arduino Programming: Part I, Part II, Integration of
Sensors and Actuators with Arduino: Part I, Part II
 Introduction to Python programming: Part I, Part II, Introduction to Raspberry Pi: Part I,
Part II
 Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi: Part I
 Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi: Part II, Part III, Introduction to SDN: Part I, Part
II, SDN for IoT: Part I
 SDN for IoT: Part II, Data Handling and Analytics: Part I, Part II, Cloud Computing: Part I,
Part II
 Cloud Computing: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Sensor-Cloud: Part I, Part II
 Fog Computing: Part I, Part II, Smart Cities and Smart Homes: Part I, Part II, Part III
 Connected Vehicles: Part I, Part II, Smart Grid: Part 1, Part II, Industrial IoT: Part I
 Industrial IoT: Part I, Case Study: Agriculture, Healthcare, Activity Monitoring: Part I, Part
II
SUGGESTED READING

1. "The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases", by Pethuru Raj
and Anupama C. Raman (CRC Press)

2. "Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti

WEB LINK:

[Link]

32
 Code: B16 CS 3113C
BLOCKCHAIN ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND USECASES
( MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2
SYLLABUS
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
1) What is Blockchain
Introduction to Blockchain – I
1 2) Public Ledgers
(Basics)
3) Blockchain as public ledgers
1) Bitcoin
Introduction to Blockchain – II
2 2) Blockchain 2.0
(History)
3) Smart Contracts
1) Block in a Blockchain
Introduction to Blockchain – III
1. 3 2) Transactions
(Architecture)
3) Distributed Consensus
1) The Chain and the Longest Chain
Introduction to Blockchain – IV
4 2) Cryptocurrency to Blockchain 2.0
(Conceptualization)
3) Permissioned Model of Blockchain
1) Cryptographic Hash Function
5 Basic Crypto Primitives – I 2) Properties of a hash function
3) Hash pointer and Merkle tree
1) Digital Signature
6 Basic Crypto Primitives – II 2) Public Key Cryptography
3) A basic cryptocurrency
1) Creation of coins
7 Bitcoin Basics – I 2) Payments and double spending
3) FORTH – the precursor for Bitcoin scripting
2. 8 Bitcoin Basics – II
1) Bitcoin Scripts
2) Bitcoin P2P Network
1) Transaction in Bitcoin Network
9 Bitcoin Basics – III 2) Block Mining
3) Block propagation and block relay
1) Why Consensus
10 Distributed Consensus 2) Distributed consensus in open environments
3) Consensus in a Bitcoin network
1) Bitcoin Consensus
Consensus in Bitcoin – I (The
11 2) Proof of Work (PoW) – basic introduction
Basics)
3) Hashcash PoW
1) Bitcoin PoW
Consensus in Bitcoin – II (PoW 2) Attacks on PoW and the monopoly problem
12
and Beyond) 3) Proof of Stake, Proof of Burn and Proof of
Elapsed Time
1) The life of a Bitcoin Miner
3. Consensus in Bitcoin – III (The
13 2) Mining Difficulty
Miners)
3) Mining Pool
1) Permissioned model and use cases
Permissioned Blockchain – I 2) Design issues for Permissioned blockchains
14
(Basics) 3) Execute contracts
4) State machine replication
1) Consensus models for permissioned blockchain
Permissioned Blockchain – II
15 2) Distributed consensus in closed environment
(Consensus)
3) Paxos

33
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
Permissioned Blockchain – III 1) RAFT Consensus
16
(RAFT Consensus) 2) Byzantine general problem
Permissioned Blockchain – IV 1) Byzantine fault tolerant system
17
(Byzantine General Problem) 2) Lamport-Shostak-Pease BFT Algorithm
1) BFT over Asynchronous systems
Permissioned Blockchain – V
2) Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance
18 (Practical Byzantine Fault
3) Three phase commit
4. Tolerance)
4) View Change
1) Concepts and benefits of block chain for
Blockchain for Enterprise –
19 enterprise
Overview
2) The Hyperledger Project
1) Actors in a Blockchain
Blockchain Components and
20 2) Components in Blockchain design
Concepts
3) Ledger in Blockchain
Hyperledger Fabric – 1) Fabric Architecture
21
Transaction Flow 2) Transaction flow in Fabric
1) Ordering Services
22 Hyperledger Fabric Details 2) Channels in Fabric
3) Fabric Peer and Certificate Authority
1) Organization and Consortium Network
Fabric – Membership and
5. 23
Identity Management
2) Membership Service Provide
3) Transaction Signing
Hyperledger Fabric Network 1) Steps for network setup
24
Setup 2) Endorsement policies
1) Setup Blockchain networks
Fabric Demo on IBM 2) Experience blockchain network as different
25
Blockchain Cloud – I organizations
3) Deploy a simple application on IBM cloud
1) Deploy a simple application on IBM Cloud
2) Marbles (asset transfer)
Fabric Demo on IBM 3) Example smart contract code, client SDK
26
Blockchain Cloud – II code
4) Perform blockchain transactions using a
cool UI!
1) Setup a Fabric network on your laptop or
Fabric Demo, deploy from VM
27
scratch – III 2) Install and instantiate chaincode
3) Run application on the network you created
6. 1) Goals of Hyperledger Composer
2) Key concepts for the business service
Hyperledger Composer – provide
28
Application Development 3) Key development concepts – Model files,
Access control lists, Transaction processors,
business network definition
Hyperledger Composer – 1) Key concepts for administrators
29
Network Administration 2) How composer maps to Fabric chaincode
1) Sample use cases by Industry
30 Blockchain Use Cases 2) Business Problems and Participants
3) Communities in Blockchain network

34
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
Blockchain in Financial Service 1) Cross border payments
31 – I (Payments and Secure 2) Steller and Ripple protocols
Trading) 3) Project Ubin
1) Know Your Customer (KYC)
Blockchain in Financial Service
32 2) Privacy Consents
– II (Compliance and Mortgage)
3) Mortgage over Blockchain
1) Blockchain enabled Trade
Blockchain in Financial Service
7. 33 2) [Link] – Trade Finance Network
– III (Financial Trade)
3) Supply Chain Financing
1) Blockchain for Trade Logistics
34 Revolutionizing Global Trade 2) Global Trade Digitization
3) Blockchain for Container Management
1) Food Safety and Food Traceability
35 Blockchain in Supply Chain – I
2) Supply Chain Orchestration
1) Everledger
2) The Diamond Lifecycle
36 Blockchain in Supply Chain – II
3) Addressing Supply Chain Fraud through
Blockchain
1) Blockchain in Healthcare
37 Blockchain in Other Industries 2) Blockchain in Energy Markets
3) Blockchain in Media
8. Blockchain in Government – I
1) Blockchain and Government
38 2) Preventing Cyber Crime through blockchain
(Advantages)
3) Government Use-cases
1) Auditing and Compliance
Blockchain in Government – II
39 2) Blockchain for Defense
(Use Cases)
3) e-Estonia: A Case Study
1) Digital Identity and Single Sign On (SSO)
Blockchain in Government – III
40 2) Principles of Digital Identity Management
(Digital Identity)
3) Why Blockchain
Blockchain in Government – IV 1) Indy for Digital Identity Management
41
(Hyperledger Indy) 2) How Indy Works
Blockchain in Government – V 1) Blockchain for Tax Payments
42 (Tax Payments and Land 2) Blockchain for Managing Land Registry
Registry Records) Records
1) Security properties
Blockchain Security – I
9. 43
(Overview)
2) Security considerations for Blockchain
3) Intel SGX
Blockchain Security – II 1) Identities and Policies
44 (Membership and Access control 2) Membership and Access Control
in Fabric) 3) Blockchain Crypto Service Providers
1) Privacy in a Blockchain System
Blockchain Security – III
45 2) Privacy through Fabric Channels
(Privacy in Fabric)
3) Smart Contract Confidentiality

35
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
1) SideDB Motivation
46 Blockchain Security – III (Fabric SideDB)
2) SideDB Overview
1) PoW vs BFT Consensus
Research Aspects – I (Consensus
47 2) Consensus Finality
Scalability)
3) Consensus Scalability
1) Fairness and Scalability in Nakamoto
Consensus
48 Research Aspects – II (Bitcoin-NG)
2) Bitcoin-NG: Working Principles
10. 3) Key Blocks and Microblocks
1) Authority and Digital Signature
Research Aspects –III 2) Collective Signing (CoSi)
49
(Collective Signing) 3) Shnorr Multisignature and BLS
Signatures
1) Strong non-probabilistic consistency
2) BFT over Bitcoin – increasing
50 Research Aspects – IV (Byzcoin)
scalability
3) Byzcoin Design and Performance
1) Strong Synchrony vs Weak
Synchrony
51 Research Aspects – V (Algorand) 2) Avoiding Forks
3) Transaction Neutrality and
Frictionless Evolution
1) Asynchronous networks as network
fault
Research Aspects – VI (Cross Fault
52 2) Cross fault Tolerant (XFT)
Tolerance)
architecture
3) XPaxos
11. 1) Multi-Party Computation (MPC)
Research Aspects – VII (Secured Multi- 2) Fairness in MPC
53
Party Computation) 3) MPC over Blockchain – ensuring
fairness
1) Big Data and Big Network
2) Why Blockchain for Big data –
Blockchain for Science – I (Blockchain
54 application aspects
for Big Data)
3) BigChainDB – The Blockchain
Database
1) Data analysis over Blockchain
Blockchain for Science – II (Blockchain
55 2) Logic over Blockchain network
and AI)
3) Inferring Decisions through AI
1) Architecture and concepts
56 Comparing Ecosystems – Ethereum 2) Smart contracts and EVM
3) Additional/upcoming capabilities
1) Ethereum Development Tools
2) Motivation and concepts
Comparing Ecosystems – Ethereum
12. 57
development tools and Quorum
3) Architecture
4) Transaction processing and
consensus
1) Key features, Notaries and Oracles
Comparing Ecosystems – Corda Part 1& 2) Transactions, Transaction Flows
58
Comparing Ecosystems – Corda Part 2 3) Corda ledger and smart contracts,
Consensus

36
Suggested Reading :
1. Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies, by Andreas Antonopoulos
2. Blockchain by Melanie Swa, O‘Reilly
3. Hyperledger Fabric - [Link]
4. Zero to Blockchain - An IBM Redbooks course, by Bob Dill, David Smits -
[Link]

WEB LINK:

[Link]

37
 Code: B16 CS 3113D
INTRODUCTION TO R SOFTWARE
( MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

SYLLABUS

 Basic fundamentals, installation and use of software, data editing, use of R as a calculator,
functions and assignments.
 Use of R as a calculator, functions and matrix operations, missing data and logical
operators.
 conditional executions and loops, data management with sequences.
 Data management with repeats, sorting, ordering, and lists.
 Vector indexing, factors, Data management with strings, display and formatting.
 Data management with display paste, split, find and replacement, manipulations with
alphabets, evaluation of strings, data frames.
 Data frames, import of external data in various file formats, statistical functions,
compilation of data.
 Graphics and plots, statistical functions for central tendency, variation, skewness and
kurtosis, handling of bivarite data through graphics, correlations, programming and
illustration with examples.

Suggested Reading

 Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis - With Exercises, Solutions and Applications
in R By Christian Heumann, Michael Schomaker and Shalabh, Springer, 2016

 The R Software-Fundamentals of Programming and Statistical Analysis -Pierre Lafaye de

Micheaux, Rémy Drouilhet, Benoit Liquet, Springer 2013

 A Beginner's Guide to R (Use R) By Alain F. Zuur, Elena N. Ieno, Erik H.W.G. Meesters,
Springer 2009

WEB LINK:

[Link]

38
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)

III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Total
Code Lecture Tutorial Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Credits Contact
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs/Week
B16 CS Data Warehousing
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201 & Data Mining
Object Oriented
B16 CS
Software 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202
Engineering
B16 CS Design and Analysis
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203 of Algorithms
B16 CS
Compiler Design 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3204
B16 CS Artificial
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3205 Intelligence
#ELE-II Elective-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
Software
B16 CS
Engineering Mini 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3213
Project Lab
B16 CS Network
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3214 Programming Lab
Verbal &
B16 ENG
Quantitative 2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202
Aptitude-II
#M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 32 27 6 6 39 480 520 1000

B16CS3206 Cloud Computing

B16CS3207 Mobile Computing
#ELE-II
B16CS3208 Distributed Systems
B16CS3209 Advanced Computer Architecture
B16 ENG 3205 Competitive Coding
B16CS3215A AngularJS
#M-III
B16CS3215B [Link]
B16CS3215C C#.NET & [Link]

39
 Code: B16 CS 3201

DATA WAREHOUSING & DATA MINING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the evolution of data warehousing and data mining techniques.

2. To understand sourcing , cleaning and transformation of data into a warehouse.
3. To learn the principles of statistics, information theory, databases, machine learning and
other areas for design and implementation of data mining techniques.
4. To understand pattern mining classification and clustering methods.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student understands the differences between OLTP and OLAP.

2. The student learns how data cube technology supports structuring and querying high
dimensional data.
3. The student is introduced to similarity , distance, information gain and other performance
and error metrics used for data mining.
4. The student is introduced to association rule mining , supervised and unsupervised learning
and the corresponding classification and clustering approaches involving decision trees,
Bayesian approaches, model based and agglomerative approaches.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Data Mining: Evolution of I T into DBMS, Motivation and importance of Data
Warehousing and Data Mining, Kinds of Patterns, Technologies, Basic Data Analytics: Data
Objects and Attributes Types, Statistical Descriptions of Data, Data Visualization, Estimating
Data Similarity and Dissimilarity, Major Issues in Data Mining, Data Mining Applications

Tasks involved in data processing :Data Cleaning, Data Integration, Data Reduction, Data
Transformation, Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation.

Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology: Basic Concepts of Data warehouse, DataModeling
using Cubes and OLAP, DWH Design and usage, Implementation using Data Cubes and OLAPs,
Data Generalization with AOI.

Mining Frequent Patterns Based on Associations and Correlations: Basic Concepts,Frequent

Itemset Mining Methods: Apriori Algorithm, Association Rule Generation, Improvements to A
Priori, FP- Growth Approach, Mining Frequent Patterns using Vertical Data Formats, Mining
Closed and Max Patterns, Pattern Evaluation Methods, mining in multilevel, multi-dimensional
space.

40
Classification & Prediction: Basic Concepts, Decision Tree Induction, BayesClassification, Rule-
Based Classification, Model Evaluation and Selection, Techniques to Improve Classification
Accuracy Advanced Methods: Classification by Back Propagation, SVM, Associative
Classification, Lazy Learning

Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and issues in clustering, Types of Data in ClusterAnalysis,
Partitioning Methods-K-Means, K-Medoids, Hierarchical Methods-Agglomerative versus Divisive,
Distance Measures in Algorithmic Methods, Birch, Chameleon, Density Based Methods- DBSCAN,
OPTICS, Grid Based Methods-STING, CLIQUE, Evaluation of Clustering Solutions

Text Book:

1. Data Mining- Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber and Jian Pei –
Morgan Kaufmann publishers –--3rd edition

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Data Mining, Adriaan, Addison Wesley Publication.

2. Data Mining Techniques, [Link], University Press Data mining concepts by Tan, Steinbech,
and Vipin Kumar - Pearson Edu publishers.
3. Data Mining –Introductory and Advanced by Margarett Dunham -- Pearson Education
publishers.
4. Data Warehousing for Real –world by Sam Annahory-- Pearson Education publishers.

41
 Code: B16 CS 3202
OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To explain the importance of OOSE in Software development.

2. To explain the students the importance of Requirements Engineering.
3. To explain the role of UML and Testing in Software Development.
4. To explain the entire Software Development Process with aid of case studies.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to define a problem and perform Requirements Engineering.

2. Ability to draw UML diagrams for the requirements gathered.
3. Ability to design various aspects of the system.
4. Ability to implement the designed problem in Object Oriented Programming Language and
test whether all the requirements specified have been achieved or not.
5. Able to apply various testing approaches to test the system.
6. Able to use various Process management activities.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Object Oriented Software Engineering: Nature of the Software, Types of

Software , Software Engineering Projects, Software Engineering Activities, Software Quality,
Introduction to Object Orientation, Software Process Models-Waterfall Model, Opportunistic
Model , Phased Released Model, Spiral Model, Evolutionary Model, Concurrent Engineering
Model.

Requirements Engineering: Domain Analysis, Problem Definition and Scope, Requirements

Definition, Types of Requirements, Techniques for Gathering and Analyzing Requirements,
Requirement Documents, Reviewing, Managing Change in Requirements.

Unified Modeling Language & Use Case Modeling: Introduction to UML, Modeling
Concepts, Types of UML Diagrams with Examples; User-Centred Design, Characteristics of
Users, Developing Use - Case Models of Systems, Use-Case Diagram, Use- Case Descriptions,
Basics of User Interface Design, Usability Principles, User Interfaces.

Class Design and Class Diagrams: Essentials of UML Class Diagrams, Associations and
Multiplicity, Other Relationships, Generalization, Instance Diagrams, Advanced Features of
Class Diagrams, Interaction and Behavioural Diagrams: Interaction Diagrams, State Diagrams,
Activity Diagrams, Component and Deployment Diagrams.

42
Software Design and Architecture: Process of Design, Principles Leading to Good Design,
Techniques for Making Good Design Decisions, Good Design Documen; Pattern
Introduction, Design Patterns: Abstraction-Occurrence Pattern, General Hierarchical Pattern,
Play-Role Pattern, Singleton Pattern, Observer Pattern, Delegation Pattern, Adaptor Pattern,
Façade Pattern, Immutable Pattern, Read-Only Interface Pattern and The Proxy Pattern;
Software Architecture Contents of Architecture Model, Architectural Patterns: Multilayer,
Client-Server, Broker, Transaction Processing, Pipe & Filter and MVC Architectural Patterns

Software Testing: Overview of Testing, Testing Concepts, Testing Activities, Testing

Strategies, Unit Testing, Integration Testing, Function Testing, Structural Testing, Class
Based Testing Strategies, Use Case/Scenario Based Testing, Regression Testing,
Performance Testing, System Testing, Acceptance Testing, Installation Testing, OO Test
Design Issues, Test Case Design, Quality Assurance, Root Cause Analysis, Post-Mortem
Analysis.

Software Process Management: Introduction to Software Project Management, Software

Engineering Teams, Project Scheduling, Tracking and Monitoring.

CASE STUDY
1. Simple Chat Instant Messaging System
2. GPS Based Automobile Navigation System
3. Waste Management Inspection Tracking System (WMITS)
4. Geographical Information System

Text Books:

1. Object-Oriented Software Engineering Practical software development using UML and

Java by Timothy C. Lethbridge & Robert, Langaniere Mcgraw-Hill
2. Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Using UML, Patterns and Java, Bernd Bruegge
and Allen H. Dutoit, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia.

Reference Books :

1. Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, Roger S Pressman.

2. A Practical Guide to Testing Object-Oriented Software, John D. McGregor; David A
Sykes, Addison-Wesley Professional.
3. Software Engineeing, K.K. Agarwal, New Age Publications 2008

43
 Code: B16 CS 3203
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Analyze the asymptotic performance of algorithms.

2. Write rigorous correctness proofs for algorithms.
3. Demonstrate a familiarity with major algorithms and data structures.
4. Synthesize efficient algorithms in common engineering design situations

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to Argue the correctness of algorithms using inductive proofs and
invariants and Analyze worst-case running times of algorithms using asymptotic analysis.
2. Describe the various paradigms of design when an algorithmic design situation calls for
it. Recite algorithms that employ this paradigm and synthesize them .
3. Students will be able to Compare between different data structures. Pick an appropriate
data structure for a design situation.

SYLLABUS

Introduction
Algorithm specification, Recursive Algorithms, Performance analysis, Space Complexity,
Time Complexity, Asymptotic Notation, Practical Complexities Performance Measurement,
Priority queues, Heaps, Heap Sort, Sets and Disjoint set union, Union and Find Operations

Divide and Conquer

General method, Binary search, Finding maximum and minimum, Mergesort, Quicksort,
Performance Measurement , Selection Problem, A Worst-Case Optimal Algorithm ,
Implementation of Select2,Strassen‘s matrix multiplication, Convex hull Problem, QuickHull
Algorithm

The Greedy Method

General method, Knapsack problem, Tree vertex splitting, Job sequencing with deadlines,
Minimum cost spanning trees, Prim‘s algorithm, Kruskal‘s algorithm, Optimal storage on
tapes, Optimal merge patterns ,Huffman coding, Single source shortest paths

Dynamic Programming
General method, Multistage graphs, All pairs shortest paths, Single source shortest paths with
general weights, Optimal binary search trees, String editing, 0/1Knapsack, Reliability design,
The travelling salesperson problem

44
Backtracking
General method, 8-Queens problem, Sum of subsets, Graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles,
Knapsack problem

Branch and Bound

The method, Least Cost(LC) Search, The15-puzzle problem, Control abstractions for LC-
Search, FIFO Branch-and-Bound, LC Branch-and-Bound, 0/1 Knapsack problem, Travelling
sales person problem

Algebraic Problems and Lower Bound Theory

The method, Evaluation and interpolation, Fast Fourier Tranform, Modular arithmetic,
Comparison trees, Ordered Searching, Sorting, Selection, Oracles and adversary arguments,
Merging, Largest and Second largest

NP-Hard And NP-Complete Problems

Basic concepts, Nondeterministic Algorithms, The Classes NP-hard and NP-complete

Text Book:

1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms 2nd edition by Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, S.

Rajasekharan

Reference Book:

1. Introduction to Algorithms 3rd edition by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson,

Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein

45
 Code: B16 CS 3204
COMPILER DESIGN

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To explain the basic understanding of grammars and language definition and Introducing
various phases of designing a compiler.
2. To make the student to understand the concepts underlying the design and
implementation of language processors and its mechanisms.
3. To extend the knowledge of parser by parsing LL parser and LR parser.
4. To enrich the knowledge in various phases of compiler and its use, code optimization
techniques, loop optimization techniques, machine code generation, use of symbol table,
and Runtime-Environments

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to describe the lexical analyzer, and different types of parsers.

2. Ability to describe the Intermediate Code generation in compiler.
3. Ability to explain code optimization techniques to improve the performance of a program
in terms of speed & space.
4. Ability to explain code generation, symbol table and runtime storage administration.

SYLLABUS

Introduction
Introduction to Language processors, The Structure of a Compiler, Bootstrapping & Cross
compiler.

Lexical Analysis
The Role of Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Specification of Tokens,Recognition of
tokens, Lexical-Analyzer generator Lex, Design of Lexical-Analyzer generator.

Syntax Analysis
Introduction, Context-Free Grammar, Writing a Grammar, Top-Down parsing: Recursive-
Descent Parsing and Nonrecursive Predictive parsing, Error recovery in Predictive Parsing,
Bottom-Up parsing: Shift Reduce Parsing.

More Powerful parsers

Introduction to LR Parsing: Simple LR, More Powerful LR parsers, Using Ambiguous
grammars, Parser Generators.

46
Syntax-Directed Translations
Syntax-Directed definitions, Evaluation Orders for SDD‘s, Applications of Syntax-Directed
Translation, Syntax-Directed Translation schemes.

Intermediate-Code Generation
Variants of Syntax Trees, Three-Address code,Types and Declarations, Translation of
Expressions, Type Checking.

Code Optimization
Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs, Optimization of Basic Blocks,The Principle Sources of
Optimization, Introduction to Data-Flow Analysis.

Code Generation
Issues in the Design of Code Generator, The Target Language, Addresses in the Target Code,
A Simple Code Generator, Peephole Optimization, Register Allocation and Assignment.

Symbol Tables and Runtime-Environments

Symbol Table Per Scope, The Use of Symbol Tables, Storage Organization, Stack Allocation
of Space, Heap Management.

Text Book:

1. Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools by Alfred V Aho, Monica [Link], Ravi
Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Pearson Education Second Edition

Reference Books:

1. Compiler Construction by Kenneth. C. Louden, Vikas [Link].

2. Compiler Design, A.A. Pentambekar, Technical Publications
3. Modern Compiler Design, Grune.D, Van Reeuwijk K, Bal H.E, Jacobs C J H,
Langendoen K, Springer
4. Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation, Steven Muchnic, Elsevier Publications.

47
 Code: B16 CS 3205
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To learn about AI problem, Production Systems and their characteristics.

2. To understand the importance of search and the corresponding search strategies for
solving AI problem.
3. To introduce to Planning, Natural Language Processing and Expert Systems.
<

Course Outcomes:

1. The Student understands AI problem characteristics, state space approach for solving AI
problem, Production System framework.
2. The student learns several optimal search strategies and the use of heuristics.
3. The student learns relational, inferential, inheritable and procedural knowledge and the
corresponding knowledge representation approaches.
4. The student is introduced to applying AI problem solving approaches to natural language
processing, planning and expert systems

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence:

Artificial Intelligence, AI Problems, AI Techniques, Defining the Problem as a State Space
Search, Problem Characteristics, Production Systems.

Search Techniques:
Issues in The Design of Search Programs, Un-Informed Search, BFS, DFS; Heuristic Search
Techniques: Generate-And- Test, Hill Climbing, Best-First Search, A* Algorithm, Problem
Reduction, AO*Algorithm, Constraint Satisfaction, Means-Ends Analysis.

Knowledge Representation using Rules:

Procedural Vs Declarative Knowledge, Logic programming, Forward Vs Backward
Reasoning, Matching Techniques, Partial Matching, RETE Matching Algorithm AI
Programming languages: Overview of LISP and PROLOG, Production System in Prolog.

Symbolic Logic:
Propositional Logic, First Order Predicate Logic: Representing Instance and is-a
Relationships, Computable Functions and Predicates, Unification & Resolution, Natural
Deduction; Structured Representations of Knowledge: Semantic Nets, Partitioned
Semantic Nets, Frames, Conceptual Dependency, Conceptual Graphs, Scripts.

Reasoning under Uncertainty:

Introduction to Non-Monotonic Reasoning, Truth Maintenance Systems, Logics for Non-
Monotonic Reasoning, Statistical Reasoning: Bayes Theorem, Certainty Factors and Rule-
Based Systems, Bayesian Probabilistic Inference, Bayesian Networks, Dempster- Shafer
Theory, Fuzzy Logic: Crisp Sets ,Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Logic Control, Fuzzy Inferences &
Fuzzy Systems.
48
Natural Language Processing: Steps in The Natural Language Processing, Syntactic
Processing and Augmented Transition Nets, Semantic Analysis, NLP Understanding
Systems.

Planning: Components of a Planning System, Goal Stack Planning, Non-linear Planning

using Constrait Posting, Hierarchical Planning, Reactive Systems.

Experts Systems:
Overview of an Expert System, Architecture of an Expert Systems, Different Types of Expert
Systems- Rule Based, Frame Based, Decision Tree based, Case Based, Neural Network
based, Black Board Architectures, Knowledge Acquisition and Validation Techniques, ,
Knowledge System Building Tools, Expert System Shells.

Text Books:

1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Tata Mcgraw-Hill Publications.
2. Introduction To Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems, Patterson, PHI publications

Reference Books:

1. Artificial Intelligence, George F Luger, Pearson Education Publications .

2. Artificial Intelligence : A modern Approach, Russell and Norvig, Printice Hall.
3. Artificial Intelligence, Robert Schalkoff, Mcgraw-Hill Publications .
4. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Vinod Chandra S.S., Anand Hareendran S.

49
 Code: B16 CS 3206
CLOUD COMPUTING
( Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. This course is designed to examine the system models for cloud computing.
2. Understand the concepts of virtualization, hardware and storage
3. Identify cloud platform architecture and programming.
4. Develop cloud applications

Course Outcomes:

1. Define basic networking concepts for distributed and cloud computing. (K1)
2. Identify Virtual machine concept. (K1)
3. Explain the architecture of Cloud platform. (K2)
4. Practice cloud programming. (K3)
5. Explain the concepts regarding accessing the cloud and cloud storage.(K2)
6. Develop cloud applications. (K5)

SYLLABUS

Systems modeling, Clustering and virtualization: Scalable Computing over the Internet,
Technologies for Network based systems, System models for Distributed and Cloud
Computing, Software environments for distributed systems and clouds, Performance,
Security And Energy Efficiency.

Virtual Machines and Virtualization of Clusters and Data Centers: Implementation

Levels of Virtualization, Virtualization Structures/ Tools and mechanisms, Virtualization of
CPU, Memory and I/O Devices, Virtual Clusters and Resource Management, Virtualization
for Data Center Automation.

Cloud Platform Architecture: Cloud Computing and service Models, Architectural Design
of Compute and Storage Clouds, Public Cloud Platforms, Inter Cloud Resource Management,
Cloud Security and Trust Management. Service Oriented Architecture, Message Oriented
Middleware.

Cloud Programming and Software Environments: Features of Cloud and Grid Platforms,
Parallel & Distributed Programming Paradigms, Programming Support of Google App
Engine, Programming on Amazon AWS and Microsoft Azure, Emerging Cloud Software
Environments.
50
Hardware and Infrastructure: Clients, Security, Network, Services. Accessing the Cloud:
Platforms, Web Applications, Web APIs, Web Browsers. Cloud Storage: Overview, Cloud
Storage Providers.

Developing Applications: Google, Microsoft, Intuit QuickBase, Cast Iron Cloud, Bungee
Connect, Development, Troubleshooting, Application Management.

Text Books:

1. Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hwang, Geoffry C. Fox, Jack J. Dongarra MK
Elsevier.
2. Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach, Anthony T Velte, Toby J Velte, Robert
Elsenpeter, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Mastering Cloud Computing, Foundations and Application Programming, Raj Kumar

Buyya, Christen vecctiola, S Tammaraiselvi, TMH.
2. Cloud Computing, A Hands on approach, ArshadeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, University
Press.

51
 Code: B16 CS 3207
MOBILE COMPUTING
( Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To provide knowledge on mobile services and mobile technologies .

2. To know the emerging technologies in cellular networks.
3. To know the data management issues in mobile networks.
4. To know the various types of communications in mobile networks.

Course Outcomes:

1. To understand the mobile Technologies.

2. To understand the various issues in mobile devices.
3. To study the various generations of cellular networks.
4. To study various applications like SMS,MMS,Mobile IP.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Mobile Computing, Overview of Mobile Technologies, Limitations, The

Ubiquitous Network, Architecture for Mobile Computing, Three-Tier Architecture, Design
Considerations for Mobile Computing, Mobile Computing Through Internet, Mobile Devises
and Mobile-Enabled Applications.

Introduction To Wireless Networking, Various Generations of Wireless Networks,

Wireless LANs, Advantages and Disadvantages of WLANs, Fixed Network Transmission
Hierarchy, Differences in Wireless and Fixed Telephone Networks, Traffic Routing in
Wireless Networks, WAN Link Connection Technologies, Cellular Networks.

WLAN Topologies, WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11, Comparison Of IEEE 802.11a, B, G and
N Standards, Wireless PANs, Hiper LAN, Wireless Local Loop, ATM, Virtual Private
Networks, Wireless Data Services, Common Channel Signaling, Various Networks for
Connecting to The Internet.

Emerging Technologies: Introduction - Bluetooth - Radio Frequency Identification (RFID),

WIMAX -Mobile IP - Ipv6 - Java Card, TCP/IP in the Mobile Setting, GSM and GPS.

Data Management Issues, Data Replication For Mobile Computers, Adaptive Clustering for
Mobile Wireless Networks, File System, Disconnected Operations, Data Services in GPRS -
Applications for GPRS - Limitations - Billing and Charging.

Communications Asymmetry, Classification of New Data Delivery Mechanisms, Push-

Based Mechanisms, Pull-Based Mechanisms, Hybrid Mechanisms, Selective Tuning
(Indexing) Techniques. CDMA, GSM , Wireless Data, 3GNetworks and Applications.
52
Introduction to Mobile IP, Introduction To Wireless Application Protocol, Application
Layer MMS - GPRS Applications, Short Message Service (SMS): Mobile Computing Over
SMS - SMS - Value Added Services Through SMS -Accessing the SMS Bearer.

Text Books:

1. Mobile Computing - Technology Applications And Service Creation, Asoke K Talukder

and Roopa [Link], TMH 2006.

2. Mobile Cellular Communication, Gottapu Sasibhushana Rao,, Pearson Education, First

Edition, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Principles Of Computing, Uwe Hansmann, Lother Merk, Martin [Link], Thomas

Staber, 2nd Ed., Springer International Edition.
2. Mobile Communications, [Link], Addison-Wesley, 2003.
3. Stojmenovic and Cacute, ―Handbook Of Wireless Networks And Mobile Computing‖,
Wiley, 2002.

53
 Code: B16 CS 3208
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
( Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objective:
This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of distributed computer systems,
assuming the availability of facilities for data transmission.

Course Outcomes:
1. Scale as the number of entities in the system increase.
2. Can sustain failures and recover from them.
3. Work with distributed, fault tolerant file systems .
4. Can handle and process large data volumes.
5. Are secure and handle certain classes of distributed denial of service attacks .
6. Are Loosely coupled, transactional and eventually stable

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Distributed Systems, What is a Distributed System?, Hard ware concepts,

Software concepts, Design issues.

Communication in Distributed Systems, Lay red Protocols, ATM networks, The Client –
server model, Remote Procedure call, Group communication.

Synchronization in Distributed System, Clock Synchronization, Mutual Exclusion, Election

algorithms, Atomic transactions, Deadlocks in Distributed Systems.

Process and processors in Distributed System threads, System Models, Processors allocation,
Scheduling in Distributed System, Fault tolerance, Real time Distributed System.

Distributed File Systems, Distributed File System Design, Distributed File System
implementation, Trends in Distributed File System.

Distributed Shared Memory, Introduction, What is Shared memory?, Consistency models,

Page based Distributed Shared memory, Shared – variable Distributed Shared memory,
Object based Distributed Shared Memory.

Text Book:

1. Distributed Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbanm

Reference Book:

1. Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems, Makes Singhal and Niranjan [Link]

54
 Code: B16 CS 3209

ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

( Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objective:

1. Study about multiprocessors, shares memory, distributed computers, vector super

computers.
2. Learn about advanced processing , pipelining and parallel and multi threaded
architectures.
3. Study of parallel programming models, languages, code optimization pipelining.
4. Study about multiprocessor , multithreaded and multicomputer unix design.

Course Outcomes:

1. Detailed idea about parallel computing models.

2. Knowledge on hand about advanced processing, pipelining and super scalar techniques,
Parallel, multi vector and multithreaded architectures.
3. Knowing about parallel programming softwares.

SYLLABUS

Parallel Computer Models: Elements of Modern Computer, Multi Processor and Multi
Computers- Shared Memory Multi processors, Distributed Memory Multi Computers, Multi
Vector and SIMD Computers-Vector Super Computers and SMD Super Computers,
Architectural Development Tracks- Multiple Processor Tracks, Multi Vector and SIMD
Tracks.

Advanced Processing: Advance Processing Technology-Design Space of Processor,

Instruction Set Architectures, CISC Scalar Processors, RISC Scalar Processors; Super Scalar
and Vector Processor- Super Scalar Processors, VLIW Architecture, Vector and Symbolic
Processors.

Pipelining and Super scalar Techniques: Linear Pipeline Processors, Non-linear pipelining
Processors, Instruction Pipeline Design, Arithmetic Pipeline Design, Superscalar and Super
pipeline Design.

Parallel Architectures: Multiprocessor Interconnects- Hierarchical Bus Systems, Crossbar

Switch and Multiport Memory, Multistage and Combining Networks; Cache Coherence and
Synchronization Mechanisms,- The Cache Coherence Problem, Snoopy bus Protocols,
Directory based protocols, Hardware Synchronization Mechanisms.

55
Multivector and SIMD Computer: Vector Processing Principles- Vector Instruction Types,
vector- Access Memory Schemes, past and Present Supercomputers; Multi Vector
Multiprocessors- Performance-Directed Design Rules, Cray Y-MP, C-90, and MPP,
Mainframes and Mini- supercomputers; SIMD Computer Organizations- Implementation
Models, the CM-2 Architecture, The Maspar MP-1 Architecture.

Multithreaded Architecture: Latency Hiding techniques- Shared Virtual Memory,

Perfecting Techniques, Distributed Coherent Caches, Scalable Coherence Interface, relaxed
Memory Consistency. Principles of Multithreading- multithreading Issues and Solutions,
Multiple Context Processors, Multidimensional Architectures.

Software for Parallel Programming: Parallel programming Models, parallel languages and
Compilers, Code optimization and Scheduling, Loop parallelization and Pipelining.
Case Study: Multiprocessor UNIX Design Goals, Master-Slave and Multithreaded UNIX,
Multicomputer UNIX Extensions.

Textbook:

1. Kai Hwang, Advanced Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw Hill Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Kai Hwang and Briggs, Advanced Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, Tata
McGraw Hill Edition.
2. Advanced Computer Architectures: A Design Space Approach Sima, Terence
FOUNTAIN, Péter KACSUK Pearson Education India.
3. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, 5th Edition. John L. Hennessy,David
A. Patterson, Morgan Kaufmann Publications.

56
 Code: B16 CS 3213

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING MINI PROJECT LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives :

1. To familiarize the students with Software Engineering development activities

2. To get the knowledge of various Software Engineering Tools
3. Hands on experience in developing Software Engineering projects

Course Outcomes :

At the end of the course the students can able to

1. Identify various phases of Software Development

2. Use various Software engineering tools
3. Develop small projects

SYLLABUS

The purpose of the Software Engineering Lab course is to familiarize the students with
modern software engineering methods and tools, Rational Products. The course is realized
as a project-like assignment that can, in principle, by a team of three/four students working
full time. Typically the assignments have been completed during the semester by each
project team.

The goal of the Software Engineering Project is to have a walk through from the
requirements, design to implementing and testing. An emphasis is put on proper
documentation. Term projects are projects that a group student might take through from
initial specification to implementation by giving equal importance to both design and
implementation.

Cycle I: Practicing UML diagrams using IBM Rational Rose. 6*3 periods= 18periods

Before developing a mini-project, in this cycle, the student is acquainted with different UML
diagrams using Rational Rose. The experiments should include drawing UML diagrams
listed below for two demo/example applications assigned by the lab Instructor. The input for
the following experiments is problem statement for any two demo projects supplied by the
instructor.

1. Introduction to Rational Rose and Practicing the following diagrams

A. Activity diagrams for the overall business process of the projects

B. Use-case diagram for the demo projects along with Use-case descriptions and sub-
diagrams for Use-cases.
57
2. Class diagram- Class diagrams including the features like classes, relationships,
attributes and methods along with their visibilities.
3. Interaction diagrams- Sequence diagrams and Collaboration diagrams for different
scenarios of the systems with all features like actors, objects and interactions.
4. Activity diagrams, State chart and other diagrams - Activity diagrams including the
features like fork join and swim lanes. State diagrams including composite states and
transitions. Component diagrams, Package diagrams and Deployment diagrams.
5. Forward and Reverser Engineering- Forward Engineering Class diagrams to classes
in C++ and java and persistent classes to a database. Reverse Engineering C++ code,
java code and a database.
6. Documentation using Rational Rose clear quest.

Cycle II: Mini-Project 8*3 periods= 24periods

The project deliverables include

 Problem statement
 Requirements Analysis
 Design
o A Software Design Description and a System Design.
o A test specification.
 Implementation

Implement the assigned project with one of the following web technologies

Front end: Java technologies/PHP/[Link] Technologies

Backend: Oracle/My-SQL/SQL-Server
 Testing

Reference Books :

1. Project-based software engineering: An Object-oriented approach, Evelyn Stiller, Cathie

LeBlanc, Pearson Education .
2. Visual Modeling with Rational Rose 2002 and UML, Terry Quatrini, Pearson Education

58
 Code: B16 CS 3214

NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives

1. To understand the use of client/server architecture, inter process communication and to

explain the basic communication protocols.
2. To understand elementary socket system calls, advanced socket system calls and Java
Socket API and to explain the basic concepts relating to TCP and UDP based sockets
3. To Understand e-mail Programming like SMTP and POP
4. To understand File transfer protocol, remote login using pseudo terminal and RPC.

Course Outcomes

1. Students will be able to write Socket based Network application programs

2. Students will be able to design and develop Client Server applications using Java
3. Students will be able to write network applications like One-One chat ,Broadcasting and
Multicasting
4. Students will be able to understand e-mail programming ( SMTP, POP).

SYLLABUS

1. Write a program to identify well known ports on a Local/Remote System.

By trying to listen to the various well-known ports by opening client connections.

If the exception does not occur then the remote port is active else the remote port is
inactive.

2. Write a program to implement Chat Application.

i. One-One Chat: By opening socket connection and displaying what is written by

one System to other.
ii. Many-Many Chat (Broad Casting): Each Client opens a socket connection to the
chat server and writes to the socket. Whatever is written by one system can be seen
by all other systems.

3. Write a program to retrieve data from a remote database using Java.

At the remote database a server listens for client connections. This server accepts SQL
queries from the client, executes it on the database and sends the response to the client.

59
4. Write a program to implement Mail Client

i. SMTP Client: Gives the server name, send email to the recipient using
SMTP Commands
ii. POP Client: Gives the server name, user name and password, retrieve the
mails and allow manipulation of mailbox using POP commands.

5. Write a program to simulate Telnet Client which allows to connect to well known servers
and send and receive information.

Provide a user interface to contact well known ports so that client server interaction can be
seen by the user.

6. Write a program to implement IP multicasting.

7. Write a program to implement simple file transfer between two systems (without
protocols)

By opening socket connection to our server on one system and sending a file from one
system to another

8. Write a program to implement TFTP Client and TFTP Server for file transfer

9. Write a program to implement HTTP-Server and HTTP Client.

The Server has to process the following commands: GET, POST, HEAD, and DELETE.
The server must handle multiple clients.

10. Write a program to implement UDP Echo Server and UDP Echo Client.

11. Write a program to get the attributes and contents of a web page using URL Connection
class.

12. Write a program to implement DNS.

Reference Books:

1. ―Java Network Programming‖, Elliotte Rusty Harold , Fourth Edition, Orielly 2013.
2. ―An Introduction to Computer Networking‖, Kenneth C. Mansfield Jr and James L.
Antonakos Pearson Education Asia.
3. William Stallings, ―Data and Computer Communication‖, Sixth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000.
4. [Link], ―Computer Communication and Networking‖, Fifth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2001.
5. James F. Kuross, Keith W. Ross, ―Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach
Featuring the Internet‖, Third Edition, Addison Wesley, 2004.

60
 Code: B16ENG3202
VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II
(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. [Link] :70
Credits :2
Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II

Course objectives:

1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written
discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing
data, preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different
situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to
instill confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and
written discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked
based on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words
or sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries
of group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional
manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language
effectively according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a
positive mind, tailor make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal
interviews, exhibit skills required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical,
HR) that they would face during the course of their recruitment process.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives),
Sentence equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit
in the blank), cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct
options from the alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .

61
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with
emphasis on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‘s
intention of writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming,
scanning), summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for
answering questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable
titles to the passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing
a ‗Statement of purpose‘, ‗Letters of Recommendation‘, business letter writing, email
writing, writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book
review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents
and developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about
Industry / Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing
about Selection process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume
Review, Group Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection
and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‘s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like ‗The Hindu‘, ‗Times of India‘, ‗Economic Times‘.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:

1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.

2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and PushpaLatha, Second Edition, OUP.
3. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
4. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:

1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.

2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by RashmiBansal
62
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II

Course objectives:

The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:

1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and

accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.
Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data
interpretation problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different
positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of
cone, cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation

Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard
method. Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs,
Problems of data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie
charts, Problems of data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

UNIT III :Periods,Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids

Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if
the angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day
for the given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to
cubes, Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.

63
UNIT IV: Puzzles
Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems-
circular arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.

UNIT V:Geometry and Menstruation

Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and
properties, Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on
circles, Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction
of cylinder, cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

64
 Code: B16 ENG 3205
COMPETETIVE CODING
(Common to CSE & IT)
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the essentials of competitive coding

2. To learn about competitive programming like time and space complexities
3. To investigate different methods like dynamic Arrays, Set & Map structures and sorting
4. To learn about String, Tree, Graph Theory algorithms

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of competitive coding
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on time & space complexities
3. Acquire coding knowledge on dynamic Arrays, Set & Map structures and sorting
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on String, Tree, Graph Theory algorithms

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction to Competitive Coding

Introduction to Competitive coding and coding Platforms. Coding solution Vs. Efficient
Coding solution. Types of solution approaches. Analyzing problem specific data requirement,
Various data representations. Essential Data structures for fast coding. Various Syntactical
I/O techniques comparison. Numbers, operations (including exponentiation). Integer
properties(positive, negative, even, odd, divisible, prime, etc), Fractions, percentages and
ratios. Point, vector, Cartesian coordinates(2D integer grid).

UNIT-II Essentials to Competitive coding

Basic data structures: Arrays, Strings, Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists . Asymptotic Notations –
(Big-O), Evaluating the runtime complexity – Space Complexity - Towers-of-Brahma –
Standard Template Libraries - Square root functions, primality testing and related techniques.
Euclidean algorithms. Recursion techniques. Organizing data in O(n log n). Binary search
techniques. Red-Black Trees. Fenwick tree, Segment Tree.

Basic Techniques
Dynamic Arrays, Set structures, Map structures, Iterators and ranges, Generating Subsets,
Generating permutations, Backtracking techniques, Pruning the search. Bit masking. Disjoint
set union.

UNIT-III Essential Coding Algorithms

Selection based algorithms: sorting, Coin change problem, Fractional selections, Schedules
matching, Activity marking, heap sort, Huffman coding techniques, Spanning Trees,
Minimizing sums, Data compression. Finding method count, Subsequence and related
problems, paths in grid. DP with Bit mask
65
UNIT-IV String & Tree Algorithms
TRIE data structure, Naïve string searching, z-algorithm, Manacher's algorithm, Rabin-Karp,
KMP Algorithm, Tree Traversals, Diameter, All longest paths, Binary trees, Applying search
property to tree structures. Suffix arrays.

UNIT-V Graph Algorithms

Graph Algorithms – DFS, BFS. Depth First and Breadth First Traversals - Shortest paths:
Dijkstra‘s algorithm Bellman-Ford Algorithm – Floyd Warshall Algorithm - Adjacency List
Representation – Euler path, tour , cycle – Eulerian Graph - Johnson‘s Algorithm for All-
pairs shortest path – Shortest path in Directed Acyclic Graph. Bridges and articulation points.
Topological sorting, Strongly connected components in directed graphs. 2-SAT.

Note: Introduce C++ STL/Java Collections and let students solve problems using C++
STL/Java Collections

References:

1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C – Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Edu
Publishers.
2. Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts, Techniques and Applications – [Link],
Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers.
3. Advanced Data Structures – Peter Brass, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
4. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomos [Link],3 rd Edition, PHI.
5. [Link]
6. [Link]

66
 Code: B16 CS 3215A
ANGULAR JS
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course objectives:

1. Reduce the amount of code you write to build rich user interface applications.
2. Increase the reliability and maintainability of UI by using data binding.
3. Retrieve data from back-end server, manipulate it and display it with ease.
4. Modularise your code with the custom services and directives.
5. Providing two way binding of data.
6. Create Single Page Applications (SPA).

Course Outcomes:

1. The main objective of AngularJS is to reduce the code to build user interface application
2. To create single page applications
3. To restore data from back-end server and manipulate it easily

Module 1: Introduction

Introduction to AngularJS, MVC Architecture, Conceptual Overview, Setting up the

Environment, First Application, Understanding ng attributes.

Module 2: Expressions and Data Biding

Number and String Expressions , Object Binding and Expressions, Working with Arrays,
Forgiving Behavior, Understanding Data binding.

Module 3: Working with Directives

Conditional Directives ,Styles Directives, Mouse and Keyboard Events Directives.

Module 4: Controllers

Understanding Controllers , Programming Controllers & $scope object, Adding Behavior to

a Scope Object, Passing Parameters to the Methods, Having Array as members in Controller
Scope. Nested Controllers and Scope Inheritance, Multiple Controllers and their scopes.

Module 5: Filters

Built-In Filters , Uppercase and Lowercase Filters, Currency and Number Formatting Filters,
OrderBy Filter. Filter Filter ,Creating Custom Filter.

67
Module 6: Forms

Using Simple Form, Working with Select and Options, Input Validations, Using CSS classes,
Form Events, Custom Model update triggers, Custom Validations.

Module 7: Modules

Why Module? , Module Loading and Dependencies, Recommended Setup of Application,

Creation vs Retrieval.

Module 8: Services

Understanding Services, Developing Creating Services, Using a Service, Injecting

Dependencies in a Service.

Module 9: Ajax in AngularJS

$http Service, $q Service, Ajax Impl using $http and $q Service.

Module 10: Routing

Introduction to SPA , Creating HTML Templates, Configuring Route Provider

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

68
 Code: B16CS3215B
[Link]
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. Introduction to web technologies

2. Web Forms Architecture
3. [Link] and HTTP
4. Web application developing using Visual Studio
5. State Management and Web Applications
6. [Link] Server-side controls
7. Caching in [Link]
8. [Link] application configuration
9. Debugging, Diagnostics of application
10. Personalization and Security

Course Outcomes:

1. To successfully build database-driven Web applications and Web Sites.

2. To build web-based enterprise applications using [Link] and Visual Studio.
3. It is easy to develop the Web Services using .Net framework in Service-oriented
Architectures.
SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: Introduction to [Link], From ASP to [Link],Web Forms, Web Services

[Link] Features

Chapter 2: Web Forms Architecture, Page Class, Web Forms Life Cycle, Web Forms
Event Model, Code-Behind

Chapter 3: [Link] and HTTP,Request/Response Programming, HttpRequest Class,

HTTP Collections, HttpResponse Class, Redirection, HttpUtility Class

Chapter 4: Web Applications Using Visual Studio,Using Visual Web Developer, Visual
Studio Forms Designer, Using Components, Shadow Copying, Using the [Link] File,
Data Binding

Chapter 5: State Management and Web Applications, Session State, Application State,
Multithreading Issues, Cookies

Chapter 6: Server Controls, HTML Server Controls, Web Forms Server Controls, Rich
Controls, Validation Controls, User Controls

Chapter 7: Caching in [Link], What Is Caching, Page-Level Caching, Page Fragment

Caching, Optimizing Your [Link] Application, Application Caching

69
Chapter 8: [Link] Configuration and Security Fundamentals, Configuration
Overview, Authentication and Authorization, Forms Authentication, Windows
Authentication, Security and [Link]

WEB LINKS:

[Link]
[Link]
8322?l=nKZwZ8Zy_3504984382

70
 Code: B16CS3215C
C#.NET & [Link]
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Learn the fundamentals of C# programming in Visual Studio.
2. Working with variables, data types
3. Exception Handling in C#
4. Object oriented programming in C#
5. Use anonymous types, lambda expressions, extension methods, object initializers, and
implicit type declarations
6. To build desktop applications using Windows Forms in [Link]
7. To interact with relational databases using [Link]

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand .NET Framework and describe some of the major enhancements to the new
version of Visual Basic.
2. Describe the basic structure of a Visual [Link] project and use main features of the
integrated development environment (IDE)
3. Create applications using Microsoft Windows Forms Create applications that use ADO.
NET

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: C# Overview, First C# Console Application, Namespaces, Data Types,

Conversions, Control Structures,Subroutines and Functions,Parameter
Passing,Strings,Arrays,Console I/O ,Formatting, Exception Handling

Chapter 2 : Object-Oriented Programming in C#, Classes, Access Control, Methods and

Properties, Asymmetric Accessor Accessibility, Static Data and Methods, Inheritance,
Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Sealed Classes, Access Control and Assemblies,
Auto-Implemented Properties, Implicitly Typed Variables, Object Initializers, Collection
Initializers, Anonymous Types, Partial Methods, Extension Methods, Lambda Expressions,
Language-Integrated Query (LINQ)

Chapter 3: VB .NET - Features,IDE- Menu System, Toolbars,Code Designer,Solution Explorer,

Object Browser, Toolbox, Class View Window, Properties Window,Server Explorer, Task
List,Output Window, Command Window
.
Chapter 4: Elements of [Link] - Properties, Events and Methods of Form, Label, TextBox,
ListBox, Combo Box, RadioButton, Button, Check Box, Progress Bar, Date Time Picker,
Calendar, Picture Box,HScrollbar, VScrollBar, Group Box, ToolTip,Timer.

71
Chapter 5: Programming in [Link]: Data Types, Keywords, Declaring Variables and
Constants, Operators,Understanding Scope and accessibility of variables, Conditional
Statements- If- Then, If-Then-Else, Nested If, Select Case, Looping Statement- Do loop, For
Loop,For Each-Next Loop, While Loop, Arrays- Static and Dynamic.

Chapter 6: Functions, Built-In Dialog Boxes, Menus and Toolbar

Menus and toolbars- Menu Strip, Tool Strip, Status Strip, Built-In Dialog Boxes –Open File
Dialogs, Save File Dialogs, Font Dialogs, Color Dialogs, Print Dialogs, InputBox, Msg Box,
Interfacing With End user- Creating MDI Parent and Child, Functionsand Procedures- Built-
In Functions- Mathematical and String Functions, User DefinedFunctions and Procedures.

Chapter 7: Advanced Concepts in [Link]

Object Oriented Programming- Creating Classes , Objects, Fields, Properties,Methods,
Events , Constructors and destructors, Exception Handling- Models,Statements, File
Handling- Using File Stream Class, File Mode, File Share, FileAccess Enumerations,
Opening or Creating Files with File Stream Class, Reading andWriting Text using
StreamReader and StreamWriter Classes, Data Access [Link] – Data Access
withServerExplorer,Data Adapter andDataSets, [Link] Objects and Basic SQL.

Text Books:

1. Visual [Link] Black Book by Steven HolznerDreamtech Press

2. The Complete Reference Visual Basic .NET Jeffery R. Shapiro Tata McGraw Hills

Reference Books:

1. Murach‘s Beginning Visual basic .Net By Anne Bohem

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

[Link]

72
 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)
Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
ESTD: 1980 CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
I-SEMESTER
Total Sessio
Tutori
Code Credit Lecture Lab Contact nal Exam Total
Course al
No. s Hrs Hrs Hrs/We Mark Marks Marks
Hrs
ek s
B16 EC Linear ICs and
4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3101 Applications
B16 ENG Principles of Economics
4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3101 and Management
B16 EC Computer Architecture and
4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3102 Organization
B16 EC
Antennas and Propagation 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3103
B16 EE
Control Systems 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3103
B16 EC Electronic Measurements
4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3104 and Instrumentation
B16 EC Linear Integrated Circuits
3106 & Pulse Circuits Lab with 2 - - 3 3 50 50 100
Simulation
B16 EC Digital Integrated Circuits
3107 &Hardware Descriptive 2 - - 3 3 50 50 100
Language
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantative
3102
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
Aptitude-I
#M-I MOOCS-I 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
#M-II MOOCS – II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
Total 34 31 6 6 43 580 520 1100

B16 ENG 3103 Basic Coding

B16 EC 3109A Microwave Theory and Techniques
#M-I
B16 EC 3109B Analysis and Design Principles of Microwave Antennas
B16 EC 3109C Principles of Digital Communications
B16 EC 3110A Introduction to Wireless and Cellular Communications
B16 EC 3110B Fabrication Techniques for MEMS-based Sensors: Clinical Perspective
#M-II
B16 EC 3110C Introduction to information theory, Coding and cryptography
B16 EC 3110D Digital Image Processing
1
 Code: B16 EC 3101
LINEAR ICS AND APPLICATIONS
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the internal diagram and characteristics of operational amplifier.

2. To learn about the linear and non-linear applications of operational amplifier.
3. To know the concepts of Active filters and waveform generator
4. To understand the concepts of Analog to Digital Converters and Digital to Analog
Converters
5. To understand the industrial applications using 555 timer, PLL.

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Understand the terminal characteristics of op-amps and design/analyze fundamental
circuits based on op-amps.
2. Analyze the effect of feedback on the performance of op-amp.
3. Design and analyze of non-linear circuits and active filters.
4. Design and Analyze of various applications using IC 565 and IC 555.
5. Understand the operation of Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog Converters

SYLLABUS

Applications of Operational Amplifiers : Basics of Op-Amp, Block Diagram, open loop

and closed loop op-amp configurations,Frequency compensation Techniques, Logarithmic
Amplifier, Instrumentation Amplifiers, Voltage to Current and Current to Voltage
Converters. Op-amp As a Comparators, Schmitt trigger, Wave form Generators, Sample and
Hold Circuits, Rectifiers, Peak Detection

Active Filters: Butterworth type LPF, HPF, BPF, BEF, All-pass Filters, Higher Order Filters
and their Comparison, Switched Capacitance Filters.

Oscillators: Op-Amp Phase Shift, Wein-bridge and Quadrature Oscillator, Voltage

Controlled Oscillators, Analog Multiplexers.

Special ICs: 555 Timers, 556 Function Generator ICs and their Applications, Three Terminal
IC Regulators, IC 565 PLL and its Applications, Voltage to Frequency and Frequency to
Voltage Converters.

Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters: DAC techniques, Weighted resistor
DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, Different types of ADCs-parallel Comparator
type ADC, Counter type ADC, Successive approximation ADC and ADC specifications.

2
Text Books:

[Link]-Amps and Linear ICs- RamakanthGayakwad, PHI, 1987.

2. Integrated Circuits- Botkar, Khanna Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Microelectronics- Jacob Millman.

2. Applications of Linear ICs- Clayton.

3
 Code: B16 ENG 3101

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
1. To familiarise Engineering students with the real world of business.
2. To provide capacity to analyse business decisions by understanding the origin & concepts
of economics.
3. To provide capacity to analyse business decisions by understanding the concepts
ofmanagement.
4. To help engineering students know the need and importance of entrepreneurship.

Course outcomes

1. Students will be able to gain empirical knowledge and understand the complete frame
work of business.
2. To analyse the concepts pertaining to economic decision making.
3. To analyse the concepts of Managerial decision making.
4. To inculcate the spirit of Entrepreneurship and gain knowledge for setting up an
enterprise.
SYLLABUS

Introduction to Managerial Economics:

Wealth, Welfare and Scarce Definitions of Economics, Micro and Macro Economics,
Demand –Law of Demand, Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity and Factors
Determining price Elasticity; Demand :Utility-Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility and its
limitations.

Conditions of Different Market Structures:

Perfect Competition, Monopolistic Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Duopoly.

Forms of Business Organisation:

Sole Proprietorship, Partnership, Joint Stock Company-Private Limited and public limited
Companies. Public Enterprise and their types.

Introduction to Management:
Functions of Management – Taylor‟s Scientific Management; Henry Fayol‟s Principles of
Management;

Human Resource Management:

Basic functions of HR Manager; Man Power Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training,
Development, Placement, Compensation and Performance Appraisal (In Brief).

4
Production Management:
Production Planning and Control, Plant Location, Break-Even Analysis, Assumptions and
Applications.

Financial Management:
Types of capital; Fixed and Working Capital and Methods of Raising Finance; Depreciation;
Straight Line and Diminishing Balance Methods.

Marketing Management:
Functions of Marketing and Distribution channels

Entrepreneurship-
Entrepreneurial Functions, Entrepreneurial Development; Objectives,Training, Benefits;
Phase of Installing a Project.

Text Books:

1. K KDewtt, Modern Economic Theory ,[Link]& Company New Delhi-55

2. [Link] and Banga T.R, Industrial Organisation and engineering EconomicsKhanna
Publications Delhi-6

Reference Books:

1. [Link] Management Science,Tata McGraw-Hill,New Delhi-20

2. [Link], Managerial Economics and financial analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill,New
Delhi-20

5
 Code: B16 EC3102
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To understand Basic building blocks of a Digital Computer.
2. To understand the designing of a CPU.
3. Analyze the concept of inter facing of peripheral devices & Memory.
4. To understand the concept of Memories and design of Main memory.

Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to:
1. Understand how computers represent and manipulates data.
2. Develop the general architecture design of a digital computer.
3. Learn the art of Microprogramming.
4. Develop independent learning skills to interface main memory & I/O.

SYLLABUS

Register Transfer and Micro operations:

Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus and Memory Transfers, Arithmetic
Micro operations, Logic Micro operations, Shift Micro operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift
Unit.

Basic Computer Organization:

Instruction Codes, Computer Registers, Computer Instructions, Timing and Control,
Instruction Cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input - Output and Interrupt, Complete
Computer Description.

Micro programmed Control:

Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Microinstruction Formats, Micro program Example,
Design of Control Unit.

CPU Organization:
Introduction, General Register Organization,Stack Organization Instruction Formats,
Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced Instruction
Set Computer (RISC).

Input – Output Organization:

Peripheral Devices, Input - Output Interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct Memory Access (DMA), Input- Output processor, CPU-
IOP communication.

Memory Organization:
Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache
Memory, Virtual Memory.

6
Text Books:

1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, PHI Publications, (3rd Edition May
1996).
2. Computer Architecture and Organization. John [Link]. McGraw Hill International,
(3rd Edition).

Reference Books:

1. Computer Organization, V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic and Safwat G. Zaky,

McGraw Hill International, (4th Edition).
2. Digital Computer Fundamentals, Thomas C. Bartee.

7
 Code: B16 EC 3103

ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Understand the radiation mechanism of antennas and to learn about basic parameters like
impedance, gain, directivity, bandwidth, effective length, beam width and radiation
pattern etc.
2. Derive fields and power radiated by elemental antenna, Half wave dipole, quarter wave
monopole and values of their radiation resistance.
3. Understand the necessity of antenna arrays and to learn about theory of uniform linear
arrays, broad side and end fire arrays, non uniform linear arrays like binomial arrays and
pattern multiplication.
4. Learn about antenna synthesis and different methods of synthesis and design antenna
arrays for different applications.
5. Have knowledge about practical LF, HF, VHF, UHF and Microwave antennas and be
able to design practical antennas.
6. Have knowledge about various antenna measurements and be able to conduct different
types of antenna measurements.
7. Have knowledge about various types of radio wave propagation like Ground wave,
Ionospheric, space wave and Duct propagation and be able to design different types of
communication links

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand Radiation mechanism and functions of antennas, identify antenna Parameters

derive expressions for antenna parameters.
2. Analyze and design wire and aperture antennas for different applications.
3. Analyze and design (or synthesize) Antenna arrays.
4. Capable of performing various antenna measurements and come up with conclusions
about antenna parameters and performance.
5. Identify characteristics of radio wave propagation and be able to design different types of
communication links for different frequency bands

SYLLABUS

Fundamentals of Antennas & Radiation from Antennas:

Definition of antennas, functions of Antennas, properties of antennas, antenna parameters,
polarization, basic antenna elements, radiation mechanism, radiating fields of alternating
current element, radiated power and radiation resistance of current element, different types of
current distribution on linear antennas, radiated fields, radiated power and radiation resistance
of half-wave dipole and quarter – wave monopole, directional characteristics of dipole
antennas.

8
Linear Arrays:
Uniform linear arrays, field strength of a uniform linear arrays, locations of principal
maximum, null and secondary maxima, first side lobe level, analysis of broad side and
endfire , Pattern multiplication, binomial arrays, effect of earth on vertical patterns, methods
of excitation of antennas, impedance matching techniques, transmission loss between
transmitting and receiving antennas – Friis formula, antenna noise temperature and signal-to-
noise ratio.

Antenna array synthesis:

Introduction, synthesis methods, fourier transform method, Woodward Lawson method,
Dolph-chebychev linear method, Taylor method, Laplace transform method.

Practical Antennas – LF,MF,HF,VHF & UHF antennas

Classification of antennas according to type of radiation and type of current distribution of
antennas – Isotrophic, Omnidirectional & directional antennas, standing wave and travelling
wave antennas, Classification according to frequency of operation – LF, MF, HF, VHF &
UHF, brief introduction to LF & MF antennas, earth mat, counterpoise earth, top capacitance
hat.
HF,VHF& UHF Antennas - V Antennas, Inverted V Antennas, Rhombic antennas, folded
dipole, Yagi-Uda antenna, Log periodic antenna, Loop And Helical Antennas.

Microwave antennas:
Introduction, types of reflector antennas, corner reflector, parabolic reflector, feed systems
for parabolic reflector, horn antennas, slot antennas and impedance of slot antennas,
Babinet‟s principle, lens antennas and microstrip antennas.

Antenna measurements
Introduction, measurement ranges, antenna impedance measurements, antenna gain and
directivity measurement, measurement of radiation pattern, beamwidth and SLL,
measurement of polarization, measurement of phase, measurement of radiation resistance.

Wave Propagation
Types of radio wave propagation, groundwave propagation and sommerfeld‟s analysis of
ground wave propagation, wave tilt of ground wave, structure of ionosphere, refractive index
of ionosphere, mechanism of wave bending by ionosphere, critical frequency, MUF, Skip
distance,fading and remedial measures, effect of earth‟s magnetic field on ionosphere
propagation,faraday rotation, tropospheric (space wave) propagation, range of space wave
propagation, effective earth radius, field strength of space wave, atmospheric effects on
spacewave propagation, duct propagation and scatter propagation.

Text Books:

1. EM waves and Radiating systems – by E. C. JORDAN and K. G. Balmain – PHI , New

Delhi.
2. Antenna theory- by C. A. Balanis, john wiley.

Reference Books:

1. Antennas – By J.D. Kraus, McGrawhill.

2. Antenna and wave propagation – by G.S.N Raju, Pearson education.

9
 Code: B16 EE 3103
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Common to ECE & EEE)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the modeling of linear systems using transfer functions and obtain transfer
functions for physical electrical and mechanical systems.
2. To learn to represent systems using block diagrams and signal flow graphs and derive
their transfer functions..
3. To learn the significance of time response and find it for system analysis in transient and
steady state.
4. To learn the concept of stability and know different techniques of stability analysis.
5. To learn the concept of frequency response and its application for control system analysis.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to model electrical and mechanical physical systems by applying
laws of physics
2. Students will be able to represent mathematical models of systems using block diagrams
& Signal Flow Graphs and derive their transfer functions
3. Students will be able to analyze systems in time domain for transient and steady-state
behaviour
4. Students will learn the concept of stability and use RH criterion and Root locus methods
for stability analysis.
5. Students will learn to obtain frequency response plots of systems and use them for system
analysis and stability assessment.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to control systems : Open loop and closed loop systems- Transfer Functions of
Linear Systems– Impulse Response of Linear Systems – Mathematical Modeling of Physical
Systems – Equations of Electrical Networks – Modeling of Mechanical Systems – Equations
of Mechanical Systems, Analogous Systems.

Block Diagrams of Control Systems: Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Problems) – Reduction
Techniques for Complex Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Examples)-
Feedback Characteristics of Control Systems

Time Domain Analysis of Control Systems: Time Response of First and Second Order
Systems with Standard Input Signals – Steady State Error Constants – Effect of Derivative
and Integral Control on Transient and Steady State Performance of Feedback Control
Systems.

10
Concept of Stability:Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Relative Stability Analysis, the Concept and
Construction of Root Loci, Analysis of Control Systems with Root Locus (Simple Problems
to understand theory).

Frequency Domain Analysis of control systems: Bode Plots- Log Magnitude versus Phase
Plots- Polar Plots -Correlation between Time and Frequency Responses -Nyquist Stability
Criterion -Assessment of Relative Stability -All Pass and Minimum Phase Systems - Constant
M and N Circles.

Text Books:

1. [Link] and M. Gopal, „Control Systems Engineering‟,New Age International

Publishers(6th Edition).
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, „ Automatic Control Systems‟, PHI (5th Edition).

Reference Books:

1. Katsuhiko Ogata, „Modern Control Engineering‟, , PHI (4th Edition).

2. Richard [Link] and Robert H. Bishop, „Modern Control Systems‟, Addison-Wesley
Publishers(8th Edition)

11
 Code: B16 EC 3104
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

The student will

1. Select the instrument to be used based on the requirements.
2. Understand and analyze different signal generators and analyzers
3. Understand the design of oscilloscopes for different applications.
4. Understand the principle of operation and working of various types of bridges for
measurement of parameters

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to
1. Evaluate basics of measurement systems, principle of basic meter
2. Evaluate how a signal can be generated using different types of meters.
3. Investigate a signal / waveform with different oscillators.
4. Use bridges of many types and measure appropriate parameters.
5. Design different transducers for measurement of different parameters.

SYLLABUS

Performance characteristics of instruments, Static characteristics, Accuracy, Resolution,

Precision, Expected value, Error, [Link] in Measurement, Dynamic
Characteristics-speed of response, Fidelity, Lag and Dynamic error. DC Voltmeters- Multi-
range, Range extension/Solid state and differential voltmeters, AC voltmeters, True RMS
responding voltmeter, Multi-meter for Voltage, Current and resistance measurements.

Signal Generator- fixed and variable, AF oscillators, Standard and AF sine and square wave
signal generators, Function Generators, Square pulse, Random noise, sweep, Arbitrary
waveform. Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion Analyzers, Spectrum Analyzers, Digital
Fourier Analyzers.

Oscilloscopes CRT features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger
pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits, Dual beam CRO, .Dual trace oscilloscope, sampling
oscilloscope, digital storage oscilloscope, Lissajous method of frequency measurement,
standard specifications of CRO, CRO probes.

AC Bridges Measurement of inductance- Maxwell‟s bridge, Anderson bridge. Measurement

of capacitance - [Link] stone [Link] Bridge, Errors and precautions in
using bridges.

Transducers- active & passive transducers : Resistance, Capacitance, inductance; Strain

gauges, LVDT, Piezo Electric transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Thermocouples,
Thermistors, Sensistors.
12
Text Books:

1. Electronic instrumentation, second edition - [Link], Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques – A.D. Helfrick and
W.D. Cooper, PHI, 5th Edition, 2002.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements - David A. Bell, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Electronic Test Instruments, Analog and Digital Measurements - Robert [Link], Pearson
Education, 2nd Ed., 2004.

13
 Code: B16 EC 3106

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & PULSE CIRCUITS LAB WITH SIMULATION

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in design, assembly and
evaluation of Linear integrated circuits & Pulse Circuits. They will use Multisim to test their
electronic designs.

Course Outcomes :
Students will be able to:

1. Design and conduct experiments on RC low pass and high pass circuits.
2. Observe operation of UJT Sweep Generator.
3. Design and test different types of Multi vibrators
4. Acquire a basic knowledge on simple applications of operational amplifier.
5. Design, construct Schmitt trigger using operational amplifier.
6. Use Multisim to test their electronic designs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Linear Wave Shaping

a) Passive RC Differentiator
b) Passive RC Integrator
2. Non Linear Wave shaping
a) Clipping Circuits
b) Clamping Circuits
3. Self biasbistableMultivibrator

4. Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741

5. UJT Sweep Generator

6. AstableMultivibrator using 555 timer

14
 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(Simulation)

1. Linear Wave Shaping

a) Passive RC Differentiator
b) Passive RC Integrator
2. Non Linear Wave shaping
a) Clipping Circuits
b) Clamping Circuits
3. Self biasbistableMultivibrator

4. Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741

5. UJT Sweep Generator

6. AstableMultivibrator using 555 timer

Reference Books:

[Link]-Amps Linear ICs- RamakanthGayakwad, PHI, 1987.

15
 Code: B16 EC 3107

DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS &HARDWARE DESCRIPTIVE LANGUAGE

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Learn and understand the basics of digital electronics, Boolean algebra, and able to design
the simple logic circuits and test/verify the functionality of the logic circuits
2. Design combinational and sequential logic circuits using digital ICs.
3. This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in design, assembly
and evaluation of digital integrated circuits and HDL lab. Students use digital trainer kit
and Xilinx ISE simulator to test their electronic designs.

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Synthesize, simulate and implement a digital design in a configurable digital circuit with
computer supported aid tools and digital trainer kit.
2. Acquire Knowledge of analysis and synthesis of combinational and sequential circuits
with simulators and digital trainer kits.
3. Build high level programming (HDL programming) skills for digital circuits.
4. Adapt digital circuits to electronics and telecommunication field.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

A. HARDWARE

1. Verify the operation of following digital components using Digital Trainer Kit
a. Logic gates
b. Full adder using gates
c. Full subtractor using gates
2. Design and verify the logic function of multiplexer and de-multiplexers using digital
trainer kit
3. Design code convertors using digital trainer kit
a. BCD TO SEVEN segment display
b. Priority encoder
c. Decoder
4. Verify the operation of fallowing flip-flops using DigitalTrainer Kit
a. RS flip flop
b. JK flip flop
c. D flip flop
d. T flip flop
5. Design a following synchronous counters using Digital Trainer Kit
a. mod 16 counter
b. mod 8 counter
6. Verify the following logical functions of shift registers usingDigitalTrainer Kit
a. SIPO
b. PISO

16
B. SOFTWARE

7. Verify the operation of following digital components using ISE Simulator

a. logic gates
b. full adder using gates
c. full subtractorusing gates
8. Design and verify the logic function of multiplexer and demultiplexers using ISE
Simulator
9. Design code convertors using ISE Simulator
a. BCD TO SEVEN segment display
b. Priority encoder
c. Decoder
10. Verify the operation of fallowing flip-flops using ISE Simulator
a. RS flip flop
b. JK flip flop
c. D flip flop
d. T flip flop
11. Design a following synchronous counters using ISE Simulator
a. mod 16 counter
b. mod 8 counter
12. Verify the following logical functions of shift registers using ISE Simulator
a. SIPO
b. PISO

Reference Books:

1. Digital design by john f. wakerly 3rd edition pearson publications

17
 Code: B16 ENG 3102

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:

1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and

identifying errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to

1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and
other reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional
relationships making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS
Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions,
pronouns-number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and
indefinite articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation),
subject – verb agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the
appropriate clause , conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal
verbs) to-infinitives, gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of
comparison, modifiers, determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors
in sentences.

18
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard
to inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings
of the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context),
foreign phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots,
collocations.

Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption,
inference, conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then
identifying similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to
construct a meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man
(to use logical reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO
statements (sticking to a particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence),
supplying a suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent,
idiomatic language (with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on
the meaning of the sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:
1. Oxford Learners‟s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.
2. R S Agarwal‟s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP
2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by RashmiBansal
8. I have a Dream by RashmiBansal

19
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I

Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:

1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‟s problems.

2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also
measurement of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit
and loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for
any person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for
further studies.

SYLLABUS
Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion
Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding
remainders in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to
find HCF, applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule,
Introducing the concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and
Proportion.

Time and work, Time and Distance

Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination
of the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest,

Partnerships, shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price,
selling price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of
compound interest, Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of
partnership, Sleeping partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and
stocks.
20
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and
related sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related
to Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter
series, Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north,
south, east, west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:

1. Barron‟s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site

21
 Code: B16ENG3103
BASIC CODING
(Common to ECE & EEE)
(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To develop programming skills among the students.

2. To familiarize the student with Control Structures, Loop Structures.
3. To familiarize the student with Basic searching and sorting Methods.
4. To familiarize the student with Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
5. To familiarize the student with Structures and Unions.
6. To familiarize the student with Operating System concepts.
7. To familiarize the student with Networking concepts.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Know about Control Structures, Loop Structures and branching in programming.

2. Know about various searching and sorting methods.
3. Know about Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
4. Know about Structures and Unions.
5. Know different Operating System concepts.
6. Differentiate OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review of Programming constructs

Programming Environment, Expressions formation, Expression evaluation, Input and Output
patterns, Control Structures, Sequential branching, Unconditional branching, Loop
Structures,Coding for Pattern Display.

UNIT II Introduction to Linear Data, strings and pointers

Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and representations, Pattern coding,
Working on character data, Compiler defined methods, Substitution coding for defined
methods, Row Major representation, Column Major representation, Basic searching and
sorting Methods.

UNIT III Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes

Functions – Introduction to modular programming – Function Communication - Pass by
value, Pass by reference – Function pointers – Recursions – Type casting – Storage classes

Practice: programs on passing an array and catching by a pointer, function returning data,
comparison between recursive and Iterative solutions.
Data referencing mechanisms: Pointing to diff. data types, Referencing to Linear data,
Runtime-memory allocation, Named locations vs pointed locations, Referencing a 2D-Matrix
22
UNIT IV User-defined datatypes, Pre-processor Directives and standard storage
Need for user-defined data type – structure definition – Structure declaration – Array within a
Structure – Array of Structures – Nested Structures - Unions – Declaration of Union data
type, StructVs Union - Enum – Pre-processor directives , Standard storage methods,
Operations on file, File handling methods, Orientation to Object oriented programming

Practice: Structure padding, user-defined data storage and retrieval programs

UNIT V Operating system principles and Database concepts

Introduction to Operating system principles, Process scheduling algorithms, Deadlock
detectionand avoidance, Memory management, Networking: Introduction to Networking,
OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite, Datalink layer, Internet layer, DVR Vs. LSR, Transport Layer,
Application Layer

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), EnzoMarinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object OrientedProgrammingin C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. ObjectOriented Programming through C++ byRobatLaphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

23
 Code: B16 EC 3109A

MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Instructor Name: Prof. Girish Kumar

Institute: IIT Bombay

Course Intro: The course will be broadly focusing on analysis, design and development of
microwave circuits and systems. The detailed topics to be covered are given below: 1.
Introduction to Microwaves-History and applications of Microwaves, Mathematical Model of
Microwave Transmission-Microwave transmission modes, waveguides and transmission
lines, Impedance Matching, Microwave Network Analysis- ABCD and Scattering
parameters. 2. Passive and Active Microwave Devices- Directional Coupler, Power Divider,
Magic Tee, Attenuator, Resonator. Microwave active components: Diodes, Transistors,
Microwave Tubes 3. Microwave Design Principles- Microwave Filter Design, Microwave
Amplifier Design, Microwave Power Amplifier Design, Low Noise Amplifier Design,
Microwave Mixer Design, Microwave Oscillator Design. Microwave Antennas- Antenna
parameters, Antenna for ground based, airborne and satellite borne systems, Planar Antennas.
4. Microwave Measurements, Microwave Systems, Effect of Microwaves on human body,
Monolithic Microwave ICs, RFMEMS for microwave components, Microwave Imaging.

Pre Requisites: Electromagnetic Waves

Core/Elective: Core
UG/PG: Both
Industry Support: Telecom industry, defense industry and space organization
Reference: (1) R.E. Collins, Microwave Circuits, McGraw Hill (2) D.M. Pozar- Microwave
Engineering (3) B. Bhat and S.K. Koul -Stripline Like Transmission Structures (4) I. J. Bahl
and P. Bhartia- Microwave Solid State Circuit Design
About Instructor: Girish Kumar received the Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering from
Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, India, in 1983. From 1983 to 1985, he was a Research
Associate with the Electrical Engineering Department, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg,
Canada. From 1985 to 1991, he was an Assistant Professor with the Electrical Engineering
Department, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND, USA. Since 1991, he is with
Indian Institute of Technology Bombay (IIT-Bombay), Mumbai, India, where he is currently
a Professor in the Electrical Engineering Department. He has authored more than 290 papers
in the international and national journals and conference proceedings. He is an author of two
books and filed for five patents. His research interests include microstrip antennas and arrays,
broadband antennas, microwave integrated circuits and systems.

24
Course plan:

S. No week Module Name

Introduction to Microwaves: History and Applications, Effect of
1 1 Microwaves on human body

2 2 Microwave Transmission Modes, Waveguides, Transmission Lines

3 3 Impedance Matching, ABCD and S-parameters

4 4 Power dividers, Combiners, Couplers

5 5 Microwave Filters

Active Components-Diodes, Transistors, Tubes, Microwave

6 6 Attenuator Design

7 7 RFMEMS, RF Switches, Phase Shifter,Mixer Design

8 8 Microwave Amplifiers and LNA Design

9 9 Power Amplifier Design, Oscillator Design

10 10 Antennas

Microwave Measurements, Microwave

11 11
Systems and Imaging

12 12 Software session and Lab demonstration

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

25
 Code: B16 EC 3109B

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PRINCIPLES OF MICROWAVE ANTENNAS

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Instructor Name: Amitabha Bhattacharya

Institute: IIT Kharagpur

Course Intro: The course Analysis and Design principles of Microwave Antennas covers a
broad spectrum of the antenna design and analysis, starting with the basic concepts of
microwave radiation to numerical computation of antenna currents, Impulse Radiating
Antennas (IRAs), antenna pattern synthesis, etc.
This course will not only help the undergraduate and graduate students by providing
fundamental concepts of antenna theory but also help the design engineer to get familiar with
different state of the art techniques of antenna analysis and design. In a nutshell, this course
would lay the foundation for further exploring the vast area of microwave antenna analysis
and design.

Pre Requisites: Basic Knowledge of Electromagnetic Theory, Transmission line, Electronic

network theory is required. Following are the NPTEL courses done earlier covering the above
concepts (a) Electromagnetic Theory (b) Basic Tools in Microwave engineering (c) Basic
Building Blocks of Microwave Engineering
Core/Elective: Core
UG/PG: UG

Industry Support: Radar Industry, Space Industry, Avionics industry, Defense Industry,
Internal security Industry, Mining industry, Geo-exploration Industry.

Reference: Balanis, C. A., â€oeAntenna Theory Analysis and Design―, Third Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 2005

About Instructor: Amitabha Bhattacharya was born in Kolkata, West Bengal in the year
1964. He received his [Link], (E&ECE) Degree from IIT Kharagpur in 1986, M.E.
(E&TCE) from Jadavpur University in 1994 and Ph.D. (E. & ECE) from IIT Kharagpur in
1998. He started his professional career in 1986 by joining as Junior Research Engineer in an
ISRO- sponsored research project at IIT Kharagpur and continued thereafter as a Senior
Research Assistant in a DRDO sponsored Research Project till 1991. In 1997, he joined
SAMEER, Mumbai and then Defence Lab, Jodhpur as a Research Scientist. From 2000
onwards he joined teaching profession, first as an Assistant Professor in the Electronics and
Instrument Department of Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad and then in 2007, in the faculty
of Electronics and Electrical Communication Engineering Department of IIT Kharagpur in
2007.

26
Course plan:

S. No week Module Name

1 1 Microwave Radiation Fundamentals
2 2 Basic Antenna Parameters
3 3 Wire Antennas
4 4 Aperture Antennas
5 5 Array of Radiating Elements
6 6 Reflector Antenna
7 7 Generalized Antenna Analysis by
8 8 Potential Concept

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

27
 Code: B16 EC 3109C

PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Instructor Name: S N Merchant

Institute: IIT Bombay

Course Intro: The course is an introduction to modern digital communications at a senior

undergraduate level. The primary goal of the course is to provide the student an
understanding of the principles, techniques, trade-offs, and fundamental limits in modern
digital communication systems. This course introduces the fundamentals of digital signaling,
information theory and coding, digital transmission and reception
Pre Requisites: Signals and Systems, Basic Probability and Random variables
Core/Elective: Core
UG/PG: UG

Industry Support: Qualcomm, Samsung, BEL, ISRO, DRDO labs, communication

companies

Reference: Digital Communications, 5th Ed, John G Proakis and MasoudSalehi, McGraw
Hill, 2007/2008

About Instructor: [Link] N. Merchant received his B. Tech, M. Tech, and PhD degrees
all from Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay,
Mumbai. Currently he is a Professor in Department of Electrical Engineering at IIT Bombay.
He has more than 35 years of experience in teaching and research. He has made significant
contributions in the field of signal processing and its applications. His noteworthy
contributions have been in solving state of the art signal and image processing problems
faced by Indian defence. His broad area of research interests are wireless communications,
wireless sensor networks, signal processing, multimedia communication and image
processing and has published extensively in these areas. He is a co-author with his students
who have won Best Paper Awards. He has served on Technical Program Committees of many
IEEE premier conferences.

28
Course plan:

S. No week Module Name

1 1 Introduction I

2 2 Source Coding Theorem II

3 3 Mutual Information I

4 4 Signal Space Representations II

5 5 Optimum Receiver I

6 6 Quantizer Design I

7 7 Quantizer Design VI

8 8 Pulse Shaping I

9 9 Equalization II

10 10 Digital Modulation Methods V

11 11 Digital Modulation Methods X

12 12 Error Control Coding I

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

29
 Code: B16 EC 3110A

INTRODUCTION TO WIRELESS AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS

(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Layout:
Week 1: Overview of Cellular Systems and evolution 2g/3G/4G/5G
Week 2: Cellular Concepts – Frequency reuse, Cochannel and Adjacent channel Interference,
C/I, Handoff, Blocking, Week 3: Wireless propagation Part 1 - Link budget, Free-space path
loss, Noise figure of receiver
Week 4: Wireless propagation Part II - Multipath fading, Shadowing, Fading margin,
Shadowing margin,
Week 5: Antenna Diversity
Week 6: Wireless Channel Capacity
Week 7: MIMO
Week 8: CDMA Part I
Week 9: CDMA Part II
Week 10: OFDM and LTE Part I
Week 11: OFDM and LTE Part II
Week 12: Large Scale Propagation effects and Channel Models

Suggested Reading
1. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications – Principles and Practice” (2nd edition)
Pearson, 2010, ISBN 9788131731864.
2. [Link], "Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2005Haykin &Moher, "Modern Wireless
Communications" Pearson .
3. J. G. Proakis, "Digital Communications," McGraw Hill.
4. [Link], "Wireless Communications," Cambridge Univ Press, 2005.
5. D. Tse and P. Viswanath, "Fundamentals of Wireless Communications," Cambridge Univ
Press, 2005

WEBLINK:
[Link] [Link]

30
 Code: B16 EC 3110B

FABRICATION TECHNIQUES FOR MEMS-BASED SENSORS: CLINICAL

PERSPECTIVE
(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Instructor Name: HardikJeetendraPandya

Institute: IISc Bangalore

Course Intro: This course is designed with an aim of educating students in the area of
microtechnology and its use to fabricate sensors and systems. The students will have an
exposure to sensors and its importance in the real world. The students will also able to
understand how to fabricate some of those sensors. Several examples of engineering devices
used in clinical research will be also covered. Class 10000 non-conventional clean room and
some equipment within it will also be shown. Below are some of the course outcomes. 
Ability to understand microfabrication process
 Understand sensors used in electronics and biomedical areas  Understand Clean Room
(Class 1 to Class 10000)
 Understand Microengineering Technology  Design the process flow for fabricating
microheater required in gas sensors.
 Design the process flow for fabricating forces sensors for biomedical application. 
Design microheater for gas sensors as per specifications.  Design force sensors as per
specifications.  Understand fabrication of microfluidic platforms, micro-cantilevers,
flexible force sensors, inter-digitated electrodes, polymer-glass bonding etc. for clinical
research
Pre Requisites: Basic Electronics
Core/Elective: Elective
UG/PG: Both
Industry Support: BEL, TI, ON Semiconductor, TSMC, Intel
Reference: J.D. Plummer, M.D. Deal, P.G. Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology, Pearson
Education, 2001.
[Link], The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford
University Press, 2001.
S.M. Sze (Ed),VLSI Technology, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 1988
Senturia S. D., Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publisher,2001
Madou, M Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC Press, 1997.
Gad-el-Hak, M., Ed.; The MEMS Handbook;CRC Press: New York, NY, 2002.

31
About Instructor:

[Link] J. Pandya is a core faculty member in the Department of Electronic Systems

Engineering, Division of Electrical Sciences, IISc Bangalore where he is developing
Advanced Microsystems and Biomedical Devices Facility for Clinical Research and
Biomedical and Electronic (10-6-10-9) Engineering Systems Laboratory to carry out cutting-
edge research on novel devices to solve unmet problems in biology and medicine. He is
recipient of prestigious Early Career Research Award from Science and Engineering
Research Board, Government of India as well as a start-up grant of 228 Lacs from IISc. He
has taught Design for Analog Circuits, Analog Integrated Circuits, VLSI technology, and
Semiconductor Devices to undergraduate and graduate students from Electronic
Engineering,Instrumentation Engineering, and Applied Physics. He seek to understand and
exploit novel ways of fabricatingmicroengineering devices using glass, silicon, polymers and
integrate with unusual classes of micro/nanomaterials.

WEBLINK:
[Link] [Link]

32
 Code: B16 EC 3110C

INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND CRYPTOGRAPHY

(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Instructor Name: Prof. Ranjan Bose

Institute: IIT Delhi
Course Intro: Information theory, coding and cryptography are the three loadâ €•bearing
pillars of any digital communication system. In this introductory course, we will start with the
basics of information theory and source coding. Subsequently, we will discuss the theory of
linear block codes (including cyclic codes, BCH codes, RS codes and LDPC codes),
convolutional codes, Turbo codes, TCM and space time codes. Finally, we will introduce the
basics of secure communications by focusing on cryptography and physical layer security.
Wherever possible, applications of the theory in real world scenarios have been provided.
The underlying aim of this course is to arouse the curiosity of the students.
Pre Requisites: Basic exposure to linear algebra and probability theory, as well as, a course
in digital communications.
Core/Elective: Core
UG/PG: Both
Industry Support: Telecommunication companies, Internet companies, Information security
companies
Reference: Basic text book R. Bose, Information theory, coding and cryptography,
McGraw―Hill, 3 rd Edition, 2016.
About Instructor: Ranjan Bose received his [Link]. degree in electrical engineering from
the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Kanpur, India in 1992 and the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees in electrical engineering from the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA in
1993 and 1995, respectively. He worked at Alliance Semiconductor Inc., San Jose, CA, as a
Senior Design Engineer from 1996 to 1997. Since November 1997 he has been with the
Department of Electrical Engineering at Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, where
currently he is the Microsoft Chair Professor. His research interests lie in the areas of secure
communications, coding theory, ultra―wideband (UWB) communications, broadband
wireless access and wireless security. He currently heads the Wireless Research Lab in IIT
Delhi. His lectures on wireless communications form a part of the video courses offered by
the National Program on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL).

33
Course plan
S. No week Module Name
1 1 Lecture 1: Introduction to Information Theory
Lecture 2: Entropy, Mutual Information, Conditional and JointEntropy Lecture 3:
Measures for Continuous Random Variable, Relative Entropy
2 2 Lecture 4: Variable Length Codes, Prefix Codes
Lecture 5: Source Coding Theorem
Lecture 6: Various source coding techniques: Huffman,Arithmetic, Lempel Ziv,
Run Length
3 3 Lecture 7: Optimum Quantizer, Practical Application of Source Coding:
JPEG Compression
Lecture 8: Introduction to Super Information
Lecture 9: Channel Models and Channel Capacity
4 4 Lecture 10: Noisy Channel Coding Theorem
Lecture 11: Gaussian Channel and Information Capacity Theorem
Lecture 12: Capacity of MIMO channels
5 5 Lecture 13: Introduction to Error Control Coding
Lecture 14: Introduction to Galois Field
Lecture 15: Equivalent Codes, Generator Matrix and Parity Check Matrix
6 6 Lecture 16: Systematic Codes, Error Detections and Correction
Lecture 17: Erasure and Errors, Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Lecture
18: Probability of Error, Coding Gain and Hamming Bound
7 7 Lecture 19: Hamming Codes, LDPC Codes and MDS Codes
Lecture 20:Introduction to Cyclic Codes
Lecture 21: Generator Polynomial, Syndrome Polynomial and Matrix
Representation
8 8 Lecture 22: Fire Code, Golay Code, CRC Codes and Circuit Implementation of
Cyclic Codes
Lecture 23: Introduction to BCH Codes: Generator Polynomials
Lecture 24: Multiple Error Correcting BCH Codes, Decoding of BCH Codes
9 9 Lecture 25: Introduction to Reed Solomon (RS) Codes
Lecture 26: Introduction to Convolutional Codes
Lecture 27: Trellis Codes: Generator Polynomial Matrix and Encoding using
Trellis
10 10 Lecture 28: Vitrebi Decoding and Known good convolutional Codes
Lecture 29: Introduction to Turbo Codes
Lecture 30: Introduction to Trellis Coded Modulation (TCM)
11 11 Lecture 31: Ungerboek‘s design rules and Performance Evaluation of TCM
schemes
Lecture 32: TCM for fading channels and Space Time Trellis Codes
(STTC)
Lecture 33: Introduction to Space Time Block Codes (STBC)
12 12 Lecture 34: Real Orthogonal Design and Complex Orthogonal Design
Lecture 35: Generalized Real Orthogonal Design and Generalized
Complex Orthogonal Design
Lecture 36: Introduction to Cryptography: Symmetric Key and Asymmetric Key
Cryptography
Lecture 37: Some well―known Algorithms: DES, IDEA,PGP, RSA, DH
Protocol
Lecture 38: Introduction to Physical Layer Security:Notion of Secrecy Capacity
Lecture 39:Secrecy Outage capacity, SecrecyOutage probability, Cooperative
jamming

WEBLINK:
[Link] [Link]
34
 Code: B16 EC 3110D

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Outline:

Digital image processing deals with processing of images which are digital in nature.
Study of the subject is motivated by three major applications. The first application is in
improvement of pictorial information for human perception i.e. enhancing the quality of the
image so that the image will have a better look. The second is for autonomous machine
applications which have wider applications in industries, particularly for quality control in
assembly automation and many similar applications. This course will introduce various image
processing techniques, algorithms and their applications

Course plan:

Week Topics
1 Introduction and signal digitization
2 Pixel relationship
3 Camera models & imaging geometry.
4 Image interpolation
5 Image transformation
6 Image enhancement I.
7 Image enhancement II.
8 Image enhancement III.
9 Image restoration I
10 Image restoration II & Image registration
11 Colour image processing
12 Image segmentation.
13 Morphological image processing
14 Object representation, description and recognition

References:

1. Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzalez &Richard E Woods, 3rd Edition

2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing by Anil K Jain
3. Digital Image Processing by William K Pratt

WEBLINK:
[Link] [Link]

35
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
II-SEMESTER

Total
Code Credit Lecture Tutorial Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Contact
No. s Hrs Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs/Week
B16 EC
Microwave Engineering 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201
B16 EC Microprocessors and its
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202 Applications
B16 EC
Digital Communication 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203
#ELE-I ELECTIVE-I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 EC Digital Signal
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3206 Processing
#ELE-II ELECTIVE-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 EC DSP Laboratory 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3211
B16 EC Microprocessors and
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3212 Microcontrollers Lab
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202 Aptitude-II
B16 EC
Mini Project 2 -- -- 3 3 50 -- 50
3213
#M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 34 27 6 9 42 530 520 1050

B16 EC 3204 Radar & Navigation

B16 EC 3205 Information Theory And Coding
# ELE-I B16 CS 3210 Object oriented programming
B16 CS 3211 Web technologies
B16 CS 3212 Software Engineering
B16 EC 3207 Embedded Systems & Microcontrollers
B16 EC 3208 Micro Electronics
#ELE-II
B16 EC 3209 Telecommunication Switching Systems
B16 EC 3210 Digital Signal Processors And Architectures
B16 ENG 3204 Advanced Coding
B16 EC 3214A Principles of Signals and Systems
#M-III
B16 EC 3214B Analog Circuits
B16 EC 3214C Microprocessors and Microcontrollers

36
 Code: B16 EC 3201
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. The purpose of this course is to provide the operational characteristics and conceptual
understanding of active and passive components at microwave frequencies.
2. This course also emphasizes formulation and application of scattering matrix for the
analysis of different microwave passive components.
3. Further, this course also provides the understanding of measurement techniques of
different parameters and the fabrication techniques of MMIC‟s at microwave frequencies.

Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will be able to

1. Explain the working principle of different passive waveguide components used at

microwave frequencies
2. Understand the conceptual and operational characteristics of different microwave signal
generators and amplifiers
3. Apply the properties of scattering matrix for solving the scattering matrix of different
passive microwave components for both ideal and practical considerations and analyze
their operation
4. Understand different fabrication techniques involving Microwave integrated circuits
5. Understand and implement different experimental procedures involving measurement of
microwave parameters.
SYLLABUS

Microwave Components:
Introduction to Microwave Engineering- microwave spectrum bands, advantages and
applications of microwaves, Wave-guide Components, coupling mechanisms, Directional
Couplers, Magic Tee, Attenuators, Ferrite Devices, Isolators, Circulators, Cavity Resonators,
Re-entrant Cavities.

Microwave Tubes:
Limitations of conventional tubes at microwave frequencies, Resonant Cavities, Linear
beam tubes- Reflex Klystron, applegate diagram and principle of working, Two – Cavity
Klystron, Multi – Cavity Klystron, Traveling Wave Tube, Crossed Field Device- Magnetron,
Hull cut-off voltage Equation.

Microwave Solid state Devices

Negative resistance phenomenon, Gunn Diode, domain formation, RWH theory, Tunnel
Diode- principle of operation, IMPATT- principle of operation, TRAPATT, BARITT, PIN
Diodes.

37
Scattering Matrices of Microwave Components:
Scattering Matrix and its Properties, Scattering Matrix of Isolator, circulator, directional
coupler, E Plane Tee, H plane Tee and Magic Tee.

Microwave Measurements:
VSWR& Impedance measurements, Frequency, Guided Wavelength, measurements of
S parameters of reciprocal/non reciprocal devices.

Microwave Integrated Circuits:

Introduction, advantages and disadvantages of MMICs, comparison of MMICs with HMICs,
Applications of MICs, materials used for MMICs, Substrate, Conductor, Dielectric and
Resistive Materials, Growth of MMIC, Fabrication Techniques, MOSFET Fabrication, -
MOSFET formation, NMOS fabrication process.

Text Books:
1. Foundations For Microwave Engineering, R. R. Collin, McGraw Hill.
2. Microwave Engineering, G.S.N. Raju, IK International Publishers,

Reference Books:
1. Microwave Engineering, Microwave Engineering, 4th Edition, David M.
Pozar,November 2011.
2. Microwave Engineering, Annapurnadas, McGraw Hill.

38
 Code: B16 EC 3202

MICROPROCESSORS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To identify the Basic building blocks of a digital computer
2. To understand the architectures of Microprocessors 8085 and 8086
3. To be familiar with Assembly Language Programming
4. To understand the concept of interfacing peripheral devices and memory to 8085
Microprocessor
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will

1. Understand and analyze architecture of the 8085 and 8086 microprocessors

2. Be familiar with the 8085 and 8086 Assembly Language Programming
3. Learn about Hardware and software requirements in interfacing and designing
microprocessor based products for practical applications

SYLLABUS

Internal Architecture and Functional Description of INTEL 8085 Microprocessor Pin out &
Signals, Flag Register, Memory Read/Write and I/O Read /Write Cycles, Stack Memory,
Interrupt Structure of 8085, Instruction Set and Timing Diagrams, Addressing Modes.
Programming The 8085:
Introduction to 8085 Assembly Language Programming, Programming model of 8085,
Addressing modes of 8085 with examples, Instruction Set, Sample Programs, Subroutines
and Interrupt Service Routines.

Interfacing of Semiconductor Memory and I/O Devices to 8085:

Classification of Read Write and Read only Memories, Interfacing of SRAMs, DRAMs and
EPROMs. Interfacing of Parallel I/O (8255), Timer/Counter (8253/8254), Serial I/O (8251A)
with 8085 Microprocessor.

Internal Architecture and Functional description of Intel 8086/8088 microprocessor, Memory

Segmentation and physical address generation and physical address generation ,Register
organization, Status flags and machine control flags of 8086,pinout and signals in detail,
Memory read/write and I/O read/Write Bus cycles, 8086 memory Banks,8086 minimum and
maximum modes of operation.

Introduction to 8086 Assembly language programming, programmable register array of

8086,Data Addressing modes of 8086 with examples, classification of 8086 instructions,
sample 8086 assembly language programs using data transfer, Arithmetic and logical
instructions.

39
Text Books:

1. Architecture Programming and Applications, Ramesh S. Goankar, New Age International

Pvt. Ltd., (3rd Edition).
2. Microprocessors and interfacing , Douglas [Link] ,Tata McGraw-Hill Revised 2nd Edition

Reference Book:

1. Microprocessors: The 8086/8088, 80186/80286, 80386/80486 And The Pentium

Family,Nilesh B. Bahadure, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

40
 Code: B16 EC 3203
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic principles of digital communication system.
2. Analyze noise & the error performance of digital modulation techniques.
3. Design optimum receivers for digital modulation techniques.
4. To understand the concept of spread spectrum communication system.

Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will be able to
1. Understand concept of different modulation techniques.
2. Understand the effect of noise in various digital communication systems and learn about
optimum detection.
3. Compare performance of two basic digital modulation techniques.
4. Analyze performance of spread spectrum communication system.

SYLLABUS

Pulse Modulation and Digital Representation of Analog Signal: Sampling, Pulse

Amplitude Modulation and Concept of Time Division Multiplexing, Pulse Width
Modulation, Pulse Position Modulation, Digital representation of analog signal :Quantization
of signals, Quantization error, Pulse Code Modulation, Companding, T1 Digital system,
Differential Pulse Code Modulation, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation,
Continuously Variable Slope Delta Modulation.

Digital Modulation and Transmission: Binary Phase-Shift Keying, Differential Phase-Shift

Keying, Differentially-Encoded PSK (DEPSK), Quadrature Phase-Shift Keying (QPSK), M-
ary PSK, Binary Frequency Shift-Keying, Comparison of BFSK and BPSK, M-ary FSK,
Minimum Shift Keying (MSK), Duo-binary Encoding.

Mathematical Representation of Noise: Some Sources of Noise, Frequency-domain

representation of Noise, Spectral Components of Noise, Response of a Narrowband Filter to
Noise, Effect of a Filter on the Power Spectral Density of Noise, Superposition of Noises,
Linear Filtering, Noise Bandwidth, Quadrature Components of Noise, Noise in Pulse Code
Modulation and Delta Modulation Systems:PCM Transmission, Calculation of Signal-to-
Noise Ratio in PCM, Delta Modulation(DM) Transmission, Calculation of Signal-to-Noise
Ratio in DM, Comparison of PCM and DM .

Optimal Reception of Digital Signal: A Base-band Signal Receiver, Probability of Error,

Optimum Receiver for both Baseband and Passband - Calculation of optimum filter Transfer
function, Optimum filter realization using Matched filter, Probability of Error of the Matched
Filter, Optimum filter realization using Correlator, Optimal of Coherent Reception: PSK,
FSK, QPSK, Comparison of Modulation Systems.
41
Spread Spectrum Modulation: Direct Sequence (DS) Spread Spectrum, Use of Spread
Spectrum with Code Division, Multiple Access (CDMA), Ranging using DS Spread
Spectrum, Frequency Hopping (FH) Spread Spectrum, Generation and Characteristics of PN
Sequences, Acquisition (Coarse Synchronization) of a FH Signal, Tracking (Fine
Synchronization) of a FH Signal, Acquisition (Coarse Synchronization) of a DS Signal,
Tracking of a DS Signal.

Text Books:
1. Principles of Communication Systems by Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling
andGoutamSaha, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 2008 New Delhi.
2 . Advanced Digital Communication By Wayne Thomasi 3rd Edition Pearson Publications

Reference Books:
1. Digital Communications by Simon Haykins John Wiley, 2005
2. Modern Analog and Digital Communications by [Link], Oxford reprint, 3rd Edition,
2004.

42
 Code: B16 EC 3204
RADAR &NAVIGATION
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To provide insight of basic working principle of Radar
2. To apply different methods to measurement the Range, angle information etc. of the
target from the radar,
3. To introduce different types of Radar systems and other types of tracking Radars,
4. To provide insight of advantages, limitations and applications of various Radar.
5. To provide insight of basics of various navigational aids and their working principles,
applications, limitations and different methods to overcome their limitations

Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will be able to
1. Able to understand the basic working principles of various Radars
2. Apply various mathematical equations to measure the Range and angle information of the
targets from the radar
3. Analyze and design of radar signals, MTI, Pulse Doppler radar and various tracking
Radars
4. Analyze various Radar systems, advantages, limitations and their applications.
5. Analyze various Navigational Aids like LORAN, DECCA, OMEGA, TACAN, VOR.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Radar:
Origin of Radar, Basic Principle of Radar, Range to a target, Pulse Repetition Frequency and
Range Ambiguities, Radar Block Diagram and Operation,Radar Equation, Integration of
Radar Pulses ,Probability of Detection and Probability of False Alarm, Radar Antenna
Parameters, System Losses and Propagation Effects, Applications of Radar.

Radar Receivers:
Noise Figure and Noise Temperature, Types of Duplexers, Types of Mixers, Radar Displays,
Receiver Protectors.

MTI andPulse Doppler Radar:

Introduction to Doppler Effect,SimpleCWDoppler Radar, Pulse Doppler Radar, Butterfly
effect, Coherent and Non Coherent Moving Target Indication Radar, Delay line Cancellers,
Limitation to MTI performance, Moving target Detector, MTI from moving platform.

Tracking Radar:
Types of Tracking Radars, Sequential Lobing, Conical Scan, Monopulse tracking Radar, Low
angle tracking, Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR), Active and Passive Aperture Phased array
Radars,. MST Radar, ECM, ECCM.
43
Fundamentals of Navigational Aids:
Principles of Direction Finders, Sense Finders, VOR, TACCAN, Aircraft Homing and ILS,
Radio Altimeter, LORAN, DECCA, OMEGA

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Radar Systems – Merrill I. Skolnik, SECOND EDITION, Tata McGraw-

Hill, 2001.
2. Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids, G S N Raju, IK International
Publishers, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Radar Systems – Merrill I. Skolnik, SECOND EDITION, McGraw-Hill,
1981.
2. Fundamentals of RADAR, SONAR and Navigation Engineering – [Link]

44
 Code: B16 EC 3205
INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To introduce students to the basic concepts of information theory & and applications of
coding for information compression & channel protection
2. To study entropy, source coding and the fundamental limits of data compression
3. To study mutual entropy & channel capacity to understand the fundamental limits of
information transmission, and means to achieve it
4. To study channel coding & decoding techniques for error control
5. To give a foundation for studying modern wireless communications & information
security.

Course Outcomes:
After taking this course, the student will be able to:
1. Appreciate the mathematical concept of information (uncertainty) via probability
&compute the entropy of a source
2. Understand the need of source coding & variable length codes
3. Device source codes using Shannon-Fano& Huffman algorithms, calculate the efficiency
of a code
4. Compute mutual entropy of a channel, understand the concept of channel capacity, State
Shannon‟s noisy channel coding theorem which creates the field of channel coding,
compute channel capacity of BSC & AWGN channels, define characteristics of an ideal
communication system
5. Realize the need & benefits of channel coding, Understand Linear block codes structure,
theory &use syndrome technique for decoding for linear block codes, Study cyclic codes
(BCH, RS and CRC) structure, theory, implementation & decoding of cyclic codes
6. Study Convolutional codes representation, generation & decoding of convolutional codes
using Viterbi algorithm, get acquainted with concatenated codes to increase coding gain
& Trellis Coded Modulation (TCM), Ungerboeck trellis codes for bandwidth efficiency
7. Differentiate source coding and channel coding &learn applications of coding
8. Know modern codes & pursue modern wireless communications & information security
courses
SYLLABUS

PART-I:INFORMATION THEORY (CARLSON &HAYKIN)

Information Theory and Source Coding: Discrete memory less sources, Information
measure, Entropy and Information rate, Shannon‟s source coding theorem, Coding for a
discrete memory less source, Shannon-Fano& Huffman algorithms, Predictive coding for
sources with memory.
Information Transmission: Mutual information, Mutual entropy, Discrete channel capacity,
Shannon‟s channel coding theorem, Coding for the Binary Symmetric Channel, Continuous
channels: Continuous information, Entropy, Entropy maximization, AWGN channel capacity,
Ideal communication system.

45
 PART-II:ERROR CONTROL CODING (HAYKIN& K. DEERGHARAO)
Channel Coding: Block Codes & Cyclic Codes: Rationale for coding, Types of codes,
Discrete memoryless channels, Linear block codes, Syndrome decoding, Cyclic codes,
Properties of BCH, RS and CRC codes.
Convolutional Codes: Representation & generation, Decoding Convolutional codes,
Exhaustive search method, Maximum Likelihood decoding of Convolutional codes, Viterbi
Algorithm, Sequential decoding, Trellis codes, Burst error correction, Interleaving,
Concatenated coding, Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) schemes, Applications of coding,
Comparison of error rates in coded and uncoded transmission.

Modern Codes: Turbo codes, Non-recursive and Recursive Systematic Convolutional(RSC)

Encoders, Turbo Encoder, Low Density Parity Check(LDPC) Codes, Properties, Construction
of Parity Check Matrix H, Tanner Graphs, LDPC Encoding, MIMO System, Space–Time-
Coded MIMO System, Space-Time(ST) codes, Space–Time Block Codes (STBC),
Alamouti2-transmit Code - (1Q at least)

Text Books:
1. Communication Systems, 3/e, by A.B. Carlson, Mcgraw Hill Publishers (Part-I)
2. Digital Communications by Simon Haykin, John Wiley & Sons (Part-I & II)

Reference Books:
1. Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography – Ranjan Bose, 2nd Ed, 2009, TMH.
2. Digital Communications-Fundamentals and Applications - Bernard Sklar, PE.

46
 Code: B16 CS 3210
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

CourseObjectives:On completing this course student will be able to

1. Understand the syntax and principles of Object oriented programming language, and to
programs using control statements, classes and interfaces.
2. Design and development of secure and extendable C++ applications.
3. Understanding the concepts of oops, different predefined classes and packages.
4. Understand the concepts of polymorphism

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to handle I/O streams and Run time errors.
2. Students will be able to construct applications and Identify where data structures are
appearing in them
SYLLABUS

Basics of Object Oriented Programming:

Object Oriented Paradigm, Principles of OOP, benefitsofOOP,datatypes, declarations,
expressions and operatorprecedence,functions,scopeofvariables.

IntroductiontoC++:
Classesandobjects,Constructors&Destructors, constructor with dynamic allocation, explicit
constructor, Operator Overloading through Unary, Binary, Assignment and Stream operators
&type conversions.

Inheritance and Manipulating Strings:

Derived classes, syntax of derived classes,makingprivatemembersinheritable, single,
multilevel,multiple, hierarchical,hybridinheritance, Virtual base Class, abstract classes,
Creating String Objects, Manipulating String Objects, Relational Operations, Accessing String
Characteristics.

Polymorphism:
Pointers,virtualfunctionsandpolymorphism- pointers to objects,thispointer, pointers to derived
classes, virtual and purevirtualfunctions, Dynamic polymorphism, Virtual destructor, Virtual
Base Class, Dynamic Casting, Cross Casting, Down Casting.

Templates, Exception handling,Streams and Files in C++:

Class templates, Function templates, member function templates, exception handling,
managing console I/O operations, Stream Classes, Formatted and Unformatted i/o operations,
managing output with manipulators, working with files.

47
Text Books:
1. Object oriented Programming using C++: E. Balagurusamy, PHI

Reference Books:

1. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI

2. Object Oriented Programming through C++ byRobatLaphore.
3. Object Oriented Analysis and Design by AndrewHaigh– (Tata McgrahHjill.)

48
 Code: B16 CS 3211

WEB TECHNOLOGIES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
1. Understand the various steps in designing a creative and dynamic website.
2. Understand, analyze and create XML document and XML Schema.
3. Understand the fundamentals of PHP.
4. Understand the fundamentals of MySQL Database and installation process.
5. Understand the fundamentals of Web Hosting.

Course outcomes:
1. They will able to write html, JavaScript, CSS codes.
2. They will have clear understanding of hierarchy of objects in HTML and XML.
3. Finally they can create good, effective and customized websites.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to HTML , Core Elements , Links and Addressing, Images , Text , Colors and
Background, Lists, Tables and Layouts , Frames, Forms , Cascading Style Sheets.

Introduction to Java Scripts, Elements of Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java
Script.

Document type definition, XML Syntax, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting
XML, Using XML
Processors.

Introduction to PHP, Language Basics, Functions, Strings, Arrays.

MYSQL Installation, Accessing MySQL Using PHP, Form Handling,Inserting Data into
Tables , Selecting Data from a Table,Updating Table , Deleting data from Table. Cookies &
Session Tracking.

Text Books:

1. Web Programming, building internet applications, 2nd Ed., Chris Bates, WileyDreamtech
2. The complete Reference HTML and DHTML, Thomas A. Powey
3. Learning Php, Mysql, Robin Nixon
4. Programming Php, Kevin Tatroe, PeterMacIntyre&RasmusLerdorf foreword by Michael
Bourque.
Reference Books:

1. Internet , World Wide Web , How to program, Dietel , Nieto, PHI/PEA

2. Web Tehnologies,Godbole, kahate, 2nd Ed., TMH
49
 Code: B16 CS 3212
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Students can learn basic concepts of Software Engineering

2. To Know the distinction between various types of requirements
3. To learn various Process development models
4. To know how to estimate the cost and schedule of Software Projects
5. To know how to test software Systems

Course Outcomes :

At the end of the course, the students can able

1. To Remember the basic concepts of software Engineering

2. To use various process development models
3. To apply various techniques for gathering and analyzing requirements
4. To gain the knowledge of Software Architecture views
5. To estimate the cost and Schedule of Projects by using various estimation models.
6. To apply various testing strategies to test the software systems.

SYLLABUS
Introduction : Problem domain, Software Engineering challenges, the software engineering
approach

Software Processes : Software Processes, desired characteristics of Software Processes,

Software Process development models : Waterfall model, Prototyping, Iterative

development, Time Boxing model

Software Requirement analysis and specification : Need for SRS, Requirement process,
Problem analysis, Requirement specification: Characteristics of SRS, Components of SRS.

Software Architecture: Role of Software Architecture, Architecture views.

Planning Software Project : Process planning, Effort estimation, Project scheduling and
staffing

Software design : Introduction to Function oriented Design and Object Oriented Design.
Testing : Testing fundamentals, Black box testing, White box testing, Testing Process.

50
Text Book :
1. An integrated approach to Software Engineering, PankajJalote, Third edition, Springer

Reference Book :
1. Software Engineering – A Practitioners approach, Roger S Pressman, 7th Edition,
Mcgrawhill International Edition.

51
 Code: B16 EC 3206
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. This course introduces students to the fundamental principles of Digital Signal Processing
and develops essential analysis and design tools required for signal processing systems &
implementations. Also this subject is an introduction to the graduate-level courses in a
broad range of disciplines spanning communications, speech processing & image
processing.
2. The topics include SS basics, sampling theorem, Z-transform, analysis of Discrete-time
Linear Time-Invariant Systems, Realization structures, Frequency domain representation
of signals and systems, DTFT, DFS, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), linear/circular
convolutions, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms, FIR & IIR digital filter design,
Multi-rate DSP and a few DSP applications.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course, the students will be able to:

1. Describe the DSP fundamental theory and components, Develop an understanding of DSP
advantages, limitations and fundamental tradeoffs
2. Carry-out LTI system analysis using convolution & Z-transform
3. Carryout data analysis &spectrum analysis using FFT
4. Design IIR & FIR digital filters to meet specifications
5. Knows multi-rate SP aspects, filter banks & applications
6. Tackle numerical & practical issues in DSP implementation
7. Apply DSP techniques to real world problems in information processing, filtering,
communications, detection & estimation, Relate & translate DSP theory to applications,
Ready to take advanced DSP courses & pursue research
8. Illustrate and implement real-time DSP principles using MATLAB & DSP Processors,
Ready to work in DSP industry.

SYLLABUS

Discrete-Time Signals and Systems (Oppenheim &Proakis)

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Basic elements of a DSP system, Advantages of
Digital SP over Analog SP, Discrete-time signals and systems, DT-LTI systems described by
Linear constant–coefficient difference equations, Properties &Analysis of DT-LTI systems,
Discrete linear convolution, Frequency domain representation of DT Signals and Systems,
DTFT, Review of the Z-transform, Properties, Inverse Z-transform, Analysis of DT-LTI
systems in Z-Domain, System function, One-sided Z-transform, Solution of difference
equations, Structures and Realization of Digital Filters, Direct-I, II, series and parallel forms.

52
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms (FFT):
(Oppenheim &Proakis)

Frequency analysis of discrete time signals, DFS, Properties of DFS, Sampling of DTFT,
DFT, Properties of DFT, Circular and linear convolution of sequences using DFT, Efficient
computation of DFT, Radix–2 Decimation–in–Time(DIT) & Decimation–in–Frequency(DIF)
FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT.

Design of IIR & FIR Digital Filters: (Oppenheim &Proakis)

General considerations in Filter design, Analog filter approximations– Butterworth and
Chebyshev, Frequency response specifications, Design of IIR digital filters from analog
filters, Bilinear Transformation Method, Impulse Invariance Technique, Low-pass filter
Design examples, Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Design of Linear Phase FIR digital
Filters using Windows, Effect of Window selection & filter length on filter frequency
response, Design examples, Comparison of IIR and FIR Filters.
DSP Applications: (Mitra&Proakis)
Overview of DSP applications, Spectral analysis of sinusoidal signals using FFT, Subband
coding of speech signals, Signal compression, Transmultiplexers, Practical aspects of DSP
system implementation, DSP hardware & DSP Processors, Finite precision arithmetic effects.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing Fundamentals (SK Mitra)
Introduction to Multirate DSP, Basic sampling rate alteration devices: upsampler,
downsampler, Time and Frequency domain characterization of up/down samplers, Multirate
structures for sampling rate conversion, Filters used in sampling rate alteration systems,
Interpolator and decimator, Brief introduction to Digital Filter Banks.
Text Books:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing” – PHI Ed., 2006
2. John G. Proakis, D.G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms
and Applications”, 3rd Ed., PHI, 1996.

Reference Books:
1. Sanjit K. Mitra, "Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach”, Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. Sen M. Kuo, WoonSengGan, “Digital Signal Processors: Architectures,
Implementations and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 2005.

53
 Code: B16 EC 3207

EMBEDDED SYSYTEMS & MICROCONTROLLERS

(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To study the basics of embedded systems and its examples.
2. To discuss various software architectures in embedded systems.
3. To discuss Inter Task Communication procedures in RTOS and design issues of RTOS.
4. To study various embedded software development tools and debugging techniques.
5. To study the 8051 Microcontroller architecture and its instruction set.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will

1. Ability to understand the concepts related to RTOS and its Inter Task communication
Methods.
2. Ability to understand various design issues of RTOS.
3. Understand about embedded software development tools.
4. Understand the basic architecture of 8051 micro controller and instruction set.

SYLLABUS
Introduction to Embedded Systems:Examples, Typical Hardware, Memory, Architecture,
Instruction set, Programming. Interrupt Basics, Shared-Data problem, Interrupt Latency.

Software Architectures: Round-Robin Architecture, Round-Robin with Interrupts

Architecture, Function-Queue Scheduling Architecture, Real-Time Operating Systems
Architecture, Selection of Architecture.. Real Time Operating System: Tasks and Task States,
Tasks and Data, Semaphores and Shared Data, Semaphore Problems, Semaphore variants.

Inter Task Communication & Design issues of RTOS:Message Queues, Mailboxes, Pipes,
Interrupt Routines in RTOS Environment, Principles of RTOS, Encapsulation Semaphores
and Queues, Hard, Real-Time Scheduling Considerations.

Embedded Software development Tools & Debugging techniques: Host and Target
Machines, Linker/Locator for Embedded Software, Getting Embedded Software into the
Target System, Testing on your Host Machine, Instruction Set Simulators, Laboratory Tools
used for Debugging.

Microcontroller: Introduction to Microcontroller, Architecture of 8051, Pin diagram of

8051, Memory organization, External Memory interfacing, stacks.
Instruction set: Instruction timings, 8051 instructions: Data transfer instructions, Arithmetic
instructions, Logical instructions, Branch instructions, Subroutine instructions and Bit
manipulation instruction.

54
Text Books:

1. An Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon, Pearson Education, 2005.

2. The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture, Programming & Applications, Kenneth [Link],
Penram International.

Reference Books:

1. Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2008

55
 Code: B16 EC 3208

MICRO ELECTRONICS
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the technology, design concepts and fabrication process of Very Large Scale
Integrated circuits
2. To bring both Circuits and System views on design together.
3. To Understand how to analyse and design of digital logic gates using MOSFETs and
ECL circuits
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course the learners (students) will
1. Be familiar with MOSFET basics and Fabrication process
2. Understand and analyze Digital CMOS circuits and other digital logic families

SYLLABUS
Integrated- Circuit Fabrication: Monolithic Integrated - Circuit (microelectronics)
technology- The planar processes - Bipolar Transistor Fabrication - Fabrication of FETs -
CMOS Technology - Monolithic Diodes - The Metal - Semiconductor Contact - IC Resistor -
IC Capacitors - IC Packaging - Characteristics of IC Components - Microelectronic circuit
layout.

Basic Digital circuits: MOS Technology - NMOS, CMOS, Inverters, Logic gates - ECL
circuits.

Combinational Circuits: Arithmetic functions - Comparators - Multiplexers -

Demultiplexers - Memory - Memory applications - PAL - PLAs.

Sequential Circuits: A1 - Bit memory - The circuits properties of bistable latch - The
clocked SR Flip-Flop - J-K, T, and D-type Flip-flops. Shift-registers - Ripple Counters -
synchronous counters - Applications of counters.

Text Book:
1. Microelectronics by JocobMilliman, ArbinGrabel second edition, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Part 2 of Integrated Circuits, Design Principles and Fabrications by editors, Warner and
Fordemwalt, 1965, Motorola Series, McGraw Hill.
2. MOS LSI Design and Applications by Dr. William N. Carr and Dr. Jack P. Mize,
McGraw Hill, 1972.
3. Micro electronic circuits and devices second edition Horenstien, PHI.
56
 Code: B16 EC 3209

TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING SYSTEMS

(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The student will
1. Understand different types of switching
2. Understand both time and space based switches
3. Understand the means of measuring traffic.
4. Understand the implication of the traffic level on system design.
5. Understand about ISDN functions and applications.

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to
1. Evaluate the time and space parameters of a switched signal
2. Establish the digital signal path in time and space, between two terminals
3. Evaluate the inherent facilities within the system to test some digital switch functions.
4. Investigate the traffic capacity of the system.
5. Able to understand different data rate and applications of ISDN

SYLLABUS

Introduction:
Evolution of Telecommunications, Simple Telephone Communication, Basics of Switching
System, Manual Switching System, Major Telecommunication.

Crossbar Switching: Principles of Common Control, Touch Tone Dial Telephone,

Principles of Crossbar Switching, Crossbar Switch Configurations, Cross point Technology,
Crossbar Exchange Organization.

Electronic Space Division Switching:

Stored Program Control, Centralized SPC: Standby mode, Synchronous duplex mode,
Distributed SPC, Software Architecture, Application Software, Enhanced Services, Need for
networks, Two stage networks, Three stage networks and n-stage networks.

Time Division Switching:

Basic Time Division Space Switching, Basic Time Division Time Switching, Time
multiplexed space switching , Combination Switching: Time Space (TS) Switching, Space-
time (ST) Switching, Three-Stage Combination Switching, n- Stage Combination Switching.

Telephone Networks:
Signaling Techniques, In-channel Signaling, Common Channel Signaling, CCITT Signaling
System no.6, CCITT Signaling System no.7.

57
Traffic engineering: grade of service and blocking probability, modeling switching system,
blocked models and loss estimates, delay systems.

Integrated Services Digital Network:

Motivation for ISDN, New Services, Network and Protocol Architecture, Transmission
Channels, User- Network Interfaces, Signaling, Numbering and Addressing, Service
Characterization, Interworking, ISDN Standards, Expert Systems in ISDN, Broadband ISDN.

Text Books:

1. Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks- ThiagarajanViswanathan, 2000,

PHI.
2. Telecommunications Switching, Traffic and Networks- J. E. Flood, 2006, Pearson
Education.

Reference Books:

1. Digital Telephony- J. Bellamy, 2nd Edition, 2001, John Wiley.

2. Data Communications and Networks- Achyut S. Godbole, 2004, TMH.
3. Principles of Communication Ststems- H. Taub& D. Schilling, 2nd Edition, 2003, TMH.
4. Data Communication & Networking- B. A. Forouzan, 3rd Edition, 2004, TMH.
5. Telecommunication System Engineering – Roger L. Freeman, 4th Ed., Wiley-Inter
Science, John Wiley & Sons,2004.

58
 Code: B16 EC 3210

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES

(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To study the basic DFT,FFT and rate conversion algorithms.
2. To study the number format, dynamic range and sources of errors in DSP systems
3. To learn about TMS programmable DSPs and their programming capabilities.
4. To understand basic DSP algorithms on TMS processors
5. To study the FFT algorithms on TMS320C54XX DSP device.

Course Outcomes:
After undergoing the course, students will be able to

1. Apply DFT and FFT algorithms for DSP application

2. Apply the number format, dynamic range and various sources of errors in DSP system
3. Implement application programs on a DSP processor
4. Implement various DSP algorithms on TMS processors
5. Implement FFT algorithms on TMS320C54XXDSP algorithm.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing:

Introduction, A Digital signal-processing system, The sampling process, Discrete time
sequences. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear
time-invariant systems, Digital filters, Decimation and interpolation.
Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations:
Number formats for signals and coefficients in DSP systems, Dynamic Range and Precision,
Sources of error in DSP implementations, A/D Conversion errors, DSP Computational errors,
D/A Conversion Errors, Compensating filter.

Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices:

Basic Architectural features, DSP Computational Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and
Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities, Address Generation UNIT, Programmability and
Program Execution, Speed Issues, Features for External interfacing.

Programmable Digital Signal Processors:

Commercial Digital signal-processing Devices, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX
DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX Processors, Memory space of
TMS320C54XX Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX instructions and
Programming, On-Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors, Pipeline
operation of TMS320C54XX Processors.
59
Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices:
Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices – ALU and MAC block diagram, Shifter Instruction,
Base Architecture of ADSP 2100, ADSP-2181 high performance Processor.
Introduction to Blackfin Processor - The Blackfin Processor, Introduction to Micro Signal
Architecture, Overview of Hardware Processing Units and Register files, Address Arithmetic
Unit, Control Unit, Bus Architecture and Memory, Basic Peripherals.

Interfacing Memory and I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices:

Memory space organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O
interface, Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA).

Text Books:

1. Digital Signal Processing – Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Thomson Publications, 2004.
2. A Practical Approach to Digital Signal Processing - K Padmanabhan, R. Vijaya
rajeswaran, Ananthi. S, New Age International, 2006/2009
3. Embedded Signal Processing with the Micro Signal Architecture Publisher: Woon-
SengGan, Sen M. Kuo, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2007

Reference Books:

1. Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming and Applications – B.

Venkataramani and M. Bhaskar, 2002, TMH.
2. Digital Signal Processing –Jonatham Stein, 2005, John Wiley.
3. DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures & Features – Lapsley et al. 2000, S. Chand
& Co.
4. Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family by The
Applications Engineering Staff of Analog Devices, DSP Division, Edited by Amy Mar,
PHI
5. The Scientist and Engineer's Guide to Digital Signal Processing by Steven W. Smith,
Ph.D.,California Technical Publishing, ISBN 0-9660176-3-3, 1997

60
 Code: B16 EC 3211
DSP LABORATORY

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objective:

1. To implement Linear and Circular convolution

2. To analyze frequency response of Discrete Time Sequence and Systems.
3. To design Digital FIR and IIR filters.
4. To compute Fast Fourier Transform for given sequence.
5. To implement basic Image Processing techniques using MATLAB.

Course Outcomes:

1. Able to write the MATLAB coding for basic mathematical operations to complex
operations like FFT.
2. Able to Design and Analyze LTI systems& Digital Filters.
3. Understand the image processing techniques

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Generation of discrete –time sequences and signals.
2. Program for Linear Convolution of two sequences.
3. Program for Circular Convolution of two sequences.
4. Frequency analysis of discrete time sequences.
5. Frequency analysis of discrete time Linear and Non Linear systems.
6. Frequency analysis of discrete time variant and Time invariant systems.
7. Frequency analysis of discrete time LTI system.
8. Design of IIR digital filter using Butterworth filter.
9. Design of IIR digital filter using Chebyshev filter.
10. Design of FIR digital filter using Hamming window and Rectangular window.
11. Program for sum of sinusoidal signals.
12. Program for Fast Fourier Transform.
13. Program for adjusting intensity values of a image using histogram equalization.
14. Program for Deblurring Images Using a Wiener Filter.

ReferenceBook:

1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing” – PHI Ed., 2006

61
 Code: B16 EC 3212

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basics of Microprocessors 8085, 8086 and Microcontroller 8051.
2. To understand the internal organization of INTEL 8085, 8086 Microprocessors and
Microcontroller 8051.
3. Developing Assembly Language Programs using the instruction sets of microprocessors
and microcontroller and to study the interfacing of the processor with various peripheral
devices.

Course Outcomes:
1. The objective of this course is to become familiar with the instruction set of Intel
microprocessors and microcontroller and also to familiarize with Assembly language
programming. The accompanying lab is designed to provide practical hands-on
experience with microprocessor software applications and interfacing techniques.

SYLLABUS
Experiments Based On ALP (8085)

1. a. Assume that byte of data is stored at memory location „X‟. Write an ALP which
tests bit 5 of thisdata. Write „FF‟ in the location „X+1‟ if the bit 5 is „1‟ and „00‟if
bit 5 is „0‟.
b. Check the zero condition of this number and write „00‟ at location„Y‟ if it is „0‟and
„FF‟ at„y‟ if non zero.
c. For data value in the location „X‟ compute the number of logic 1‟s and store the
result in the location „Y+1‟.
2. a. Write an ALP to swap the contents of location „X‟ and „X+1‟ using BC & HL
Register pairs.
b. By using above logic, write an ALP to transfer a block of data into another block.
3. a. Write an ALP to add and subtract two eight bit Number stored in the location „X‟
and „X+1‟ by assuming that content of „X‟ is greater than content of „X+1‟
b. Modify this program to add two 16 bit numbers without using DAD instruction.
4. Two 8 bit numbers 34H and 43H are stored in locations „X‟ and „X+1‟ compute the
product of these two numbers using
a. Repetitive addition method
b. Shift and add method
5. The number of the bytes of a block of data is in location „X‟ and data starts from
location „X+1‟ onwards defining a stack pointers. Write an ALP to arrange this
sequence of data in reverse order. Keep the reverse sequence from „Y‟ onwards.
6. The number of bytes of a block of data is location „X‟ and data starts from location
„X+1‟onwards. Arrange this block of data in ascending order by using bubble
sorting technique
62
7. Using 8279 write an ALP to generate the message of 4 characters. Activate the
LED‟s individually and make the display ON &OFF for every 0.5 seconds
Experiments Based On ALP (8086)

8. Programs on Data Transfer Instructions

9. Programs on Arithmetic and Logical Instructions
10. Programs on Branch Instructions
11. Programs on Subroutines
12. Sorting of an array
Experiments based on Interfacing and Microcontroller (8051)

13. Programs on Data transfer instructions using 8051 Microcontroller

14. Programs on Arithmetic and Logical instructions using 8051 Microcontroller

Reference Book
1. Architecture Programming and Applications, Ramesh S. Goankar, New Age International
Pvt. Ltd., (3rd Edition).

63
 Code: B16ENG3202

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II

Course objectives:

1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written
discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing
data, preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different
situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to
instill confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and
written discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked
based on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words
or sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries
of group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional
manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language
effectively according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a
positive mind, tailor make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal
interviews, exhibit skills required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical,
HR) that they would face during the course of their recruitment process.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives),
Sentence equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit
in the blank), cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct
options from the alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .

64
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with
emphasis on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‟s
intention of writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming,
scanning), summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for
answering questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable
titles to the passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing
a „Statement of purpose‟, „Letters of Recommendation‟, business letter writing, email
writing, writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book
review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents
and developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about
Industry / Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing
about Selection process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume
Review, Group Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection
and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‟s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like „The Hindu‟, „Times of India‟, „Economic Times‟.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:

1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.

2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and PushpaLatha, Second Edition, OUP.
3. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
4. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:

1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.

2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by RashmiBansal
65
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II

Course objectives:

The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:

1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and

accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.
Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data
interpretation problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different
positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of
cone, cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation

Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard
method. Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs,
Problems of data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie
charts, Problems of data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

UNIT III :Periods, Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids

Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if
the angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day
for the given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to
cubes, Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.

66
UNIT IV: Puzzles
Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems-
circular arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.

UNIT V:Geometry and Menstruation

Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and
properties, Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on
circles, Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction
of cylinder, cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:

1. Barron‟s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

67
 Code: B16 EC 3213
MINI PROJECT
Lab: 3 Hrs. Sessionals : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the students to electronics & communication engineering projects.

2. To help the students in applying the core knowledge and programming skills learnt upto
the end of 3rd year 1st semester, to find solutions to challenges facing industry and society.
3. To help the students develop practical skills and knowledge about practical tools.
4. To provide the students and opportunity to exercise their creative and innovative qualities
in a group environment.

Course Outcomes:

After doing a mini project, students will be able to

1. Achieve practical knowledge within his chosen area of technology for project
development.
2. Identify, analyze, formulate and handle electronics & communications projects with a
systematic and comprehensive approach.
3. Contribute as an individual or as member of team in development of technical projects.
4. Develop effective communication skills for presentation of project related activities.

68
 Code: B16 ENG 3204
ADVANCED CODING
(Common to ECE & EEE)
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basics of modular programming
2. To learn about ADT, Linked Lists and Templates.
3. To investigate different methods to find time complexities.
4. To learn about Java collections and Libraries

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, a student should be able to:
1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of modular programming
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on linked lists
3. Acquire coding knowledge on ADT
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on Java libraries and Collections

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review Coding essentials and modular programming

Introduction to Linear Data, Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and
representations, Pattern coding.
Introduction to modular programming: Formation of methods, Methods: Signature and
definition, Inter-method communication, Data casting & storage classes, Recursions

UNIT II Linear Linked Data

Introduction to structure pointer, Creating Links Basic problems on Linked lists, Classical
problems on linked lists. Circular Linked lists, Operations on CLL, Multiple links, Operations
on Doubly linked lists

UNIT III Abstract Data-structures

Stack data-structure, Operations on stack, Infix/Prefix/Post fix expression evaluations,
Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked lists.
Queue data-structure: Operations on Queues, Formation of a circular queue, Implementation
of queue using stack, Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using
linked lists

UNIT IV Running time analysis of code and organization of linear list data
Code evaluation w.r.t running time, Loop Complexities, Recursion complexities, Searching
techniques: sequential Vs. binary searching.
Organizing the list data, Significance of sorting algorithms, Basic Sorting Techniques:
Bubble sort, selection sort, Classical sorting techniques: Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge
sort.
69
UNIT V Standard Library templates and Java collections
Introduction to C++ language features, Working on STLs, Introduction to Java as Object
Oriented language, Essential Java Packages, Coding logics.

Note: This course should focus on Problems

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), EnzoMarinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object OrientedProgrammingin C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. ObjectOriented Programming through C++ byRobatLaphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

70
 Code: B16 EC 3214A
PRINCIPLES OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course outline

Week 1 : Introduction to Signals, Signal Classification, Continuous/ Discrete Time Signals

Week 2 : Definition and Classification of Systems, Linear Time Invariant (LTI) Systems
Week 3 : Properties of LTI Systems, Impulse Response, Convolution, Causality, Stability
Week 4 : Impulse Response of Discrete Time Systems, Discrete Time Convolution,
Difference Equations and Analysis
Week 5 : Laplace Transform, Properties of Laplace Transform, Inverse Laplace Transform
Week 6 : Introduction to z-Transform, Properties of z-Transform, Region of Convergence,
Inverse z-Transform
Week 7 : Introduction to Fourier Analysis, Fourier Series for Periodic Signals, Properties of
Fourier Series
Week 8 : Introduction to Fourier Transform, Properties of Fourier Transform, Frequency
Response of Continuous Time Systems, Examples of Frequency Response
Week 9 : Fourier Analysis of Discrete Signals, Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT),
Properties of DTFT, Examples of DTFT
Week 10 : Frequency Response of Discrete Time Systems, Discrete Fourier Transform
(DFT), Properties of DFT, Examples of DFT
Week 11 : IIR/ FIR Filters, Direct Form Realization, Cascade and Parallel Form Realization,
Problem Solving
Week 12 : Concept of State, State Space Analysis, State Space Representation of Continuous
Time Systems, Solution of State Equations for Continuous Systems

Suggested Reading Materials:

• Signals and Systems, Oppenheim and Willsky, Prentice Hall

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

71
 Code: B16 EC 3214B
ANALOG CIRCUITS
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

UNIT I Introduction to Analog circuits

Course introduction; Need for nonlinear circuits; Incremental analysis of nonlinear circuits:
Diode and its models; Incremental picture of a two port nonlinear circuit; Constraints on y-
parameters and large signal characteristics to obtain a high gain; MOS transistor and its
characteristics; AC coupling network to add signal to bias; AC coupling at input and output;
Common source amplifier

UNIT II MOS transistor

Output conductance of a MOS transistor; Inherent gain limitation of a transistor; Sensitivity
of gm to transistor parameters; Biasing a transistor at a constant current; Drain feedback
configuration; Current mirror;

UNIT III Common source Amplifier

Common source amplifier using drain feedback; Common source amplifier using current
mirror bias; Common source amplifier using source feedback bias; Using a resistor instead of
a current source for biasing; Further biasing techniques;

UNIT VI Voltage/Current Controlled Voltage Sources

VCVS using a transistor; Source follower biasing; CCVS using a transistor; CCVS using an
opamp; Biasing a CCVS; Emitter degenerated amplifier; Common gate amplifier and its
biasing; VCCS using a transistor and its biasing; pMOS transistor and its small signal model;
Biasing a pMOS transistor; Converting nMOS circuits to pMOS; Amplifiers using a pMOS
transistor

UNIT V Bipolar Junction Transistor

Bipolar junction transistor-large and small signal models; BJT circuits- Biasing; Common
source amplifier; Emitter follower; BJT Common base amplifier, Transimpedance amplifier;
Swing limits of amplifiers; Two transistors in feedback; Two transistors in feedback

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

72
 Code: B16 EC 3214C
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1: Introduction: General processor architecture, Microprocessors, Microcontrollers,

Basic Computer Organization,

Week 2:8085 Microprocessors,

Week 3: 8085 – Part II

Week 4: 8085 – Part III

Week 5: 8085 – Part IV

Week 6: 8051 – Part I

Week 7: 8051 – Part II

Week 8: PIC, AVR

Week 9: ARM – Part I

Week 10:ARM – Part II

Week 11:Interfacing examples – Part I

Week 12: Interfacing examples – Part II

REFERENCES:

1. R. Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085”,

Prentice Hall, 2014.
2. M.A. Mazidi, R.D. McKinlay, J.G. Mazidi, “The 8051 Microcontroller: A Systems
Approach”, Pearson, 2013.
3. [Link], “PIC Microcontrollers”, Newnes, 2011.
4. M.A. Mazidi, S. Naimi, S. Naimi, “The AVR Microcontroller and Embedded Systems:
Using Assembly and C”, Prentice Hall, 2011.
5. W.A. Smith, “ARM Microcontroller Interfacing: Hardware and Software, Eketor, 2010

WEBLINK:

[Link] [Link]

73
 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)
Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
ESTD: 1980 CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
I-SEMESTER
Total
Lect Tutor Session
Credi Lab Contact Exam Total
Code No. Course ure ial al
ts Hrs Hrs/ Marks Marks
Hrs Hrs Marks
Week
B16 EE Electrical Machines-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3101
B16 EE Power System Analysis and
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3102 Stability
B16 EC Linear Integrated & Pulse
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3105 Circuits
B16 EE Control Systems 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3103
B16 EE Digital Electronics& Logic
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3104 Design
#ELE-I Elective-I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B16 EE
Electrical Machines-I Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3107
Linear Integrated Circuits &
B16 EC
Pulse Circuits Lab with 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3108
Simulation
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantitative
3102 2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
Aptitude-I
#M-I MOOCS-I 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
Total 32 27 6 6 39 480 520 1000

B16 EE3105 Computer Architecture and Organization

#ELE-I B16 CS 3109 Database Management Systems
B16 EE 3106 Digital Signal Processing
B16 ENG 3103 Basic Coding
B16 EE3108A Design of Photovoltaic Systems
#M-I
B16 EE3108B Architectural Design of Digital Integrated Circuits
B16 EE3108C Recent Advances in Transmission Insulators
 Code:B16 EE 3101
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Students understand the concept of principle of operation of 3 phase induction motor,
equivalent circuit slip torque characteristics, and circle diagram.
2. They can understand the single phase induction motor, double field revolving theory, and
equivalent circuit capacitor start motor.
3. To understand the operation and the principle of synchronous machine, voltage
regulation, power angle characteristics synchronizing power, synchronizing torque.
4. To understand different starting methods of synchronous motor, effect of damper
windings and Hunting.
5. To understand design procedures of synchronous machine and induction machines.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Understand the concepts of continuous time and discrete time systems.
2. Analyse systems in complex frequency domain.
3. Understand sampling theorem and its implications.
SYLLABUS
Basic concepts of Electrical Machines:
Physical arrangement of windings in stator and cylindrical rotor; slots for windings; single
turn coil - active portion and overhang; full-pitch coils, concentrated winding, distributed
winding, winding axis, generated emf, Air-gap MMF distribution with fixed current through
winding - concentrated and distributed, Sinusoidally distributed winding, winding
distribution factor

Induction Machines
Construction, Types (squirrel cage and slip-ring), Equivalent circuit. Phasor Diagram, Torque
Slip Characteristics, Starting and Maximum Torque. Losses and Efficiency. Circle Diagram.
Effect of parameter variation on torque speed characteristics (variation of rotor resistance).
Methods of starting, braking and speed control for induction motors. Generator operation.
Self-excitation. Doubly-Fed Induction Machines.

Single phase induction motors

Constructional features, double revolving field theory, equivalent circuit, determination of
parameters. Split phase starting methods & applications.

Synchronous Generators
Constructional features, Cylindrical rotor machines, Synchronous Generator-circuit model
and phasor diagram, armature reaction, synchronous impedance, voltage regulation and
estimation of voltage regulation by EMF, MMF and ZPF methods, Salient pole Machine-
Two reaction theory, analysis of phasor diagram, power angle characteristics, determination
of x d and xq, Parallel operation of Alternators-Synchronization and load division.
Synchronous Motors
Operating principle, circuit model, phasor diagram, effect of load, Operating characteristics
of synchronous machines, V-curves, starting methods of synchronous motors.

Text Books:
1. Nagrath& Kothari,” Electric Machines” TMH
2. PS Bhimbra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Fitzgerald & Kingsley, “Electric Machinery” McGraw Hill
2. Alexander S. Langsdorf, “AC Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. MG Say, “Theory Performance and Design of AC Machines” CBS Publisher
 Code: B16 EE 3102
POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND STABILITY

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
1. Students should acquire knowledge for the design and analysis of electrical power grids.
2. Students are able to learn the modeling of single line diagram and formation of Y-bus and
Z-bus.
3. To study the calculation of power flow in a power system network using various load
flow techniques,
4. Students learn about different types of power system faults and analysis.
5. Students are able to study the stability of system under steady state and transient period.
Course Outcomes
Upon completing this course
1. Student able to understands and can draw single line diagram of the power system.
2. Student understands different load flow techniques.
3. Students are able to model any complex network into simple mathematical Modelling
4. Student able to analyse different types of fault in a power system
5. Student able to understand stability analysis of power system
SYLLABUS

P.U. Representation: Single Line Diagram, Per Unit Quantities, P.U. Impedance of 3-
Winding Transformers, P.U. Impedance Diagram of a Power System.

Load Flow Studies: Formulation of Network Matrices, Load Flow Problem, Gauss-Seidel
Method, Newton-Raphson Method & Fast Decoupled Method of Solving Load Flow
Problem.
Symmetrical Fault Analysis: 3-Phase Short Circuit Currents and Reactance‟s of a
Synchronous Machine, Fault Limiting Reactors.

Symmetrical Components: The Symmetrical Components, Phase Shift in Delta/Star

Transformers, 3-Phase Power in terms of Symmetrical Components.
Un-Symmetrical Faults: Various Types Of Faults – LG, LL, LLG on an Unloaded Alternator,
Sequence Impedances and Sequence Networks.

Power System Stability: Concepts of Stability (Steady State And Transient), Swing
Equation, Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle and Time for Transient Stability,
Step by Step Method of Solution, Factors Affecting Transient Stability.
Text Books:
1. Power System Engineering by J.G. Nagarath& D.P. Kothari, TMH Publication
2. Elements of Power System Analysis, William D. Stevenson, Jr, McGraw Hill Pub.

Reference Books:

1. Power System Analysis by Hadi Sadat, McGraw Hill Pub.

2. Power System Stability & Control by PrabhaKundur,TMH Publication.
 Code: B16 EC 3105
LINEAR INTEGRATED AND PULSE CIRCUITS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To study the basic principles, configurations and practical limitations of op-amp.
2. To understand the various linear and non-linear applications of op-amp;
3. To analyze and design op-amp oscillators, single chip oscillators and multivibrators;
4. To analyze, design and explain the characteristics and applications of active filters,
including the switched capacitor filter.
5. To understand the operation of the 555 timer in mono stable and astable modes and its
applications.
6. To provide an overview of the working principles, operation and application of the low
pass and high pass circuits and functioning of high pass and low pass RC circuits with
various input signals(sine wave, step,square wave, ramp and exponential).

Course Outcomes:
This course provides the foundation education in operational amplifier and other linear
integrated circuits. After the completion of course, students are able to
1. Discuss the op-amp‟s basic construction, characteristics, parameter limitations, various
configurations and different applications of op-amp.
2. Analyze and design basic op-amp circuits, particularly various linear and non-linear
circuits, active filters, signal generators and 555 timers.
3. Design and conduct experiments, on RC low pass and high pass circuits.
4. Design and conduct experiments, on RL low pass and high pass circuits.
5. Design and conduct experiments on different types of multivibrators.

SYLLABUS

Applications of Operational Amplifiers: Basics of Op-Amp, Instrumentation Amplifiers,

Voltage to Current and Current to Voltage Converters. Op-amp As a Comparators, Schmitt
trigger, Wave form Generators, Sample and Hold Circuits, Rectifiers.

Active Filters and Oscillators: Butterworth type LPF, HPF first and second order filters,
Switched Capacitance Filters. Op-Amp Phase Shift, Wein-bridge and Quadrature Oscillator,
Analog Multiplexers.

Special ICs: 555 Timers Introduction, Block diagram,555 timer as an astable and Monostable
Multivibrator, Three Terminal IC Regulators, Voltage to Frequency and Frequency to
Voltage Converters.
Wave Shaping: High pass and Low pass RC circuits, Response of High pass and Low pass
RC circuits to step, square inputs. High pass RC circuit as a differentiator, Low pass RC
circuit as an integrator. Diode clippers, Clipping at two independent levels, Clamping
Operation, Clamping Circuits using Diode with Different Inputs, Clamping Circuit Theorem,
Practical Clamping circuits.

Multivibrators: Transistor as a switch, Switching times of a transistor, Design and Analysis

of Fixed-bias and self-bias transistor binary, Commutating capacitors, Design and analysis of
Collector coupled MonostableMultivibrator, Expression for the gate width and its waveforms.
Design and analysis of Collector coupled AstableMultivibrator, Expression for the Time
period and its waveforms, The AstableMultivibrator as a voltage to frequency converter.

Text Books:

1. Microelectronics- Jacob Millman.

2. Op-Amps and Linear ICs- RamakanthGayakwad, PHI, 1987.
3. Pulse Digital and Switching Waveforms, J. Millman ,H. Taub,
[Link]-Hill, Second Edition

Reference Books:

1. Linear Integrated Circuits- D. Roy Chowdhury, New Age International(p) Ltd, 2nd
Edition,2003.
2. Pulse and Digital Circuits, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, Second Edition, 2005.
 Code: B16 EE 3103
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Common to ECE & EEE)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the modeling of linear systems using transfer functions and obtain transfer
functions for physical electrical and mechanical systems.
2. To learn to represent systems using block diagrams and signal flow graphs and derive
their transfer functions..
3. To learn the significance of time response and find it for system analysis in transient and
steady state.
4. To learn the concept of stability and know different techniques of stability analysis.
5. To learn the concept of frequency response and its application for control system analysis.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to model electrical and mechanical physical systems by applying
laws of physics
2. Students will be able to represent mathematical models of systems using block diagrams
& Signal Flow Graphs and derive their transfer functions
3. Students will be able to analyze systems in time domain for transient and steady-state
behavior
4. Students will learn the concept of stability and use RH criterion and Root locus methods
for stability analysis.
5. Students will learn to obtain frequency response plots of systems and use them for system
analysis and stability assessment.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to control systems : Open loop and closed loop systems- Transfer Functions of
Linear Systems– Impulse Response of Linear Systems – Mathematical Modeling of Physical
Systems – Equations of Electrical Networks – Modeling of Mechanical Systems – Equations
of Mechanical Systems, Analogous Systems.

Block Diagrams of Control Systems: Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Problems) – Reduction
Techniques for Complex Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Examples)-
Feedback Characteristics of Control Systems

Time Domain Analysis of Control Systems: Time Response of First and Second Order
Systems with Standard Input Signals – Steady State Error Constants – Effect of Derivative
and Integral Control on Transient and Steady State Performance of Feedback Control
Systems.
Concept of Stability: Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Relative Stability Analysis, the Concept and
Construction of Root Loci, Analysis of Control Systems with Root Locus (Simple Problems
to understand theory).

Frequency Domain Analysis of control systems: Bode Plots- Log Magnitude versus Phase
Plots- Polar Plots -Correlation between Time and Frequency Responses -Nyquist Stability
Criterion -Assessment of Relative Stability -All Pass and Minimum Phase Systems -
Constant M and N Circles.

Text Books:
1.I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, „Control Systems Engineering‟,New Age International
Publishers(6th Edition).
[Link] C. Kuo, „ Automatic Control Systems‟, PHI (5th Edition).

Reference Books:
[Link] Ogata, „Modern Control Engineering‟, , PHI (4th Edition).
[Link] [Link] and Robert H. Bishop, „Modern Control Systems‟, Addison-Wesley
Publishers(8th Edition)
 Code: B16 EE 3104
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To study the basic philosophy underlying the various number systems, negative number
representation, binary arithmetic, binary codes and error detecting and correcting binary
codes.
2. To study the theory of Boolean algebra and to study representation of switching functions
using Boolean expressions and their minimization techniques.
3. To study the combinational logic design of various logic and switching devices and their
realization.
4. To study the sequential logic circuits design both in synchronous and Asynchronous
modes for various complex logic and switching devices, their minimization techniques
and their realizations.
5. To study some of the programmable logic devices and their use in realization of switching
functions.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be aware of theory of Boolean Algebra& the underlying features of various
number systems.
2. Students will be able to use the concepts of Boolean Algebra for the analysis and
minimization of Boolean expressions.
3. Students will be able to design of various combinational & sequential logic circuits.
4. Students will be able to design various logic gates starting from simple ordinary gates to
complex programmable logic devices & arrays.
5. Students will be to design various logic gates using diodes and transistors.

SYLLABUS

Numbering Systems: Digital systems - Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hex numbering systems
– Number base Conversions – (n-1)‟s and n‟s complements of the various numbering systems
– Binary arithmetic – Various methods to represent signed binary numbers. Binary
Codes:BCD, Excess-3 codes – Binary arithmetic using BCD and Excess-3 codes – Gray code
– Error detecting codes: parity checking and Hamming code – Error correcting codes:
Hamming code

Boolean Algebra and Boolean Functions: Boolean theorems and postulates – Logic gates –
Truth table - Boolean functions – Dual of a function – Complement of a function – Canonical
and standard forms – Simplification of Boolean functions using Boolean theorems and
postulated, Karnaugh map (K-map) with maximum of 4 variables

Combinational Logic Circuits: Boolean function implementation using AND-OR logic,

multilevel NAND and multilevel NOR implementation – Transformation of multilevel
NAND and NOR circuits to AND-OR diagram – Combinational logic design - Half adder –
Full adder – Half subtractor – Full subtractor – Parallel adder – Parallel adder/subtractor –
Carry look ahead adder – BCD adder – Magnitude comparator –code converters,Decoders –
Encoders – Demultiplexer – Multiplexer – Logic implementation using Programmable Logic
Devices.

Sequential Logic Circuits: Differences between combinational logic and sequential logic –
Flip-flops (R-S, J-K, D, T, Master-slave J-K flip-flop) – Truth tables and excitation tables of
the flip-flops, Conversions of flip-flops. Digital Counters-Ripple Counter design,
Synchronous Counter design with T, D and J.K. Flip-flops. Shift Registers and Operation
Modes.

Realization of Logic Gates Using Diodes & Transistors:

AND, OR and NOT Gates using Diodes and Transistors, RTL, DTL, TTL and CML Logic
Families and itsComparison.

Text Book:

1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Limited, New Delhi, 2nd
Edition. 2000.

Reference Books:

1. ZviKohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2008.
2. Frederick J. Hill and Gerald R. Peterson, Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic
Design, John Wiley & sons, Inc. New York, 3rd edition, 1981.
 Code: B16 EE 3105

COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION

(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the working of various components of computer and their interconnection.
2. To know the hardware implementation for all micro-operations.
3. Knowledge of instruction set and various instruction formats is provided.
4. Detailed study of CPU, stack organization, peripheral devices and memory organization
is provided.

Course Outcomes:
Student can able to:
1. Explain register transfer, memory transfer language, computer registers, computer
instructions and addressing modes.
2. Differentiate general register organization & stack organization, Reduced instruction set
& complex instruction set computer.
3. Asses instruction cycle, instruction formats.
4. Interpret different memory organization & different modes of transfer.

SYLLABUS
Register transfer and micro operations:
Register transfer language, Register transfer, Bus and memory transfers, Arithmetic Micro
Operations, Logic micro operations, Shift micro operations, Arithmetic Logic shift unit
Basic computer organization and Design:
Instruction codes, Computer registers, Computer instructions, Timing and control, Instruction
cycle, Memory reference instructions, Input-output and interrupt, complete computer
description, Design of Basic computer, Design of Accumulator Logic.
Micro Programmed Control:
Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro Program Example, Design of control Unit
CPU Organization:
Introduction, General Register Organization, Stack Organization, Addressing modes,
Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, program
Control(Status Bit Conditions, Conditional Branch Instruction, Subroutine call and return
using Stack)

Memory Organization and I/O Organization:

Memory hierarchy, Main memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory-Associative
mapping, Direct Mapping, Set Associative mapping, Virtual memory-Address space and
memory Space, Address Mapping using pages, Associative Memory Page Table, I/O
Interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer(Strobe Control and handshaking), Modes of transfer,
Types of interrupts, Priority Interrupt(Daisy-Chaining Priority, Parallel Priority Interrupt,
Priority Encoder, Interrupt Cycle),Direct Memory Access.
Text Books :
1. Computer system Architecture, [Link] Mano, Pearson Education(3rd Edition).
Reference Books:
1. Computer Organisation, V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G Vranesic and Safwat G Zaky,
McGraw hill International (4th Edition).
2. Digital Computer Fundamentals, Thomas C Bartee, TMH.
 Code:B16 CS 3109

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an introduction to DBMS, their structure and uses.
2. To prepare SQL commands for creating database objects, populating tables, and retrieve
data.
3. To learn ER model
4. To explore the features of RDBMS.
5. To apply conceptual database design, logical database design and normalization.
6. To know different protocols of Concurrency control
7. To explore Recovery techniques of DBMS like ARIES.

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course a student will be able to
1. Generalize the basic concepts of DBMS
2. Explore the relational model
3. Prepare SQL commands for defining, constructing and manipulating databases
4. Apply conceptual and logical database design
5. Apply normalization on tables
6. Schedule concurrent transactions using protocols that provide serializability.
7. Explore techniques for Recovering database

SYLLABUS
Introduction: Introduction to File Processing System and DBMS, Disadvantages of FPS,
Advantages of DBMS, Introduction to the Relational model, Integrity constraints, Levels of
abstraction, Data Independence, Duties of DBA, Structure of a DBMS.
SQL: SQL Preliminaries, Basic form of SQL Query, Nested Queries, Joins, Set Operations,
Aggregate Operators, Integrity Constraints in SQL, Null values, Data Definition Language
Commands, Triggers, Views and Sequences, JDBC.
Introduction to Database Design: Basic Steps in Database Design, ER Diagrams, Entities,
Attributes and Entity Sets, Relationships & Relationship Sets, Features of the ER Model,
Conceptual Database Design and Logical Database Design.
Database Design: Schema Refinement and Normal Forms, Introduction to Schema
Refinement, Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms, Properties of Decomposition,
Normalization.
Transaction Management : The ACID Properties, Transactions & Schedules, Concurrent
Execution of Transactions, Concurrency Control: Lock-Based Concurrency Control, Two
Phase Locking protocol, Serializability and Recoverability, Dealing with Deadlocks, Time
Stamp Ordering Protocol, Crash Recovery: Log-based Recovery, The Log, Other Recovery-
Related Structures, The Write-Ahead Log Protocol, Check pointing, ARIES.
Text Book:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnann, Johannes Gehrke, 3rd Edition,
McGraw hill, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Database System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, McGraw hill
Education, VI edition, 2010.
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems 5th edition. RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe,
Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Database Management System Oracle SQL and PL/SQL, P.K. Das Gupta, PHI.
4. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning, 2008.
5. Database Systems, A Practical approach to Design Implementation and Management
Fourth edition, Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, Pearson education.
 Code:B16 EE 3106

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objective
This course will introduce the basic concepts and techniques for processing signals. By the
end of the course, student will be familiar with the most important methods in DSP, including
digital filter design, transform-domain processing and importance of Signal Processors.
Course Outcomes
1. Identity properties of discrete-time systems such as time-invariance, stability, causality,
and linearity.
2. Compute the linear and circular convolutions of discrete-time sequences.
3. Evaluate and plot the frequency (magnitude and phase) response of linear time-invariant
systems.
4. Evaluate the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of a sequence, relate it to the DTFT,
5. Evaluate the transfer function of linear time-invariant systems & Determine difference
equations from transfer function descriptions using Z transforms.
6. Design & Compare IIR & FIR filters

SYLLABUS

Discrete - time signals and systems:

Discrete - time signals – sequences, linear shift – invariant systems, stability and causality,
linear constants – coefficient difference equations, frequency domain representation of
discrete – time signals and systems.

Applications of z – transforms:
System functions h (z) of digital systems, stability analysis, structure and realization of digital
filters, finite word length effects.

Discrete Fourier transform (DFT):

Properties of the dfs, dfs representation of periodic sequences, properties of dft, convolution
of sequences.

Fast – Fourier transforms (FFT):

Radix – 2 decimation – in – time (dit) and decimation – in – frequency (dif), fft algorithms,
inverse fft.

IIR digital filter design techniques:

Design of iir filters from analog filters, analog filters approximations ( butterworth and
chebyshev approximations), frequency transformations, general considerations in digital filter
design, bilinear transformation method, step and impulse invariance technique.

Design of IIR filters:

Fourier series method, comparison of iir and fir filters.
Text books:
1. Alan v. Oppenheim & Ronald w. Schafer: digital signal processing, phi.

Reference Books:

1. Sanjit k. Mitra, digital signal processing “A computer based approach”, Tata Mc Graw
hill.
2. Raddae&rabiner, application of digital signal processing.
3. S. P. Eugene xavier, signals, systems and signal processing, s. Chand & co. Ltd.
4. Antonio, analysis and design of digital filters, tata mc graw hill.
 Code: B16 EE 3107

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Conducting experiments on characteristics of generators & motors
2. Load tests on series,shunt,compound motors and compound generators-swinburne's, Hopkinson's
test.
3. OC & SC tests on single phase transformers, Sumpner's test.

Course Outcomes:
1. analyze characteristics of various types of generators & motors which will help in
Understanding of machines under various conditions. (K4)
2. compare Speed control of dc motors which will be useful in various industries.(K4)
3. determine testing of machines will give an idea in testing side in various
industries(K4).

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Swimburn's Test
2. Speed control of a DC shunt motor.
3. Load test on DC Shunt motor.
4. Load test on DC series motor.
5. Load test on DC Compound generator.
6. Open circuit characteristics of a DC shunt generator.
7. Hopkinson's Test.
8. Internal and external characteristics of a DC shunt generator.
9. OC and SC tests on a single phase transformer.
10. Load test on a single phase transformer.
11. Sumpner's Test.

Text Books:
1. Kothari.D.P and Nagrath.I.J., “Electrical Machines”, Tata McGraw [Link],
New Delhi, 5th edition 2002.
2. Bimbhra.P.S, Electrical Machinery,Khanna Publishers, IL Kosow, “ElectricalMachines&
Transformers”, Prentice Hall of India.2nd edition 2003.

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines, by J B Gupta,S K Kataria& Sons
2. Electrical Machines by U A Bakshi and M V Bakshi, Technical Publications
3. Fitgerald, A.E., Charles Kingsely Jr. Stephen [Link], “Electric Machinery”McGraw
Hill Books Company,6thedition 2002.
4. Hill Stephen, Chapman.J, “Electric Machinery Fundamentals”, McGraw HillBook Co.,
New Delhi, 4th edition 2005.
 Code: B16 EC 3108
LINEAR INTIGRATED CIRCUITS & PULSE DIGITAL CIRCUTS LAB WITH
SIMULATION

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in design, assembly and
evaluation of Linear integrated circuits & Pulse Circuits. They will use Multisim to test their
electronic designs.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Design and conduct experiments on RC low pass and high pass circuits.
2. Observe operation of UJT Sweep Generator.
3. Design and test different types of Multi vibrators
4. Acquire a basic knowledge on simple applications of operational amplifier.
5. Design, construct Schmitt trigger using operational amplifier.
6. Use Multisim to test their electronic designs.
7. Design and test different types of Multiplexers and counters.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Linear Wave Shaping

a) Passive RC Differentiator
b) Passive RC Integrator
2. Non Linear Wave shaping
a) Clipping Circuits
b) Clamping Circuits
3) Self bias bistableMultivibrator
4) Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741
5) UJT Sweep Generator
6) AstableMultivibrator using 555 timer
7) Multiplexer
8) Shift Registers
 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(Simulation)

1 Linear Wave Shaping

c) Passive RC Differentiator
d) Passive RC Integrator
2 Non Linear Wave shaping
c) Clipping Circuits
d) Clamping Circuits
3) Self bias bistableMultivibrator
4) Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741
5) UJT Sweep Generator
6) AstableMultivibraotr using 555 timer.
7) Multiplexer
8) Shift Registers

Reference: Lab Manuals

 Code: B16 ENG3102

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:
1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and
identifying errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to
1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and
other reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional
relationships making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS
Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions,
pronouns-number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and
indefinite articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation),
subject – verb agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the
appropriate clause , conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal
verbs) to-infinitives, gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of
comparison, modifiers, determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors
in sentences.
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard
to inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings
of the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context),
foreign phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots,
collocations.
Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption,
inference, conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then
identifying similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to
construct a meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man
(to use logical reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO
statements (sticking to a particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence),
supplying a suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent,
idiomatic language (with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on
the meaning of the sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:
1. Oxford Learners‟s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.
2. R S Agarwal‟s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP
2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
8. I have a Dream by Rashmi Bansal.
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I
Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:
1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‟s problems.
2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also
measurement of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit
and loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.
Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for
any person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for
further studies.
SYLLABUS
Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion
Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding
remainders in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to
find HCF, applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule,
Introducing the concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and
Proportion.
Time and work, Time and Distance
Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination
of the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest,

Partnerships, shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price,
selling price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of
compound interest, Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of
partnership, Sleeping partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and
stocks.
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and
related sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related
to Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter
series, Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north,
south, east, west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:
1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal
2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:
1. Barron‟s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site
 Code: B16 ENG 3103
BASIC CODING
(Common to ECE & EEE)
(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To develop programming skills among the students.

2. To familiarize the student with Control Structures, Loop Structures.
3. To familiarize the student with Basic searching and sorting Methods.
4. To familiarize the student with Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
5. To familiarize the student with Structures and Unions.
6. To familiarize the student with Operating System concepts.
7. To familiarize the student with Networking concepts.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Know about Control Structures, Loop Structures and branching in programming.

2. Know about various searching and sorting methods.
3. Know about Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
4. Know about Structures and Unions.
5. Know different Operating System concepts.
6. Differentiate OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review of Programming constructs

Programming Environment, Expressions formation, Expression evaluation, Input and Output
patterns, Control Structures, Sequential branching, Unconditional branching, Loop
Structures, Coding for Pattern Display.

UNIT II Introduction to Linear Data, strings and pointers

Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and representations, Pattern coding,
Working on character data, Compiler defined methods, Substitution coding for defined
methods, Row Major representation, Column Major representation, Basic searching and
sorting Methods.

UNIT III Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes

Functions – Introduction to modular programming – Function Communication - Pass by
value, Pass by reference – Function pointers – Recursions – Type casting – Storage classes

Practice: programs on passing an array and catching by a pointer, function returning data,
comparison between recursive and Iterative solutions.
Data referencing mechanisms: Pointing to diff. data types, Referencing to Linear data,
Runtime-memory allocation, Named locations vs pointed locations, Referencing a 2D-Matrix
UNIT IV User-defined datatypes, Pre-processor Directives and standard storage
Need for user-defined data type – structure definition – Structure declaration – Array within a
Structure – Array of Structures – Nested Structures - Unions – Declaration of Union data
type, StructVs Union - Enum – Pre-processor directives , Standard storage methods,
Operations on file, File handling methods, Orientation to Object oriented programming

Practice: Structure padding, user-defined data storage and retrieval programs

UNIT V Operating system principles and Database concepts

Introduction to Operating system principles, Process scheduling algorithms, Deadlock
detection and avoidance, Memory management, Networking: Introduction to Networking,
OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite, Datalink layer, Internet layer, DVR Vs. LSR, Transport Layer,
Application Layer

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3108A

DESIGN OF PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

WEEK-01 - THE PV CELL

A historical perspective, PV cell characteristics and equivalent circuit, Model of PV cell,
Short Circuit, Open Circuit and peak power parameters, Datasheet study, Cell efficiency,
Effect of temperature, Temperature effect calculation example, Fill factor, PV cell simulation

WEEK-02 - SERIES AND PARALLEL INTERCONNECTION

Identical cells in series, Load line, Non-identical cells in series, Protecting cells in series,
Interconnecting modules in series, Simulation of cells in series, Identical cells in parallel,
Non-identical cells in parallel, Protecting cells in parallel, Interconnecting modules in
parallel, Simulation of cells in parallel, Measuring I-V characteristics, PV source emulation

WEEK-03 - ENERGY FROM SUN

Insolation and irradiance, Insolation variation with time of day, Earth centric viewpoint and
declination, Solar geometry, Insolation on a horizontal flat plate, Energy on a horizontal flat
plate, Sunrise and sunset hour angles

WEEK-04 - INCIDENT ENERGY ESTIMATION

Energy on a tilted flat plate, Energy plots in octave, Atmospheric effects, Air Mass, Energy
with atmospheric effects, Clearness index, Clearness index and energy scripts in Octave

WEEK-05 - SIZING PV
Sizing PV for applications without batteries, Batteries - Capacity, C-rate, Efficiency, Energy
and power densities, Battery selection, Other energy storage methods, PV system design,
Load profile, Days of autonomy and recharge, Battery size, PV array size, Design toolbox in
octave

WEEK-06 - MAXIMUM POWER POINT TRACKING

MPPT concept, Input impedance of DC-DC converters -Boost converter, Buck converter,
Buck-Boost converter, PV module in SPICE , Simulation - PV and DC-DC interface

WEEK-07 - MPPT ALGORITHMS

Impedance control methods, Reference cell, Sampling method, Power slope methods, Hill
climbing method, Practical points - Housekeeping power supply, Gate driver, MPPT for non-
resistive loads, Simulation
WEEK-08 - PV-BATTERY INTERFACES
Direct PV-battery connection, Charge controller, Battery charger - Understanding current
control, slope compensation, simulation of current control, Batteries in series - charge
equalisation, Batteries in parallel

WEEK-09 - PELTIER COOLING

Peltier device - principle, Peltier element - datasheet, Peltier cooling, Thermal aspects -
Conduction, Convection , A peltier refrigeration example, Radiation and mass transport,
Demo of Peltier cooling

WEEK-10 - PV AND WATER PUMPING

Water pumping principle, Hydraulic energy and power, Total dynamic head, Numerical
solution - Colebrook formula, Octave script for head calculation, Octave script for hydraulic
power, Centrifugal pump, Reciprocating pump, PV power, Pumped hydro application

WEEK-11 - PV-GRID INTERFACE-I

Grid connection principle, PV to grid topologies, 3ph d-q controlled grid connection, dq-axis
theory, AC to DC transformations, DC to AC transformations, Complete 3ph grid connection,
1ph d-q controlled grid connection

WEEK-12 - PV-GRID INTERFACE-II and LIFE CYCLE COSTING

SVPWM, Application of integrated magnetics, Life cycle costing, Growth models, Annual
payment and present worth factor, LCC with examples

SUGGESTED READING

1. Chenming, H. and White, R.M., Solar Cells from B to Advanced Systems, McGraw
Hill Book Co, 1983
2. Ruschenbach, HS, Solar Cell Array Design Hand Varmostrand, Reinhold, NY, 1980
3. Proceedings of IEEE Photovoltaics Specialists Conferences, Solar Energy Journal.

WEB LINK:

[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3108B

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN OF DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1: Efficient technique/s for Algorithm to Architecture Mapping

Week 2: Efficient technique/s for Algorithm to Architecture Mapping
Week 3: Recent Trends on Adder/Subtractor Design
Week 4: Recent Trends on Multiplier/Divider Design
Week 5: Efficient VLSI Architectures for Various DSP blocks (FIR filter, CORDIC, FFT
etc)
Week 6: Efficient VLSI Architectures for Various DSP blocks (FIR filter, CORDIC, FFT
etc)
Week 7: Fundamentals of Efficient Design and Implementation strategies of Digital VLSI
Design (Clock Tree synthesis, Timing Closure, Synthesis)
Week 8: Fundamentals of Efficient Design and Implementation strategies of Digital VLSI
Design (Clock Tree synthesis, Timing Closure, Synthesis)

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALS:

1. Computer Arithmetic (B. Parhami).

2. Digital Arithmetic (M. D. Ercegovac and T. Lang) .
3. Advanced Arithmetic for the Digital Computer (K. Ulrich)

WEB LINK:

[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3108C

RECENT ADVANCES IN TRANSMISSION INSULATORS

(MOOCS-I)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1: Introduction, Important components of transmission system, Insulation,

coordination, Design and selection of insulators for transmission/distribution.

Week 2 : Non ceramic insulators performance-service experience ,Pollution/contamination

flashover phenomena, modelling etc ,Failures, importance of reliability and testing.

Week 3 : High Voltage testing and techniques employed ,HV testing techniques for
Ceramic/glass Insulators ,HV testing on Composite Insulators.

Week 4 : Surface degradation studies on composite insulators ,Recent studies on composite

insulators / Summary.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALS:

[Link] Das Begamudre, “ Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering”, New Age
International(P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2000.
2.E Kuffel, W S Zaengl and J Kuffel, “High Voltage Engg. Fundamentals”, textbook
published by Newness publishers, second edition, 2000.
[Link] IEEE Journal / Conference and CIGRE publications. • “Outdoor Insulators”, Ravi
group, Edward Cherney & Jeffery Burnham Text book, 1999
[Link] for High Voltage – J S T Looms, text book, Peregrines, 1988 • K Papailiou and F
Schmuck, “Silicone Composite Insulators: Materials, design, Applications for Power
systems, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012.

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)

III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
II-SEMESTER
Total
Lect Tutori
Cred Lab Contact Sessional Exam Total
Code No. Course ure al
its Hrs Hrs/We Marks Marks Marks
Hrs Hrs
ek
B16 EE Advanced Control
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201 Systems
B16 EE
Power Electronics 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202
B16 ENG Principles of Economics
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201 & Management
B16 EE Power System
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203 Protection
B16 EE Microprocessor &
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3204 Microcontroller
B16 EE Electrical Machines -II
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3205 Lab
B16 EE
Control Systems Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3206
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202 Aptitude-II
B16 EE
Mini Project 2 -- -- 3 3 50 -- 50
3207
#M-II MOOCS-II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
#M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
Total 32 28 5 9 42 600 450 1050

B16 ENG 3204 Advanced Coding

B16 EE 3208A Matlab Programming for Numerical Computation
#M-II
B16 EE 3208B Introduction to Internet of Things
B16 EE 3208C Electromagnetic Theory
B16 EE 3209A Industrial Automation And Control
B16 EE 3209B Introduction to Smart Grid
#M-III
B16 EE 3209C Analog IC Design
B16 EE 3209D Mechanism and RobotKinematics
 Code: B16 EE 3201

ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Introducing control system components construction and application.
2. Introducing state variable techniques.
3. To introduce Z-transforms and inverse Z-transform.
4. Introducing classical and modern controllers.
5. To introduce stability tests- Bilinear transformation and Jury's test.

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Know the various components and usage of each component. (K2)
2. Derive stat space model for a given systems and Apply the concept of Observability and
Controllability for LTI system. (K3).
3. Apply Z- transform in Engineering application related to digital control systems(K3).
4. Design classical controller based on bode plots and modern controllers based on the state
space techniques. (K3)
5. Test the digital system which is useful after designing a particular system with respect to
the stability point of view.(K3)
SYLLABUS

CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPONENTS: D.C. & A.C. Tachometers-Synchros, A.C.

AndD.C. Servo Motors-Stepper Motors And Its Use In Control Systems, Amplidyne,
Metadyne, Magnetic Amplifier –Principle, Operation.

STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS: Concept Of State, State Variables & State Models, State
Model For Linear Continuous Time Systems, Solution Of State Equation, State Transition
Matrix, Concept Of Controllability & Observability (Simple Problems To Understand
Theory).

THE Z-TRANSFORM: Introduction To Z-Transforms And Inverse Z-Transforms. (Simple

Problems To Understand Theory).

INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN: Introduction-Preliminary Considerations OfClassical

Design-Lead Compensation-Lag Compensation-Realization Of Compensating Networks-
Cascade Compensation In Frequency Domain (Bode Plot Techniques) - Pole Placement By
State Feed-Back.

STABILITY: Stability Of Linear Digital Control Systems, Definition & Theorem, Stability
Tests, Bi-Linear Transformation Method, Jury‟s Stability Test.
Text Books:

1. Control Systems Components By G.J. Gibson &Tuetor

2. Control Systems By R.C. Sukla, Dhanpathrai Publications
3. Control Systems Engineering By I.J. Nagrath&[Link], Wiley Eastern Limited.
4. Automatic Control Systems By B.C. Kuo, Prentice Hall Publication
5. Digital Control Systems By B.C. Kuo, Second Edition, Saunders College Publication-
1992

Reference Books:

1. Control System Principles & Design By M. Gopal, Tmh, 1998.

2. Digital Control Systems (Software & Hardware) By Laymount&Azzo
3. Digital Control Systems By Ogata
 Code: B16 EE 3202

POWER ELECTRONICS
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concepts of Power Semiconductor devices and their applications.
2. To understand the need of Energy conversion and effective implementation methods.
Course outcomes:
Student should able to
1. Explain the principle of operation of thyristor, modern power semiconductor devices and
necessity of series and parallel connection of thyristors.
2. Explain the operation of Firing and Commutation techniques.
3. Evaluate the phase controlled rectifiers with different loads.
4. Analyze different Choppers, Cycloconverter and AC voltage Controller configurations.
5. Investigate harmonic reduction techniques for inverters based on PWM techniques.

SYLLABUS

Modern Power Semi Conductor Devices

Thyristors – Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs) – BJT – Power MOSFET – Power IGBT
and their characteristics. Basic theory of operation of SCR – Static characteristics and
Dynamic characteristics of SCR - Turn on and Turn off times – Turn on and turn off
methods. Two transistor analogy of SCR -Series and parallel connections of SCRs Snubber
circuit details – Numerical problems.
Thyristorfiring and Commutationcircuits
SCR trigger circuits-R, RC and UJT triggering circuits. The various commutation methods of
SCRs-Load commutation- Resonant Pulse Commutation- Complementary Commutation-
Impulse Commutation- External Pulse Commutation Techniques. Protection of SCRs
Phase Controlled Rectifiers
Principles of phase controlled rectification -Study of Single phase and three-phase half
controlled and full controlled bridge rectifiers with R, RL, RLE loads. Effect of source
inductance. Dual converters- circulating current mode and circulating current free mode-
control strategies. Numerical problems.
Choppers, Cyclonverter and AC Voltage Controller
Classification of Choppers A, B, C, D and E, Switching mode regulators-Study of Buck,
Boost and Buck-Boost regulators, Cukregulators . Principle of operation of Single phase
bridge type Cycloconverter and their applications. Single phase AC Voltage Controllers with
R and RL loads.
Inverters
Principle of operation of Single phase Inverters -Three phase bridge Inverters (1800 and 1200
modes)-voltage control of inverters-Single pulse width modulation- multiple pulse width
modulation, sinusoidal pulse width modulation. Harmonic reduction techniues- Comparison
of Voltage Source Inverters and Current source Inverters.

Text Books:
1. Power electronics - P.S. Bimbhra- Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition
2. Power electronics – M.D. Singh & K.B. Kanchandhani, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing
Company, 2nd edition.
Reference Books:
1. Power Electronics: Circuits Devices and Applications – M.H. Rashid, Prentice Hall of
India, 3rd edition.
2. Power Electronics – VedamSubramanyam, New Age International (p) Limited,
Publishers.
3. Power Electronics – P.C. Sen, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing.
4. Thyristorised power Controllers – G.K. Dubey, S.R Doradra, A. Joshi and R.M.K. Sinha,
New Age international Pvt Ltd. Publishers latest edition
 Code: B16 ENG 3201

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
1. To familiarise Engineering students with the real world of business.
2. To provide capacity to analyse business decisions by understanding the origin & concepts
of economics.
3. To provide capacity to analyse business decisions by understanding the concepts of
management.
4. To help engineering students know the need and importance of entrepreneurship.

Course outcomes
1. Students will be able to gain empirical knowledge and understand the complete frame
work of business.
2. To analyse the concepts pertaining to economic decision making.
3. To analyse the concepts of Managerial decision making.
4. To inculcate the spirit of Entrepreneurship and gain knowledge for setting up an
enterprise.
SYLLABUS

Introduction to Managerial Economics:

Wealth, Welfare and Scarce Definitions of Economics, Micro and Macro Economics,
Demand –Law of Demand, Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity and Factors
Determining price Elasticity; Demand :Utility-Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility and its
limitations.

Conditions of Different Market Structures:

Perfect Competition, Monopolistic Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Duopoly.

Forms of Business Organisation:

Sole Proprietorship, Partnership, Joint Stock Company-Private Limited and public limited
Companies. Public Enterprise and their types.

Introduction to Management:
Functions of Management – Taylor‟s Scientific Management; Henry Fayol‟s Principles of
Management;

Human Resource Management:

Basic functions of HR Manager; Man Power Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training,
Development, Placement, Compensation and Performance Appraisal (In Brief).
Production Management:
Production Planning and Control, Plant Location, Break-Even Analysis, Assumptions and
Applications.

Financial Management:
Types of capital; Fixed and Working Capital and Methods of Raising Finance; Depreciation;
Straight Line and Diminishing Balance Methods.

Marketing Management:
Functions of Marketing and Distribution channels

Entrepreneurship-
Entrepreneurial Functions, Entrepreneurial Development; Objectives, Training, Benefits;
Phase of Installing a Project.

Text Books:

1. K KDewtt, Modern Economic Theory ,[Link]& Company New Delhi-55

2. [Link] and Banga T.R, Industrial Organisation and engineering EconomicsKhanna
Publications Delhi-6

Reference Books:

1. [Link] Management Science,Tata McGraw-Hill,New Delhi-20

2. [Link], Managerial Economics and financial analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill,New
Delhi-20
 Code: B16 EE 3203
POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To know the need for protection, various devices for protection and to be familiar with
the terminology used in the power system protection.
2. To understand the working of various types of fuses and circuit breakers and various
challenges during their operation.
3. To know the principle of operation,classification, constructional features and testing of
circuit breakers.
4. To be familiar with the principle of operation and different types of protective relays and
their application to alternators, transformers and feeders.
5. To understand the concepts of over voltage protection and devices used for overvoltage
protection.

Course Outcomes:
Students are able to
1. Identify the need for protection and know various devices for protection and terminology
used in protection.
2. Discriminate the constructional details with operation principle of various types of fuses,
circuit breakers, relays, lightning arresters and their applications.
3. Apply the arc quenching methods to various types of circuit breakers.
4. Apply various relays to various types of power system equipment like alternator,
transformer and feeders and distinguish between an electromagnetic relay and a static
relay.
5. Identify the different causes for over voltages and choose various protection devices
against over voltages.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Power System Protection: Need for protective systems, Nature and causes
of faults, Types and effects of faults, Fault statistics, Evolution of protective relays, Zones of
protection, Primary and Back-up protection, Essential qualities of protection, Classification
of protective relays, Classification of Protective Scheme, CTs and PTs and their applications
in protection schemes, Summation transformer, Phase-sequence current segregating network,
Basic relay terminology.

Fuses and Circuit Breakers: Fuses and their types, High-voltage HRC fuses and their
applications, Selection of fuses. Circuit breakers, Formation of arc, Methods of arc
extinction, Restriking voltage, Recovery voltage, RRRV, Single and double frequency
transients, Resistance switching, Current chopping, Switching of capacitor banks and un-
loaded lines, Ratings and characteristics of circuit breakers.
Types of Circuit Breakers and Testing: Principle of operation of circuit breakers,
Classification of circuit breakers, Constructional Features of Air Circuit Breakers, Oil Circuit
Breakers, Air Blast Circuit Breakers, SF-6 Circuit Breakers and Vacuum Circuit Breakers,
Testing of Circuit Breakers.

Protective Relays: Different types of protective relays, Principle of operation and

characteristics of relays, Overcurrent, Earth fault and Phase fault protection, Differential and
Distance protection with simple applications to Alternators; Transformers; Single and parallel
feeders. Introduction to Static relaying, Static relays for time lag Overcurrent and Differential
Protection.

Overvoltage Protection: Causes of over voltages, Over voltages due to Lightning,

Protection against Lightning and Travelling Waves – Earth Wire, Spark Gap, Surge
Arresters, Lightning Arresters, Surge Absorber, Peterson Coil, Insulation Co-ordination.

Text Books:
1. “Power System Protection and Switchgear" by Badri Ram and D. N. Vishwakarma, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2001.

Reference Books:

1. “Electrical Power Systems” by C. L. Wadhwa, New Age International, 2009.

2. “Power System Protection” by Paul M Anderson, Wiely, 1998.
3. “Switchgear Protection and Power Systems”, by Sunil S. Rao, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
 Code: B16 EE 3204

MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
1. Study the architecture of 8085 microprocessor, functions, instruction sets etc.
2. Architecture of different peripherals like 8259,8255,8279 and A/D and D/A convertors
3. Study the architecture of 8051 microcontroller, functions etc.
4. study 8086 architecture and addressing.

Course Outcomes
1. Understand thefundamentals of 8085 Microprocessor and microcontroller based systems.
2. Familiarize with the instruction set and assembly level programming.
3. Illustrate how the different peripherals (8255, 8253 etc.) are interfaced with
Microprocessor.
4. Distinguish and analyze the properties of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers.
5. Apply knowledge on interfacing microcontrollers for some real time applications.

SYLLABUS

8085 Microprocessor:
Introduction to microprocessors, micro computers – Architecture of 8085 microprocessor –
pin-out diagram of 8085 – Detailed description of the 8085 pins – addressing modes
Memory interfacing – Machine cycles and bus timings for Opcodefetch,memory read,
memory write, I/O read, I/O write operations – Memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O.

8085 Instructions and programming:

Difference between Machine language, Assembly language and High level language – Brief
description of the 8085 instruction set – 8085 programming using data transfer group,
arithmetic group, logical group, branch transfer group, stack and subroutines – counters and
delay .

Interfacing peripherals to 8085:

Function of D/A and A/D converters – Interfacing D/A and A/D converters. Detailed
description and interfacing of 8251 USART, 8253/8254 programmable timer, 8255 PPI, 8257
DMA controller, 8279 programmable keyboard/display interface

8051 Microcontroller:
Introduction to microcontrollers – Comparison between microprocessors and
microcontrollers – Functional block diagram of 8051 microcontroller and its description –
8051 pin-out diagram and description of 8051 pins – Interfacing external memory to 8051 –
implementing counters and timers in 8051 – Serial data transfer using 8051 – Various
interrupts and its programming in 8051. Interfacing Stepper motor, to 8051 microcontroller.
Advanced topics in Microprocessors:
Architecture of 8086 microprocessor pin out diagram – Addressing modes – differences
between 8085 and 8086.

Text Books:

1. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with

the 8085, Penram International Publishing, New Delhi, 5th edition, 2008.
2. Kenneth. [Link], The 8051 Microcontroller, Cengage learning, 3rdedition ,2005.
3. [Link] and Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”, 2nd Edition,
TMH Publications

Reference Books:

1. Douglas [Link], “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, 2nd Revised Edition, TMH

[Link]”, 2nd ed., PHI
2. Krishna Kant, “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”, PHI Publisher.
 Code: B16 EE 3205

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50
Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Students conduct experiments on characteristics of synchronous and induction machines.

Course Outcomes:
Students are able to
1. Calculate the regulation of an alternator by EMF,MMF and ZPF methods [K3]
2. Verify Alternator synchronism and draw the performance characteristics, finding out
different reactances. [K4]
3. Find the efficiency and machine performances by conducting various tests on 3-Φ and 1-
Φ induction motor. [K3]
4. Verify the speed variation of induction machine. [K4]

List of Experiments
1. NL and BR test on a three phase squirrel cage induction motor.
2. Regulation of alternator by EMF and MMF methods.
3. Regulation of alternator by ZPF method.
4. Characterisitcs of line excited induction generator.
5. Characteristics of induction start synchronous motor.
6. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor.
7. V and inverted V curves of synchronous motor.
8. Measurement of Xd and Xq of a synchronous machine.
9. Equivalent circuit of a single phase induction motor.
10. Measurement of sequence reactance of a synchronous machine.

Text Books:
1. Nagrath& Kothari,” Electric Machines” TMH
2. PS Bhimbra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:
1. Fitzgerald & Kingsley, “Electric Machinery” McGraw Hill
2. Alexander S. Langsdorf, “AC Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. MG Say, “Theory Performance and Design of AC Machines” CBS Publisher
 Code: B16 EE 3206

CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50
Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course objectives:
1. They get the basic knowledge on practical control system.
2. They get the knowledge on applications of machines & electronic devices with control
systems.

Course outcomes:
1. Will be able to do various engineering projects.
2. Ability to formulate transfer function for given control system problems.
3. Ability to find time response of given control system model.
4. Plot Root Locus and Bode plots for given control system model
5. Ability to design Lead, Lag, Lead-Lag systems in control systems
6. Ability to design PID controllers for given control system model

List of experiments:
1. Magnetic amplifier
2. Study of DC Servo motor
3. DC Position control system
4. Study of first order system
5. Study of second order system
6. Speed torque characteristics of AC Servomotor
7. PID Controller
8. Synchro Transmitter and Receive pair
9. Study of digital control system
10. Study of Lead-Lag compensators

Reference books:
1. Control Systems Engineering - I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International (P)
Limited, Publishers.
2. Control Systems - A. Ananad Kumar, PHI
3. Control Systems Theory and Applications - S. K. Bhattacharya, Pearson.
4. Control Systems - N. K. Sinha, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers.
 Code: B16ENG3202

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II

Course objectives:
1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written
discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing
data, preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different
situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to
instill confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and
written discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked
based on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words
or sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries
of group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional
manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language
effectively according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a
positive mind, tailor make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal
interviews, exhibit skills required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical,
HR) that they would face during the course of their recruitment process.
SYLLABUS
UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives),
Sentence equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit
in the blank), cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct
options from the alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with
emphasis on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‟s
intention of writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming,
scanning), summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for
answering questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable
titles to the passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing
a „Statement of purpose‟, „Letters of Recommendation‟, business letter writing, email
writing, writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book
review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents
and developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about
Industry / Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing
about Selection process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume
Review, Group Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection
and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‟s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like „The Hindu‟, „Times of India‟, „Economic Times‟.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:
1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.
2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and PushpaLatha, Second Edition, OUP.
3. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
4. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.
2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II
Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:
1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and
accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.
Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data
interpretation problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different
positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of
cone, cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS
UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation
Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard
method. Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs,
Problems of data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie
charts, Problems of data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

UNIT III :Periods, Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids

Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if
the angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day
for the given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to
cubes, Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.
UNIT IV: Puzzles
Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems-
circular arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.
UNIT V:Geometry and Menstruation
Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and
properties, Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on
circles, Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction
of cylinder, cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:
1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal
2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:
1. Barron‟s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from „IMS, Career Launcher and Time‟ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.
 Code: B16 EE 3207

MINI PROJECT
Lab: 3 Hrs. Sessionals : 50
Credits :2

Course objectives:
1. To make active participation of the student in identifying and finding the solutions
involved in the making of project.
2. Gain knowledge on various softwares,micro controllers and different components.
3. To improve problem solving skills and managing skills of the student.

Course out comes:

The student will be able to
1. Identify the area of project work through the literature survey.
2. Plan the project activity with constraints required to implement it.
3. Develop communication and presentation skills.
4. Work as team member for core/multidisciplinary projects.
 Code: B16 ENG 3204
ADVANCED CODING
(Common to ECE & EEE)
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basics of modular programming
2. To learn about ADT, Linked Lists and Templates.
3. To investigate different methods to find time complexities.
4. To learn about Java collections and Libraries

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, a student should be able to:
1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of modular programming
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on linked lists
3. Acquire coding knowledge on ADT
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on Java libraries and Collections

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review Coding essentials and modular programming

Introduction to Linear Data, Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and
representations, Pattern coding.
Introduction to modular programming: Formation of methods, Methods: Signature and
definition, Inter-method communication, Data casting & storage classes, Recursions

UNIT II Linear Linked Data

Introduction to structure pointer, Creating Links Basic problems on Linked lists, Classical
problems on linked lists. Circular Linked lists, Operations on CLL, Multiple links, Operations
on Doubly linked lists

UNIT III Abstract Data-structures

Stack data-structure, Operations on stack, Infix/Prefix/Post fix expression evaluations,
Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked lists.
Queue data-structure: Operations on Queues, Formation of a circular queue, Implementation
of queue using stack, Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using
linked lists

UNIT IV Running time analysis of code and organization of linear list data
Code evaluation w.r.t running time, Loop Complexities, Recursion complexities, Searching
techniques: sequential Vs. binary searching.
Organizing the list data, Significance of sorting algorithms, Basic Sorting Techniques:
Bubble sort, selection sort, Classical sorting techniques: Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge
sort.
UNIT V Standard Library templates and Java collections
Introduction to C++ language features, Working on STLs, Introduction to Java as Object
Oriented language, Essential Java Packages, Coding logics.

Note: This course should focus on Problems

References:
1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and
[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3208A

MATLAB PROGRAMMING FOR NUMERICAL COMPUTATION

(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Module 1: Introduction to MATLAB Programming

This module will introduce the students to MATLAB programming through a few examples.
Students who have used MATLAB are still recommended to do this module, as it introduces
MATLAB in context of how we use it in this course

Lecture 1-1 Basics of MATLAB programming

Lecture 1-2 Array operations in MATLAB
Lecture 1-3 Loops and execution control
Lecture 1-4 Working with files: Scripts and Functions
Lecture 1-5 Plotting and program output

Module 2: Approximations and Errors

Taylor‟s / Maclaurin series expansion of some functions will be used to introduce
approximations and errors in computational methods
Lecture 2-1 Defining errors and precision in numerical methods
Lecture 2-2 Truncation and round-off errors
Lecture 2-3 Error propagation, Global and local truncation errors

Module 3: Numerical Differentiation and Integration

Methods of numerical differentiation and integration, trade-off between truncation and round-
off errors, error propagation and MATLAB functions for integration will be discussed.
Lecture 3-1 Numerical Differentiation in single variable
Lecture 3-2 Numerical differentiation: Higher derivatives
Lecture 3-3 Differentiation in multiple variables
Lecture 3-4 Newton-Cotes integration formulae
Lecture 3-5 Multi-step application of Trapezoidal rule
Lecture 3-6 MATLAB functions for integration

Module 4: Linear Equations

The focus of this module is to do a quick introduction of most popular numerical methods in
linear algebra, and use of MATLAB to solve practical problems.
Lecture 4-1 Linear algebra in MATLAB
Lecture 4-2 Gauss Elimination
Lecture 4-3 LU decomposition and partial pivoting
Lecture 4-4 Iterative methods: Gauss Siedel
Lecture 4-5 Special Matrices: Tri-diagonal matrix algorithm
Module 5: Nonlinear Equations
After introduction to bisection rule, this module primarily covers Newton-Raphson method
and MATLAB routines fzero and fsolve.
Lecture 5-1 Nonlinear equations in single variable
Lecture 5-2 MATLAB function fzero in single variable
Lecture 5-3 Fixed-point iteration in single variable
Lecture 5-4 Newton-Raphson in single variable
Lecture 5-5 MATLAB function fsolve in single and multiple variables
Lecture 5-6 Newton-Raphson in multiple variables

Module 6: Regression and Interpolation

The focus will be practical ways of using linear and nonlinear regression and interpolation
functions in MATLAB.
Lecture 6-1 Introduction
Lecture 6-2 Linear least squares regression(including lsqcurvefit function)
Lecture 6-3 Functional and nonlinear regression (including lsqnonlin function)
Lecture 6-4 Interpolation in MATLAB using spline and pchip

Module 7: Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE) – Part 1

Explicit ODE solving techniques in single variable will be covered in this module.
Lecture 7-1 Introduction to ODEs; Implicit and explicit Euler‟s methods
Lecture 7-2 Second-Order Runge-Kutta Methods
Lecture 7-3 MATLAB ode45 algorithm in single variable
Lecture 7-4 Higher order Runge-Kutta methods
Lecture 7-5 Error analysis of Runge-Kutta method

Module 8: Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE) – Practical aspects

This module will cover ODE solving in multiple variables, stiff systems, and practical
problems. The importance of ODEs in engineering is reflected by the fact that two modules
are dedicated to ODEs.
Lecture 8-1 MATLAB ode45 algorithm in multiple variables
Lecture 8-2 Stiff ODEs and MATLAB ode15s algorithm
Lecture 8-3 Practical example for ODE-IVP
Lecture 8-4 Solving transient PDE using Method of Lines

REFERENCE MATERIALS
Textbook:
Fausett L.V. (2007) Applied Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, 2nd Ed., Pearson
Education
Reference Book:
Chapra S.C. and Canale R.P. (2006) Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3208B
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS
(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1: Introduction to IoT: Part I, Part II, Sensing, Actuation, Basics of Networking: Part-I

Week 2: Basics of Networking: Part-II, Part III, Part IV, Communication Protocols: Part I,
Part II

Week 3: Communication Protocols: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Sensor Networks: Part I, Part II

Week 4: Sensor Networks: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Part VI, Machine-to-Machine
Communications

Week 5: Interoperability in IoT, Introduction to Arduino Programming: Part I, Part II,

Integration of Sensors and Actuators with Arduino: Part I, Part II

Week 6: Introduction to Python programming: Part I, Part II, Introduction to Raspberry Pi:
Part I, Part II, Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi: Part I

Week 7: Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi: Part II, Part III, Introduction to SDN: Part
I, Part II, SDN for IoT: Part I

Week 8: SDN for IoT: Part II, Data Handling and Analytics: Part I, Part II, Cloud
Computing: Part I, Part II

Week 9: Cloud Computing: Part III, Part IV, Part V, Sensor-Cloud: Part I, Part II

Week 10: Fog Computing: Part I, Part II, Smart Cities and Smart Homes: Part I, Part II, Part
III

Week 11: Connected Vehicles: Part I, Part II, Smart Grid: Part 1, Part II, Industrial IoT: Part I

Week 12: Industrial IoT: Part I, Case Study: Agriculture, Healthcare, Activity Monitoring:
Part I, Part II

SUGGESTED READING

1. "The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases", by Pethuru
Raj and Anupama C. Raman (CRC Press)
2. "Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by ArshdeepBahga and Vijay Madisetti
(Universities Press)
3. Research papers

WEB LINK:

[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3208C
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
(MOOCS-II)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1 : Coulomb's law and electric fields

Week 2 : Gauss's law, potential and energy, conductors and dielectrics
Week 3 : Laplace and Poisson equations, solution methods, and capacitance
Week 4 : Biot-Savart and Ampere's laws, inductance calculation
Week 5 : Magnetic materials, Faraday's law and quasi-static analysis
Week 6 : Maxwell equations and uniform plane waves
Week 7 : Wave propagation in dielectrics and conductors, skin effect, normal incidence
Week 8 : Oblique incidence, Snell's law, and total internal reflection
Week 9 : Transmission lines, Smith chart, impedance matching
Week 10 : Transients and pulse propagation on transmission line
Week 11 : Waveguides: Metallic and Dielectric
Week 12 : Antenna fundamentals

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALS:

• Engineering Electromagnetics, W. H. Hayt and J. A. Buck, 7th edition, Tata McGraw Hill
• Electromagnetics with applications, J. D. Kraus and Fleisch, Tata McGraw-Hill
• Principles of Electromagnetics, M. O. Sadiku, Oxford University Press
• Fields and Waves in Communication Electronics, S. Ramo, J. R. Whinnery, and T. Van
Duzer, Wiley

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3209A
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND CONTROL
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Module I
1 Introduction
2 Introduction(Cont.)
3 Architecture of Industrial Automation Systems
4 Architecture of Industrial Automation Systems(Cont.)
Module II
5 Measurement Systems Characteristics
6 Measurement Systems Characteristics(Cont.)
7 Data Acquisition Systems
8 Data Acquisition Systems (Cont.)
Module III
9 Introduction to Automatic Control
10 Introduction to Automatic Control(Cont.)
11 P-I-D Control
12 P-I-D Control(Cont.)
13 PID Control Tuning
14 PID Control Tuning(Cont.)
15 Feedforward Control Ratio Control
16 Feedforward Control Ratio Control(Cont.)
17 Time Delay Systems and Inverse Response Systems
18 Time Delay Systems and Inverse Response Systems(Cont.)
19 Special Control Structures
20 Special Control Structures(Cont.)
21 Concluding Lesson on Process Control (Self-study)
22 Introduction to Sequence Control, PLC , RLL
23 Introduction to Sequence Control, PLC, RLL(Cont.)
24 Sequence Control. Scan Cycle, Simple RLL Programs
25 Sequence Control. Scan Cycle, Simple RLL Programs(Cont.)
26 Sequence Control. More RLL Elements, RLL Syntax
27 Sequence Control. More RLL Elements, RLL Syntax(Cont.)
28 A Structured Design Approach to Sequence Control
29 A Structured Design Approach to Sequence Control(Cont.)
30 PLC Hardware Environment
31 PLC Hardware Environment(Cont.)
Module IV
32 Flow Control Valves
33 Flow Control Valves(Cont.)
34 Hydraulic Control Systems - I
35 Hydraulic Control Systems – I(Cont.)
36 Hydraulic Control Systems - II
37 Hydraulic Control Systems – II(Cont.)
38 Industrial Hydraulic Circuit
39 Industrial Hydraulic Circuit(Cont.)
40 Pneumatic Control Systems - I
41 Pneumatic Control Systems – I(Cont.)
42 Pneumatic Systems - II
43 Pneumatic Systems – II(Cont.)
44 Energy Savings with Variable Speed Drives
45 Energy Savings with Variable Speed Drives(Cont.)
46 Introduction To CNC Machines
47 Introduction To CNC Machines(Cont.)
Module V
48 The Fieldbus Network - I
49 The Fieldbus Network - I(Cont.)
50 Higher Level Automation Systems
51 Higher Level Automation Systems(Cont.)
52 Course Review and Conclusion (Self-study)

SUGGESTED READING

[Link] Instrumentation, Control and Automation, S. Mukhopadhyay, S. Sen and A. K.

Deb, Jaico Publishing House, 2013.
2. Chemical Process Control, an Introduction to Theory and Practice, George
Stephanopoulos, Prentice Hall India, 2012.
[Link] Motor Drives, Modelling, Analysis and Control, R. Krishnan, Prentice Hall India,
2002.
[Link] Control Systems, Herbert E. Merritt, Wiley, 1991

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3209B
INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1 :

 Introduction to Smart Grid-I

 Introduction to Smart Grid-II
 Architecture of Smart Grid System
 Standards for Smart Grid System
 Elements and Technologies of Smart Grid System

Week 2 :

 Elements and Technologies of Smart Grid System-II

 Distributed Generation Resources-I
 Distributed Generation Resources-II
 Distributed Generation Resources-III
 Distributed Generation Resources-IV

Week 3 :

 Wide Area Monitoring Systems-I

 Wide Area Monitoring Systems-II
 Phasor Estimation-I
 Phasor Estimation-II
 Digital relays for Smart Grid Protection

Week 4 :

 Islanding Detection Techniques-I

 lslanding Detection Techniques-II
 Islanding Detection Techniques-III
 Islanding Detection Techniques-IV
 Smart Grid Protection-I

Week 5 :

 Smart Grid Protection-II

 Smart Grid Protection-III
 Modelling of Storage Devices
 Modelling of DC Smart Grid components
 Operation and control of AC Microgrid-I
Week 6 :

 Operation and control of AC Microgrid-II

 Operation and control of DC Microgrid-I
 Operation and control of DC Microgrid-II
 Operation and control of AC-DC hybrid Microgrid-I
 Operation and control of AC-DC hybrid Microgrid-II

Week 7 :

 Simulation and Case study of AC Microgrid

 Simulation and Case study of DC Microgrid
 Simulation and Case Study of AC-DC Hybrid Microgrid
 Demand side management. of Smart Grid
 Demand response analysis of Smart Grid

Week 8 :

 Energy Management
 Design of Smart grid and Practical Smart Grid case study-I
 Design of Smart grid and Practical Smart Grid case study-II
 System Analysis of AC/DC Smart Grid
 Conclusions

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALS:

[Link] power grids by A Keyhani, M Marwali.

[Link] Relaying for Power Systems by ArunPhadke
[Link] Architecture and control by Nikos Hatziargyriou
[Link] Energy Systems by Fang Lin Luo, Hong Ye
[Link]-sourced converters in power systems_ modeling, control, and applications by
AmirnaserYazdani, Reza Iravani"

WEB LINK:

[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3209C
ANALOG IC DESIGN
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1 Introduction to Integrated Circuits; Review of some simple MOS amplifiers

Week 2 Noise in circuits; Noise analysis of common circuits
Week 3 Mismatch in circuits
Week 4 Introduction to negative feedback; frequency response and Bode plots
Week 5 Loop gain and stability; Dominant pole compensation
Week 6 Block level conceptualization of single- and two-stage opamps
Week 7 Differential and common-mode analysis; Differential amplifiers
Week 8 Single-stage opamp
Week 9 Telescopic opamp
Week 10 Folded cascodeopamp
Week 11 Two-stage opamp
Week 12 Fully differential opamps; common-mode feedback

SUGGESTED READING

 Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits by BehzadRazavi; Tata McGraw-Hill

Edition 2006 (ISBN: 0070529035).

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 Code: B16 EE 3209D
MECHANISM AND ROBOT KINEMATICS
(MOOCS-III)

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Week 1: Introduction to Mechanisms and Robotics, Mobility Analysis-I

Week 2: Mobility Analysis-II, Displacement Analysis: constrained mechanisms and robots-I

Week 3: Displacement Analysis: constrained mechanisms and robots-II

Week 4: Displacement Analysis: constrained mechanisms and robots- III, Velocity Analysis:
constrained mechanisms and robots-I

Week 5: Velocity Analysis: constrained mechanisms and robots-II

Week 6: Velocity Analysis: constrained mechanisms and robots-III

Week 7: Velocity Analysis: singularity and path generation, Acceleration Analysis, Force
Analysis-I

Week 8: Force Analysis-II, Coordinate Transformations and kinematics of serial robots

REFERENCES:

1. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines: A. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik

2. Kinematics, Dynamics and Design of Machinery: K.J. Waldron and G.L. Kinzel
3. Robotics: K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee
4. Foundations of Robotics: T. Yoshikawa

WEB LINK:
[Link]
 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)
Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204
ESTD: 1980
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
I-SEMESTER
Total
Tutori Sessio Exam
Code Lecture Lab Contact Total
Course Credits al nal Mark
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs/ Marks
Hrs Marks s
Week
B16 IT
Computer Networks 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3101
B16 IT
Web Technologies 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3102
B16 IT Formal Languages And
4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3103 Automata Theory
B16 IT Database Management
Systems 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
3104
# ELE-I ELECTIVE-I 4 3 1 - 4 30 70 100
B16 IT Database Management
Systems Lab 2 - - 3 3 50 50 100
3109
B16 IT
Web Technologies Lab 2 - - 3 3 50 50 100
3110
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3102 Aptitude-I
# M-I MOOCS-I 2 4 -- - 4 100 -- 100
# M-II MOOCS-II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
Total 30 28 5 6 39 550 450 1000

B16 IT 3105 Principles of Programming Languages

B16 IT 3106 Advanced Computer Architecture
# ELE-I
B16 IT 3107 File Structures
B16 IT 3108 Bio Informatics
B16 ENG 3104 Advanced Coding
B16 IT 3111A IOs Application Development
# M-I
B16 IT 3111B Ruby
B16 IT 3111C Programming, data structures and algorithms using Python
B16 IT 3112A Android App Development
B16 IT 3112B Black chain Architecture Design and Usecase
# M-II
B16 IT 3112C Testing Tools
B16 IT 3112D Machine Learning
1
 Code: B16 IT 3101

COMPUTER NETWORKS
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To make the students understanding of basic requirements of network hardware, software

and its architecture.
2. Familiarize the students with layered architecture of the network software and hierarchal
nature of the network physical infrastructure.
3. Study of various network interconnecting devices and other associated network hardware.
4. Introduction of advanced networking concepts and wireless and wireless sensor networks.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student must be able to understand the design and estimate the requirements for practical
setup of a given network scenario and size.
2. Realize the Operation, maintenance and management of the Internet by mapping the
theoretical networking concepts to the real-time network scenarios.
3. Demonstrate the applications of wireless Networks and over view of advanced networking
concepts.
4. Identify different networking devices and their usage and functionality

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Computer Networks: Introduction, Network Hardware, Network Software,

Reference Models, Network Examples, Internet Based Applications.
The Medium Access Control: The Channel Allocation Problem, CSMA Protocols,
Collision Free Protocols, The Ethernet, Wireless LANS, Bluetooth

Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues, Routing Algorithms, Congestion Control
Algorithms, Network Layer in the Internet, IP Protocol, IP Address, Subnets, and
Internetworking.

Transport layer: Transport Service, Elements of Transport Protocols, TCP and UDP Protocols,
Quality of Service Model,

Application Layer: Over View of DNS, Electronic Mail, FTP, TFTP, BOOTP, HTTP Protocols

Network Devices: Over View of Repeaters, Bridges, Routers, Gateways, Multiprotocol

Routers, Hubs, Switches, Modems, Channel Service Unit CSU, Data Service Units DSU, NIC,
Wireless Access Points, Transceivers, Firewalls, Proxies.

2
Text Book:

1. Data and Computer Communications, William Stallings 7th Edition, Pearson Education,
2004

Reference Books:

1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2004
2. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F. Kurose and
Keith
3. W. Ross , 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002
4. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2003
5. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, S. Keshav, Pearson Education, 1997
6. Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications, Ddouglas e. Comer, 4th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003

3
 Code: B16 IT 3102

WEB TECHNOLOGIES
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

On completing this course student will be able to

1. Understand the principles of Web based application development.

2. Design dynamic content in Web Pages using JavaScript.
3. Understanding the concepts of java Servlets, design applications using them.
4. Understand the concepts of Component development and design applications by establishing
connections to Databases
Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to construct web based applications.

2. Students will be able to connect PHP to different databases.
3. Students will be able to develop CRUD based PHP application

SYLLABUS:

Introduction to HTML, Core Elements, Links and Addressing, Images, Text, Colors and
Background, Lists, Tables Frames, Forms, Cascading StyleSheets.

Introduction to Java Scripts, Elements of Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java
Script

Document type definition, XML Syntax, XML Schemas, Document Object model Using XML
Processors

Introduction to Servlet, Servlet Life Cycles, Servlet Basics, Tomcat Web Server, Configuring
Apache Tomcat, Handling Client Request and Response, HandlingCookies, Session Tracking.

Introduction to PHP, Language Basics, Functions, Strings, Arrays.

Web Techniques, Data bases, Graphics, PDF, Dates and Times.

MYSQL Installation, Accessing MySQL Using PHP, Form Handling, Cookies, Sessions, and
Authentication,Tables, Inserting Data into Tables , Selecting Data froma Table,Updating Table ,
Deleting data from Table, Webpage creation.

4
Text Books:

1. Web Programming, building internet applications, 2nd Ed., Chris Bates, WileyDreamtech.
2. The complete Reference HTML and DHTML, Thomas A. [Link] Php, Mysql,
Robin Nixon
3. Programming Php, Kevin Tatroe, PeterMacIntyre&RasmusLerdorf foreword by Michael
Bourque.

Reference Books:

1. Internet , World Wide Web , How to program, Dietel , Nieto, PHI/PEA.

2. Web Tehnologies, Godbole, kahate, 2nd Ed., TMH

5
 Code: B16 IT 3103
FORMAL LANGUAGES & AUTOMATA THEORY

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts in automata theory and theory of computation to design grammars
and recognizers for different formal languages.
2. To Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing.
3. To introduce finite state machines, context free grammars and Turing Machines and their
properties as the basis for the formal expressivity of computer languages for solving
linguistic decision problems.
4. To understand the concepts of decidability.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to think analytically and intuitively for problem solving situations in related areas of
theory in computer science.
2. Ability to describe the language accepted by an automaton or generated by a regular
expression or a context-free grammar.
3. Ability to Understand the functioning of Finite-State Machines, Deterministic Finite-State
Automata, Nondeterministic Finite-State Automata and Pushdown Automata and Turing
Machines.

SYLLABUS

Definitions of alphabet, strings, language, grammar, types of grammar, types of machines,

generation of languages from grammar, construction of grammar from the given description of
languages

Definition of finite state machine, Deterministic Finite Automata and Non-Deterministic Finite
Automata, representations in mathematical diagram, tabular etc., id of finite state machine‘s,
design of finite state machine from the given description, elimination of ℮-transitions , indefinite
state machine to definite state machine, optimization of finite state machine.

Conversion of regular grammar to finite state machine, finite state machine to regular grammar,
discussion of pumping lemma, systematic way of construction of finite state machine.

Definition of regular expression, regular algebra, minimization of regular expressions, closure

properties, construction of regular expression from the given description, regular expression to
finite state machine, finite state machine to regular expression, construction of regular expression
for the given finite state machine- a systematic way using Arden's theorem.

6
Definition of push down machine, push down machine, types of push down machine‘s, push
down machine to context free grammar, context free grammar to push down machine, design
methodology of various push down machine‘s, push down machine by empty stack, push down
machine by final states, conversion from one type to other type, applications of push down
machine‘s.

Parsing tree, bottom-up parsing, top-down parsing, types of context free grammar‘s, leftmost and
right most derivations, productions, reductions, optimization of context free grammar‘s,
elimination of ℮-productions, unit productions, normal forms- cnf, gnf.

Definition of Turing machine, ways of representing Turing machine‘s- tabular form, diagram,
mathematical form, quintuples etc., design of Turing machine, id of Turing machine, types of
Turing machine, halting problem, church‘s thesis, universal Turing machine, Gödel number,
definitions of recursive functions- prf, rf, decidability.

NOTE : Theorem proofs are eliminated

Text books :

1. Introduction to automata theory, languages and computation, John.E.H.P croft/ Rajeev

Motwani & JD Ullman—pearson education- III edition

Reference Books :

1. Theory of computation, [Link] and [Link], PHI .

2. Theory of computation, formal languages and automata theory, G P Saradhi Varma,
[Link] Rao –Sci Tech publications.

7
 Code: B16 IT 3104

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the evolution of DBMS Versus File systems, data models, and layers of abstraction.
2. To understand conceptual and physical aspects of database design.
3. To learn formal and commercial query language specifications.
4. To understand concurrency control, recovery management, and other related issues.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student will understand ER-modeling for conceptual database design and relational
model.
2. The student is introduced to formal and commercial query languages: Relational Algebra,
calculus and SQL.
3. The student will learn schema refinement and normalization.
4. The Student understands locking protocols concurrency control, and crash recovery methods.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: File system versus a DBMS, Advantages of a DBMS, Describing and Storing
Data in a DBMS, The Relational model, Levels of abstraction, Data Independence, Transaction
management, Structure of a DBMS.

Introduction to Database Design and The Relational Model: Database Design and ER
Diagrams, Entities, Attributes and Entity Sets, Relationships & Relationship Sets, Additional
Features of the ER Model, Conceptual Design with ER Model, Introduction to the Relational
Model, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Enforcing Integrity Constraints, Querying
Relational Data, Logical Database Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying/
Altering Tables and Views.

Relational Algebra and SQL: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, The form of a Basic SQL
Query, UNION, INTERSECT and EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, Null Values,
Complex Integrity Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Databases, Embedded SQL,
Dynamic SQL, JDBC.

Database Design: Schema Refinement and Normal Forms, Introduction to Schema Refinement,
Functional Dependencies, Reasoning about FD‘s, Normal Forms, Properties of Decomposition,
Normalization, Other kinds of Dependencies.

Transaction Management: The ACID Properties, Transactions & Schedules, Concurrent

Execution of Transactions, Lock-Based Concurrency Control.

8
Concurrency Control: 2PL, Serializability and Recoverability, Introduction to Lock
Management, Lock Conversions, Dealing with Deadlocks, Specialized Locking Techniques,
Concurrency Control without Locking.

Crash Recovery: Introduction to ARIES, The Log, Other Recovery-Related Structures, The
Write-Ahead Log Protocol, Check pointing, Recovering from a System Crash, Media Recovery.

Text Book:

1. Database Management Systems; Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke 4th Edition,

McGraw- Hill

Reference Book:

1. Database System Concepts; A. Silberschatz, H. Korth 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill

9
 Code: B16 IT 3105
PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives:
1. To learn the underlying principles and concepts of programming language.
2. To understand programming language translation process.
3. To expose students to the important paradigms of programming.
4. To understand the concepts of distributed processing and network programming.
Course outcomes:
1. Ability to compare different programming languages.
2. Ability to discuss the significant achievements in programming language history.
3. Ability to assess the programming languages in scientific manner.

SYLLABUS

Language Design Issues: Study Programming Languages, History of Programming Languages,

Role of Programming Languages, Programming Environments.

Impact of Machine Architectures: Operation of a Computer, Virtual Computers and Binding

Times; Language Translation Issues: Programming Language Syntax, Stages in Translation,
Formal Translation Models, Recursive Descent Parsing; Modeling Language Properties: Formal
Properties of Languages, Language Semantics.

Elementary Data Types: Properties of Types and Objects, Scalar Data Types, Composite Data
Types Encapsulation: Structured Data Types, Abstract Data Types, Encapsulation by
Subprograms, Type Definitions .Inheritance: Abstract Data Types Revisited ,Inheritance,
Polymorphism

Sequence Control: Implement and Explicit Sequence Control, Sequence with Arithmetic
Expressions, Sequence Control Between Statements, Sequencing with Non-arithmetic
Expressions.

Subprogram Control: Subprogram Sequence Control, Attributes of Data Control, Parameter

Transmission, Explicit Common Environment.

Storage Management: Elements Requiring Storage, Programmer- and System - Controlled

Storage, Static Storage Management, Heap Storage Management.

10
Distributed Processing: Variations on Subprogram Control, Parallel Programming, Hardware
Developments, Software Architecture. Network Programming: Desktop Publishing ,The World
Wide Web

Text Book:

1. Programming languages – Design and Implementation by Terrence W. Pratt Marvin V.

Zelkowitz.3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books:

1. Concepts of Programming Languages by Robert L. Sebesta, 4th Edition ,Pearson Education.

2. Fundamentals of Programming Languages, Design & Implementation by SeyedH .Roosta.
Vikas publications.
3. Programming Languages by Paradigm and Practice – Doris Appleby Julius J. Vendekopple
Tata McGraw HillEdition.

11
 Code: B16 IT 3106

ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Understand the Concept of Parallel Processing and its applications.

2. Implement the Hardware for Arithmetic Operations.
3. Analyze the performance of different scalar Computers.
4. Develop the Pipelining Concept for a given set of Instructions.
5. Distinguish the performance of pipelining and non pipelining environment in a processor.

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the Concept of Parallel Processing and its applications.

2. Implement the Hardware for Arithmetic Operations.
3. Analyze the performance of different scalar Computers .
4. Develop the Pipelining Concept for a given set of Instructions.
5. Distinguish the performance of pipelining and non pipelining environment in a processor

SYLLABUS

Fundamentals of Computer design- Technology trends- cost- measuring and reporting

performance quantitative principles of computer design.

Instruction set principles and examples- classifying instruction set- memory addressing- type and
size of operands- addressing modes for signal processing-operations in the instruction set-
instructions for control flow- encoding an instruction set.-the role of compiler.

Instruction level parallelism (ILP)- over coming data hazards- reducing branch costs –high
performance instruction delivery- hardware based speculation- limitation of ILP

ILP software approach- compiler techniques- static branch protection – VLIW approach – H.W
support for more ILP at compile time- H.W verses S.W Solutions

Memory hierarchy design- cache performance- reducing cache misses penalty and miss rate –
virtual memory- protection and examples of VM.

12
Multiprocessors and thread level parallelism- symmetric shared memory architectures-
distributed shared memory- Synchronization- multi threading.

Storage systems- Types – Buses – RAID- errors and failures- bench marking a storage device-
designing a I/O system.

Inter connection networks and clusters- interconnection network media – practical issues in
interconnecting networks- examples – clusters- designing a cluster.

Text Book

1. Computer Architecture A quantitative approach 3rd edition John L. Hennessy & David A.
Patterson Morgan Kufmann (An Imprint of Elsevier)

Reference Books :

1. ―Computer Architecture and parallel Processing‖ Kai Hwang and [Link] International
Edition McGraw-Hill.
2. Advanced Computer Architectures, Dezso Sima, Terence Fountain, Peter Kacsuk, Pearson.
3. Parallel Computer Architecture, A Hardware / Software Approach, David E. Culler,
Jaswinder Pal singh with Anoop Gupta, Elsevier

13
 Code: B16 IT 3107
FILE STRUCTURES
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. Provide an introduction to the fundamental file operations and storage systems.

2. Introducing fundamental concepts of file structure.
3. Introducing the most important high-level file structures tools which include indexing, co
sequential processing, B trees, Hashing.
4. Applying the techniques in the design of C++ programs for solving various file management
problems.
Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the fundamental concepts of file processing operations and storage structures
2. Apply object orientation concepts to manipulate records.
3. Apply concepts of sorting and merging on multiple files.
4. Analyze the sequential and indexing file accessing techniques with appropriate data
structures.
5. Illustrate the usage of hashing techniques to organize file structures
SYLLABUS
File Processing Operations and Secondary Storage
Physical and logical files, opening, reading & writing and closing files in C, seeking and special
characters in files, physical devices and logical files, file-related header files in C
Disks – organization, tracks, sectors, blocks, capacity, non-data overhead, cost of a disk
access,Magnetic Tape – types, performance, organization estimation of tape length and data
transmission times, disk vs tape,CD-ROM – CD-ROM as a file structure, physical organization,
strengths and weakness of cd-roms, storage hierarchy

Byte Journey and buffer Management and File Structure Concepts

File manager, I/O buffer, I/O processing, buffer strategies and bottlenecks
A stream file, field structures, reading a stream of fields, record structures and that uses a length
indicator, Mixing numbers and characters – use of a hex dump, reading the variable length
records from the files

14
Managing records in C files and Organizing files for performance
Retrieving records by keys, sequential search, direct access, choosing a record structure and
record length, header records, file access and file organization
Data compression, reclaiming space – record deletion and storage compaction, deleting
fixed-length records for reclaiming space dynamically, deleting variable-length records,
space fragmentation, replacement strategies.

Indexing and Indexed sequential file access and prefix B+ Trees

Index, A simple index with an entry sequenced file, basic operations on an indexed, entry
sequenced file, indexes that are too large to hold in memory, indexing to provide access by
multiple keys, retrieval using combination of secondary keys, improving the secondary index
structure – inverted lists
Indexed sequential access, maintaining a sequence set, adding a simple index to the sequence
set, the B tree, simple prefix B+ content of the index: separators instead of keys, the
simple prefix tree maintenance, index set block size, internal set block size, internal structure of
index set blocks, loading a simple prefix.

Hashing and Extendable hashing

Collisions in hashing, a simple hashing algorithms, hashing functions and record distributions,
memory requirements, collision resolution by progressive overflow, buckets, deletions
Working of extendable hashing, implementation, deletion, extendable hashing performance

Text Book:
1. File Structures – An Object Oriented Approach with C++ by Michael J. Folk, Bill Zoellick
and Greg Riccardi,, Pearson

Reference Books:
1. File Organization & Processing by Alan [Link] Malloy Lithographing Inc.
2. File Systems by Thomas Harbron

15
 Code: B16IT3108

BIO INFORMATICS
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. The basic objective is to give students an introduction to the basic practical techniques of
bioinformatics.
2. Emphasis will be given to the application of bioinformatics and biological databases to
problem solving in real research problems.
3. The students will become familiar with the use of a wide variety of internet applications,
biological database and will be able to apply these methods to research problems.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to describe the contents and properties of the most important
bioinformatics databases, perform text- and sequence-based
2. searches, and analyze and discuss the results in light of molecular biological knowledge.
3. The students will be able to explain the major steps in pair wise and multiple sequence
alignment, explain the principle for, and execute pair wise
4. sequence alignment by dynamic programming The students will be able to predict the
secondary and tertiary structures of protein sequences.
SYLLABUS

Introduction: Definitions, Sequencing, Biological sequence/structure, Genome Projects, Pattern

recognition an prediction, Folding problem, Sequence Analysis, Homology and Analogy.
Protein Information Resources : Biological databases, Primary sequence databases, Protein
Sequence databases, Secondary databases, Protein pattern databases, and Structure classification
databases.
Genome Information Resources : DNA sequence databases, specialized genomic resources
DNA Sequence analysis : Importance of DNA analysis, Gene structure and DNA sequences,
Features of DNA sequence analysis, EST (Expressed Sequence Tag) searches, Gene hunting,
Profile of a cell, EST analysis, Effects of EST data on DNA databases
Pair wise alignment techniques : Database searching, Alphabets and complexity, Algorithm and
programs, Comparing two sequences, sub-sequences, Identity and similarity, The Dot plot, Local
and global similarity, different alignment techniques, Dynamic Programming, Pair wise database
searching.

16
Multiple sequence alignment : Definition and Goal, The consensus, computational complexity,
Manual methods, Simultaneous methods, Progressive methods, Databases of Multiple
alignments and searching

Secondary database searching: Importance and need of secondary database searches, secondary
database structure and building a sequence search protocol
Analysis packages : Analysis package structure, commercial databases, commercial software,
comprehensive packages, packages specializing in DNA analysis, Intranet Packages, Internet
Packages.

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, T K Attwood & D J Parry-Smith Addison Wesley Longman.

2. Bioinformatics- A Beginner‘s Guide, Jean-Michel Claveriw, Cerdric Notredame WILEY
dreamlech India Pvt. Ltd

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Arthur [Link], OXFORD publishers (Indian Edition)

17
 Code:B16IT3109
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce to a commercial DBMS such as ORACLE.

2. To learn and practice SQL commands for schema creation, data manipulation.
3. To learn conceptual and physical database design based on a case study.
4. To apply database design stages by studying a case study.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student is exposed to a commercial RDBMS environment such as ORACLE.

2. The student will learn SQL commands for data definition and manipulation.
3. The student understands conceptual through physical data base design.
4. The student takes up a case study and applies the design steps.

SYLLABUS

Features of a commercial RDBMS package such as ORACLE/DB2, MS Access, MYSQL &

Structured Query Language (SQL) used with the RDBMS.

I. Laboratory Exercises Should Include:

a. Defining Schemas for Applications,
b. Creation of Database,
c. Writing SQL Queries,
d. Retrieve Information from Database,
e. Creating Views
f. Creating Triggers
g. Normalization up to Third Normal Form
h. Use of Forms
i. Report Writing
j. Implementation of enforcing Integrity constraints.

II. Some sample applications are given below:

1. Accounting Package for Shops,
2. Database Manager for Magazine Agency or Newspaper Agency,
3. Ticket Booking for Performances,
4. Preparing Greeting Cards & Birthday Cards
5. Personal Accounts - Insurance, Loans, Mortgage Payments, Etc.,
6. Doctor's Diary & Billing System

18
 7. Personal Bank Account
8. Class Marks Management
9. Hostel Accounting
10. Video Tape Library,
11. History of Cricket Scores,
12. Cable TV Transmission Program Manager,
13. Personal Library.
14. Sailors Database
15. Suppliers and Parts Database

Reference Book:

1. Database System Concepts; A. Silberschatz, H. Korth 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill

19
 Code:B16 IT 3110

WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Implements the basic tags in HTML.
2. Develop web pages using Templates and Bootstrap.
3. Build dynamic pages using Servlets and PHP.
4. Develop mini project using PHP and Mysql.

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the students would be able to
1. Understand current and evolving Web languages for integrating media and user interaction
in both front end and back end elements of a Web site
2. Create static web pages using HTML and CSS
3. Validate HTML FORM data using JavaScript at the client side
4. Create dynamic web pages using PHP and MySQL
5. To build XML applications with schema and style sheets that span multiple domains for use
with legacy browsers
6. Install tomcat and run servlet with for authentication and Session Management

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Week-1:

Design the following static web pages required for an online book store web site.

1) HOME PAGE:

The static home page must contain three frames.

Top frame : Logo and the college name and links to Home page, Login page, Registration page,
Catalogue page and Cart page (the description of these pages will be given below).

Left frame : At least four links for navigation, which will display the catalogue of respective
links.

For e.g.: When you click the link “CSE” the catalogue for CSE Books should be displayed in
the Right frame.

20
Right frame: The pages to the links in the left frame must be loaded here. Initially this page
contains description of the web site.

Web Site Name

Logo
Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart

CSE
ECE Description of the Web Site
EEE
CIVIL

Fig 1.1
2) LOGIN PAGE:

This page looks like below:

Web Site Name

Logo
Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart

CSE
ECE Login :
EEE Password:
CIVIL

Submit Reset

3) CATOLOGUE PAGE:

The catalogue page should contain the details of all the books available in the web site in a table.

The details should contain the following:

1. Snap shot of Cover Page.

2. Author Name.
3. Publisher.
4. Price.
5. Add to cart button.

21
 Web Site Name
Logo

Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart

CSE Book : XML

Bible
$ 40.5
Author : Winston
ECE
Publication :
Wiely
EEE

Book : AI $ 63
CIVIL Author : [Link]
Publication :
Princeton hall

Book : Java 2 $ 35.5

Author : Watson
Publication : BPB
publications

Book : HTML in $ 50
24 hours
Author : Sam
Peter
Publication : Sam
publication

Note: Week 2 contains the remaining pages and their description.

22
Week-2:

4) CART PAGE:

The cart page contains the details about the books which are added to the cart.
The cart page should look like this:
Web Site Name
Logo
Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart

CSE Book name Price Quantity Amount

ECE
EEE Java 2 $35.5 2 $70
CIVIL XML bible $40.5 1 $40.5

Total amount - $130.5

5) REGISTRATION PAGE:
Create a ―registration form ―with the following fields

1) Name (Text field)

2) Password (password field)
3) E-mail id (text field)
4) Phone number (text field)
5) Sex (radio button)
6) Date of birth (3 select boxes)
7) Languages known (check boxes – English, Telugu, Hindi, Tamil)
8) Address (text area)
WEEK 3:
VALIDATION:

Write JavaScript to validate the following fields of the above registration page.

1. Name (Name should contains alphabets and the length should not be less than 6
characters).
2. Password (Password should not be less than 6 characters length).
3. E-mail id (should not contain any invalid and must follow the standard pattern
name@[Link])

4. Phone number (Phone number should contain 10 digits only).

Note : You can also validate the login page with these parameters.
You can also use bootstrap validation also

23
WEEK 4:

Write a basic html by using following classes in [Link] (External Style Sheet
[Link])

1. Table
2. Button
3. Form
4. Dropdown
WEEK 5
Write an XML file which will display the Book information which includes the following:

1) Title of the book

2) Author Name
3) ISBN number
4) Publisher name
5) Edition
6) Price
Write a Document Type Definition (DTD) to validate the above XML file.
Display the XML file as follows. The contents should be displayed in a table. The header of the
table should be in color GREY. Use XML schemas XSL and CSS for the above purpose

(Or)

Use Java Code to parse the xml

WEEK 6

A) Installation of tomcat and Create Hello World message using servlet

B) Read the user id and passwords entered in the Login form (week1) and authenticate (user
id and passwords )using RequestDispatcher
WEEK 7

Demonstrate Session tracking in servlets using

1. Session API
2. Cookies

WEEK 8

Write an HTML page that has one input, which can take multi-line text and a submit button.
Once the user clicks the submit button, it should show the number of characters ,lines and words
in the text entered using an alert message. Words are separated with white space and lines are
separated with new line character using PHP

24
WEEK 9

a) PHP program to find number of page views (page Hit count using sessions)
b)A web application that lists all cookies stored in the browser on clicking ―list cookies‖ button,
add cookies if necessary

WEEK 10
Using PHP, MYSQL develop a basic application that can

1. Register User
2. Display Users (For Admin login)
3. Update User Detail‘s (For Admin login)
4. Delete User (For Admin login)

Reference Books:

1. Internet , World Wide Web , How to program, Dietel , Nieto, PHI/PEA.

2. Web Tehnologies, Godbole, kahate, 2nd Ed., TMH

25
 Code: B16ENG3102
VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I
(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:
1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and identifying
errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to

1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and other
reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional relationships
making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS
Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions, pronouns-
number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and indefinite
articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation), subject – verb
agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the appropriate clause ,
conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal verbs) to-infinitives,
gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of comparison, modifiers,
determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors in sentences.

26
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard to
inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings of
the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context), foreign
phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots, collocations.

Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption, inference,
conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then identifying
similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to construct a
meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man (to use logical
reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO statements (sticking to a
particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence), supplying a
suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent, idiomatic language
(with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on the meaning of the
sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:
1. Oxford Learners‘s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.
2. R S Agarwal‘s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Samina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP
2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
8. I have a Dream by Rashmi Bansal

27
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I

Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:

1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‘s problems.

2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also measurement
of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit and
loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for any
person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for further
studies.

SYLLABUS
Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion
Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding remainders
in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to find HCF,
applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule, Introducing the
concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and Proportion.

Time and work, Time and Distance

Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination of
the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest, Partnerships,
shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price, selling
price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of compound interest,
Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of partnership, Sleeping
partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and stocks.

28
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and related
sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related to
Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter series,
Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north, south, east,
west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site

29
 Code: B16 ENG3104
ADVANCED CODING
(Common for CSE & IT)
( MOOCS-I )
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basics of modular programming
2. To learn about ADT, Linked Lists and Templates.
3. To investigate different methods to find time complexities.
4. To learn about Java collections and Libraries

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, a student should be able to:
1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of modular programming
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on linked lists
3. Acquire coding knowledge on ADT
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on Java libraries and Collections

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review Coding essentials and modular programming

Introduction to Linear Data, Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and
representations, Pattern coding.
Introduction to modular programming: Formation of methods, Methods: Signature and
definition, Inter-method communication, Data casting & storage classes, Recursions

UNIT II Linear Linked Data

Introduction to structure pointer, Creating Links Basic problems on Linked lists, Classical
problems on linked lists. Circular Linked lists, Operations on CLL, Multiple links, Operations on
Doubly linked lists

UNIT III Abstract Data-structures

Stack data-structure, Operations on stack, Infix/Prefix/Post fix expression evaluations,
Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked lists.
Queue data-structure: Operations on Queues, Formation of a circular queue, Implementation of
queue using stack, Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked
lists
30
UNIT IV Running time analysis of code and organization of linear list data
Code evaluation w.r.t running time, Loop Complexities, Recursion complexities, Searching
techniques: sequential Vs. binary searching.
Organizing the list data, Significance of sorting algorithms, Basic Sorting Techniques: Bubble
sort, selection sort, Classical sorting techniques: Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort.

UNIT V Standard Library templates and Java collections

Introduction to C++ language features, Working on STLs, Introduction to Java as Object
Oriented language, Essential Java Packages, Coding logics.

Note: This course should focus on Problems

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

31
 Code: B16 IT 3111A

IOS APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective:

In this course student will able to importance of swift code and evaluation of swift from
Objective C and they will know the basic syntax of swift and they can build basic IOS
application

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, able to:

1. Able to know the principles of Swift

2. They can apply the Collections in real – world scenarios
3. Students can understand the features of Swift
4. They can understand the memory management of IOs application
5. Able to know the UI kit in swift

SYLLABUS

Industry Oriented Applications on following Topics

Introduction to Swift
Swift vs. Objective-C, Swift language principles, Variables, Types, and Control Flow, Variables
and constants, Built-in types ,Conditional statements

Collections
Arrays, Dictionaries, Sets, Functions and Closures, Basic functions, Higher-order functions,
nested functions, Closures

Classes and Structures

The Swift type system, Properties,Initializers,Methods, Property observers, Access modifiers,

Inheritance and polymorphism, Structures

Mini project in Ios Application using Xcode

32
 Code: B16 IT 3111B

RUBY
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective:

The objectives of this course include the following:

1. Experience learning a programming language "on your own" as is commonly the case in
industry.
2. Understand the syntax and semantics of the Ruby language.
3. Understand how to develop and implement various types of programs in the Ruby
language
4. Understand various forms of data representation and structures supported by the Ruby
language.
5. Understand the appropriate applications of the Ruby language.
6. Recognize similarities and common characteristics of programming languages.

Course Outcome:

The student should develop or enhance skills in the following areas:

1. proficient programming in the Ruby language and programming in general

2. design and revision of Ruby scripts
3. debugging techniques appropriate for the Ruby language

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Introduction:
Introduction to Ruby, What is Ruby? Features, Ruby gems, Help on ruby , Installation, variable
Dynamic typing ,Declaring a variable ,Changing variable type , Converting the var value i.e to
float,string,binary etc

UNIT-II
Ruby Methods and Arithmetic and Relational Operators
What is method Working with methods, Declaring and Calling a method , Passing arguments to
a method Explaining the arguments and syntax with example, Arithmetic Operators ,Addition
Subtraction Multiplication Division Modulus, Exponent Precedence of operators Relational
Operators.

33
UNIT-III :
Logical and other Operators and Control Statements
Logical operator And && Or || Not ! Parallel assignment Range operator Inclusive Operator(..)
Exclusive operator (...),Control Statements in Ruby ,What are control statements Syntax for if
statement if..else statement if..elsif statement Examples on it..

UNIT –IV :
For and each Looping Statements and while and until Looping Statements
for & each loops in Ruby, Meaning of the term ―loop‖ *,Different kinds of loop ,Syntax of ―for‖
loop*,Example implementation of ―for‖ loop , Syntax of ―each‖ loop , while & until loops in
Ruby ,Usage of while loop with an example ,Usage of until loop with an example ,Usage of redo
construct with an example

UNIT-V :
Object Oriented Concept in Ruby and Object Oriented Programming Methods
Object Oriented Concept in Ruby, Classes in Ruby , How to create objects ,Different ways of
defining methods in Ruby ,Using ? and = to define meaningful methods, Methods in Ruby ,What
are instance methods , class methods , accessor methods , Example implementation of each of
the above and difference between them

References :
[Link]

WEB LINK:

[Link]

34
 Code: B16 IT 3111C
PROGRAMMING, DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS USING PYTHON
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:
This course is an introduction to programming and problem solving in Python. It does
not assume any prior knowledge of programming. Using some motivating examples, the course
quickly builds up basic concepts such as conditionals, loops, functions, lists, strings and tuples.
It goes on to cover searching and sorting algorithms, dynamic programming and backtracking, as
well as topics such as exception handling and using files. As far as data structures are
concerned, the course covers Python dictionaries as well as classes and objects for defining user
defined datatypes such as linked lists and binary search trees.

Course Outcomes :
1. Ability to apply object oriented concepts in programming
2. Ability to define, understand and differentiate different types of data types and apply them.
3. Ability to recognize various concepts of python dictionaries as well as classes and objects for
defining user defined datatypes such as linked lists and binary search trees.
COURSE LAYOUT

Chapter 1
Informal introduction to programming, algorithms and data structures via gcd
Downloading and installing Python
gcd in Python: variables, operations, control flow - assignments, condition-als, loops, functions

Chapter 2
Python: types, expressions, strings, lists, tuples
Python memory model: names, mutable and immutable values
List operations: slices etc
Binary search
Inductive function definitions: numerical and structural induction
Elementary inductive sorting: selection and insertion sort
In-place sorting

Chapter 3
Basic algorithmic analysis: input size, asymptotic complexity, O() notation
Arrays vs lists
Merge sort
Quicksort
Stable sorting
35
Chapter 4
Dictionaries
More on Python functions: optional arguments, default values
Passing functions as arguments
Higher order functions on lists: map, lter, list comprehension

Chapter 5
Exception handling
Basic input/output
Handling files
String processing

Chapter 6
Backtracking: N Queens, recording all solutions
Scope in Python: local, global, nonlocal names
Nested functions
Data structures: stack, queue
Heaps

Chapter 7
Abstract datatypes
Classes and objects in Python
"Linked" lists: find, insert, delete
Binary search trees: find, insert, delete
Height-balanced binary search trees

Chapter 8
Efficient evaluation of recursive definitions: memoization
Dynamic programming: examples
Other programming languages: C and manual memory management
Other programming paradigms: functional programming

WEB LINK:

[Link]

36
 Code: B16 IT 3112A

ANDROID APP DEVELOPMENT

(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective:

Android Application Development course is designed to quickly get you up to speed with writing
apps for Android devices. The student will learn the basics of Android platform and get to
understand the application lifecycle.

Course Outcome:

By the end of the course, student will be able to develop the android applications on their own,
and work with the database to store data locally, and much more.

SYLLABUS

Unit 1: The Basics

Chapter1: 1.0 Intro to Android, 1.1 Create Your First Android App, 1.2 Layouts,
Views and Resources, 1.3 Text and Scrolling Views.

Chapter2: 2.1 Activities and Intents, 2.2 Activity Lifecycle and Saving State, 2.3
Activities and Implicit Intents.

Unit 2: User Interface

1. Chapter4: 4.1 User Input Controls, 4.2 Menus, 4.3 Screen Navigation, 4.4
RecyclerView, fragments.

2. Chapter5: 5.1 Drawables, Themes and Styles, 5.2 Material design

Unit 3: Background tasks

1. Chapter7: 7.1 AsyncTask and AsyncTaskLoader, 7.2 Connecting to the Internet, 7.3
Broadcast receivers, 7.4 Services.

2. Chapter8:8.1 Notifications, 8.2 Alarm managers, 8.3 Transferring data efficiently.

37
Unit 4: Data -- saving, retrieving, and loading
1. Chapter9: 9.0 Concepts: Overview to storing data, 9.1 Shared preferences, 9.2 App
settings.

2. Chapter10: 10.1 SQLite primer, 10.2 store data using SQLite database.

3. Chapter11: 11.1 ContentProviders.

Unit 5: What's Next?

1. Chapter13: 13.1 Permissions, performance and security, Espresso, media playback.

2. Chapter14: 14.1 Firebase and AdMob, Firebase cloud messaging, places.

3. Chapter15: 15.1 Publish your app

WEB LINK:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

38
 Code: B16 IT 3112B

BLACKCHAIN ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND USECASE

(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective:

The widespread popularity of digital cryptocurrencies has led the foundation of Blockchain,
which is fundamentally a public digital ledger to share information in a trustworthy and secure
way. The concept and applications of Blockchain have now spread from cryptocurrencies to
various other domains, including business process management, smart contracts, IoT and so on.
This course is a joint venture from academia and industry, where the target is to cover both the
conceptual as well as application aspects of Blockchain. This includes the fundamental design
and architectural primitives of Blockchain, the system and the security aspects, along with
various use cases from different application domains.

Course Outcomes:

[Link] will able to understand what is Blockchain.

[Link] will able to undertstand about Bitcoin and how bitcoin and blockchain are related.

[Link] will able to understand consensus in Bitcoin.

[Link] will able to apply permissioned Blockchain.

5. Student will understand and learn to apply Blockchain in Government.

6. Student will understand and learn to apply Blockchain security.

7. Student will understand and learn to apply Blockchain in Research aspects,science and
ecosystem..

39
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
1) What is Blockchain
1 Introduction to Blockchain – I
2) Public Ledgers
(Basics)
3) Blockchain as public ledgers
1) Bitcoin
2 Introduction to Blockchain – II
2) Blockchain 2.0
(History)
3) Smart Contracts
1) Block in a Blockchain
3 Introduction to Blockchain – III
2) Transactions
(Architecture)
1. 3) Distributed Consensus
1) The Chain and the Longest Chain
Introduction to Blockchain – IV 2) Cryptocurrency to Blockchain 2.0
4
(Conceptualization) 3) Permissioned Model of Blockchain

1) Cryptographic Hash Function

5 2) Properties of a hash function
Basic Crypto Primitives – I
3) Hash pointer and Merkle tree

1) Digital Signature
6 Basic Crypto Primitives – II 2) Public Key Cryptography
3) A basic cryptocurrency
1) Creation of coins
7 Bitcoin Basics – I 2) Payments and double spending
3) FORTH – the precursor for Bitcoin scripting
2. 8 Bitcoin Basics – II
1) Bitcoin Scripts
2) Bitcoin P2P Network
1) Transaction in Bitcoin Network
9 Bitcoin Basics – III 2) Block Mining
3) Block propagation and block relay
1) Why Consensus
10 Distributed Consensus 2) Distributed consensus in open environments
3) Consensus in a Bitcoin network
1) Bitcoin Consensus
Consensus in Bitcoin – I (The
11 2) Proof of Work (PoW) – basic introduction
Basics)
3) Hashcash PoW
1) Bitcoin PoW
2) Attacks on PoW and the monopoly
Consensus in Bitcoin – II (PoW
12 problem
and Beyond)
3) Proof of Stake, Proof of Burn and Proof of
Elapsed Time
1) The life of a Bitcoin Miner
Consensus in Bitcoin – III (The
13 2) Mining Difficulty
Miners)
3. 3) Mining Pool
1) Permissioned model and use cases
2) Design issues for Permissioned
Permissioned Blockchain – I
14 blockchains
(Basics)
3) Execute contracts
4) State machine replication
1) Consensus models for permissioned
blockchain
Permissioned Blockchain – II 2) Distributed consensus in closed
15
(Consensus) environment
3) Paxos

40
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
Permissioned Blockchain – III 1) RAFT Consensus
16
(RAFT Consensus) 2) Byzantine general problem
Permissioned Blockchain – IV 1) Byzantine fault tolerant system
17
(Byzantine General Problem) 2) Lamport-Shostak-Pease BFT Algorithm
1) BFT over Asynchronous systems
Permissioned Blockchain – V
2) Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance
18 (Practical Byzantine Fault
3) Three phase commit
4. Tolerance)
4) View Change
1) Concepts and benefits of block chain for
Blockchain for Enterprise -
19 enterprise
Overview
2) The Hyperledger Project
1) Actors in a Blockchain
Blockchain Components and
20 2) Components in Blockchain design
Concepts
3) Ledger in Blockchain
Hyperledger Fabric – Transaction 1) Fabric Architecture
21
Flow 2) Transaction flow in Fabric
1) Ordering Services
22 Hyperledger Fabric Details 2) Channels in Fabric
3) Fabric Peer and Certificate Authority
1) Organization and Consortium Network
Fabric – Membership and Identity
5. 23
Management
2) Membership Service Provide
3) Transaction Signing
Hyperledger Fabric Network 1) Steps for network setup
24
Setup 2) Endorsement policies
1) Setup Blockchain networks
Fabric Demo on IBM Blockchain 2) Experience blockchain network as different
25
Cloud – I organizations
3) Deploy a simple application on IBM cloud
1) Deploy a simple application on IBM Cloud
2) Marbles (asset transfer)
Fabric Demo on IBM Blockchain 3) Example smart contract code, client SDK
26
Cloud – II code
4) Perform blockchain transactions using a
cool UI!
1) Setup a Fabric network on your laptop or
Fabric Demo, deploy from VM
27
scratch – III 2) Install and instantiate chaincode
3) Run application on the network you created
6. 1) Goals of Hyperledger Composer
2) Key concepts for the business service
Hyperledger Composer – provide
28
Application Development 3) Key development concepts – Model files,
Access control lists, Transaction processors,
business network definition
Hyperledger Composer – 1) Key concepts for administrators
29
Network Administration 2) How composer maps to Fabric chaincode
1) Sample use cases by Industry
30 Blockchain Use Cases 2) Business Problems and Participants
3) Communities in Blockchain network

41
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
1) Cross border payments
Blockchain in Financial Service –
31 2) Steller and Ripple protocols
I (Payments and Secure Trading)
3) Project Ubin
1) Know Your Customer (KYC)
Blockchain in Financial Service –
32 2) Privacy Consents
II (Compliance and Mortgage)
3) Mortgage over Blockchain
1) Blockchain enabled Trade
Blockchain in Financial Service –
7. 33 2) [Link] – Trade Finance Network
III (Financial Trade)
3) Supply Chain Financing
1) Blockchain for Trade Logistics
34 Revolutionizing Global Trade 2) Global Trade Digitization
3) Blockchain for Container Management
1) Food Safety and Food Traceability
35 Blockchain in Supply Chain – I
2) Supply Chain Orchestration
1) Everledger
2) The Diamond Lifecycle
36 Blockchain in Supply Chain – II
3) Addressing Supply Chain Fraud through
Blockchain
1) Blockchain in Healthcare
37 Blockchain in Other Industries 2) Blockchain in Energy Markets
3) Blockchain in Media
1) Blockchain and Government
8. Blockchain in Government – I 2) Preventing Cyber Crime through
38
(Advantages) blockchain
3) Government Use-cases
1) Auditing and Compliance
Blockchain in Government – II
39 2) Blockchain for Defense
(Use Cases)
3) e-Estonia: A Case Study
1) Digital Identity and Single Sign On (SSO)
Blockchain in Government – III
40 2) Principles of Digital Identity Management
(Digital Identity)
3) Why Blockchain
Blockchain in Government – IV 1) Indy for Digital Identity Management
41
(Hyperledger Indy) 2) How Indy Works
Blockchain in Government – V 1) Blockchain for Tax Payments
42 (Tax Payments and Land Registry 2) Blockchain for Managing Land Registry
Records) Records
1) Security properties
Blockchain Security – I
9. 43
(Overview)
2) Security considerations for Blockchain
3) Intel SGX
Blockchain Security – II 1) Identities and Policies
44 (Membership and Access control 2) Membership and Access Control
in Fabric) 3) Blockchain Crypto Service Providers
1) Privacy in a Blockchain System
Blockchain Security – III
45 2) Privacy through Fabric Channels
(Privacy in Fabric)
3) Smart Contract Confidentiality

42
Chapter Lecture Topic Concepts
Blockchain Security – III (Fabric 1) SideDB Motivation
46
SideDB) 2) SideDB Overview
1) PoW vs BFT Consensus
Research Aspects – I (Consensus
47 2) Consensus Finality
Scalability)
3) Consensus Scalability
1) Fairness and Scalability in Nakamoto
Research Aspects – II (Bitcoin- Consensus
48
10. NG) 2) Bitcoin-NG: Working Principles
3) Key Blocks and Microblocks
1) Authority and Digital Signature
Research Aspects -III
49 2) Collective Signing (CoSi)
(Collective Signing)
3) Shnorr Multisignature and BLS Signatures
1) Strong non-probabilistic consistency
50 Research Aspects – IV (Byzcoin) 2) BFT over Bitcoin – increasing scalability
3) Byzcoin Design and Performance
1) Strong Synchrony vs Weak Synchrony
2) Avoiding Forks
51 Research Aspects – V (Algorand)
3) Transaction Neutrality and Frictionless
Evolution
1) Asynchronous networks as network fault
Research Aspects – VI (Cross
52 2) Cross fault Tolerant (XFT) architecture
Fault Tolerance)
3) XPaxos
1) Multi-Party Computation (MPC)
11. Research Aspects – VII (Secured
53 2) Fairness in MPC
Multi-Party Computation)
3) MPC over Blockchain – ensuring fairness
1) Big Data and Big Network
Blockchain for Science – I 2) Why Blockchain for Big data – application
54
(Blockchain for Big Data) aspects
3) BigChainDB – The Blockchain Database
1) Data analysis over Blockchain
Blockchain for Science – II
55 2) Logic over Blockchain network
(Blockchain and AI)
3) Inferring Decisions through AI
1) Architecture and concepts
Comparing Ecosystems –
56 2) Smart contracts and EVM
Ethereum
3) Additional/upcoming capabilities
1) Ethereum Development Tools
Comparing Ecosystems –
2) Motivation and concepts
12. 57 Ethereum development tools and
3) Architecture
Quorum
4) Transaction processing and consensus
1) Key features, Notaries and Oracles
Comparing Ecosystems – Corda
2) Transactions, Transaction Flows
58 Part 1& Comparing Ecosystems –
3) Corda ledger and smart contracts,
Corda Part 2
Consensus

WEB LINK:

[Link]

43
 Code: B16 IT 3112C

TESTING TOOLS
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective: Testing tools course is designed to learn the basics of Testing Tools and get
to understand the Testing process.

Course Outcomes: By the end of the course, student will be able to know various testing tools
like HP-Quality Center-11.00, Performance Test Automation with LOADRUNNER 11.00 &
Browser Automation Testing Tool SELENIUM-1.10.0

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I : Testing Introduction

Introduction, Importance of software systems, Common problems in software development,
SDLC Implementation:Feasibility study/Requirement Gathering, Analysis, Designing, Coding,
Testing, Delivery and Maintenance, Software Development Models:Waterfall Model,
Incremental Model, Prototype Model/Use and Through Model, Spiral Model,V-Model, W-
Model, Agile Testing Implementation, Agile-SCRUM, Kinds of Testing: Un-Conventional
Testing, Conventional Testing, Methods of Testing :Black Box Testing,White Box Testing,
Gray Box Testing. Static Testing: Reviews, Inspections, Audit,Walkthrough. Dynamic Testing:
Unit Testing, Module Testing, Integration Testing, System Testing, User Acceptance Testing

UNIT-II: HP-Quality Center-11.00

Overview on Test Management, Quality Center – Introduction,Need of Test-Management
Tool,Module (TestDirector Project, Site Administration, Customization),Domain/Project
Fundamentals,How to Get Started
Architecture of TD/QC Tool:Site Administrator,Create Domain, Create Project, Create
Users,Assign Users to Project, Monitor Connections
Customization of Quality Center Release and Cycle creation Test Requirements: Example
of a test requirement,Importance of tracing and tracking Requirements,Reviewing and building
a,Requirements structure, Entering requirements manually
Test Cases Creation and management: Review of an existing test case, Parameters, Building a
test case structure, Creating manual test cases, Requirements coverage
Test Sets and Test Execution: Creating folders and test sets, Defining test execution flow,
Setting test set properties,Manual test execution, Logging defects during manual testing,
Automated test execution, Adding test hosts, Running a test set, Setting run times
Defect Tracking: Reporting defects, Searching for similar defects, Using grid filters, Deleting
defects
44
Reporting and Analysis: Analysis menu graphs and reports, Creating editable reports with the
advanced, Reporting
Bug Tracking Tools: BugZilla, Mantis, PRTracker, VSS
Automation Life Cycle Implementation Using HP-QuickTest Professional-11.00

Introduction to QuickTest:Overview of Add-In Manager and QuickTest,QuickTest Window

andTools, QuickTest Commands, Tools in QuickTest

UNIT-III : Performance Test Automation with LOADRUNNER 11.00

Introduction,Overview of LoadRunner, The need of performance testing, When load testing

comes into process, Performance Testing, Stress Testing, LoadRunner Architecture, LoadsTest
Process

Performance Test Process: Manual Load Testing, Automation Load Testing, Performance Test
Approach, Study system under test, Create Vuser Script, Execute Tests, Analyze Test Results

Load Runner Components: Virtual user generator,Controller , Analysis

Load testing process:Building Tests, Running Load Tests,Analyze the results,Load Runner
Controller,Publish Reports

UNIT-IV: Browser Automation Testing Tool SELENIUM-1.10.0

Introduction to Selenium,What is Selenium,Use of Selenium, When Selenium can be useful in

testing, Features of Selenium,Differences between Selenium and QTP

Selenium Components:Selenium IDE, Selenium RC, Selenium Grid

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

[Link]

45
 Code: B16 IT 3112D

MACHINE LEARNING
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

This course provides a concise introduction to the fundamental concepts in machine learning and
popular machine learning algorithms. We will cover the standard and most popular supervised
learning algorithms including linear regression, logistic regression, decision trees, k-nearest
neighbor, an introduction to Bayesian learning and the naïve Bayes algorithm, support vector
machines and kernels and neural networks with an introduction to Deep Learning. We will also
cover the basic clustering algorithms. Feature reduction methods will also be discussed. We will
introduce the basics of computational learning theory. In the course we will discuss various
issues related to the application of machine learning algorithms. We will discuss hypothesis
space, over fitting, bias and variance, tradeoffs between representational power and learn ability,
evaluation strategies and cross-validation. The course will be accompanied by hands-on problem
solving with programming in Python and some tutorial sessions.

Course Outcomes:

1. Have a good understanding of the fundamental issues and challenges of machine learning:
data, model selection, model complexity, etc.
2. Have an understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of many popular machine learning
approaches.
3. Appreciate the underlying mathematical relationships within and across Machine Learning
algorithms and the paradigms of supervised and un-supervised learning.
4. Be able to design and implement various machine learning algorithms in a range of real-
world applications.

SYLLABUS

Chapter1:
Introduction: Basic definitions, types of learning, hypothesis space and inductive bias,
evaluation, cross-validation.

Chapter2:
Linear regression, Decision trees, over fitting.

Chapter3:
Instance based learning, Feature reduction, Collaborative filtering based recommendation.

46
Chapter4:
Probability and Bayes learning.

Chapter5:
Logistic Regression, Support Vector Machine, Kernel function and Kernel SVM.

Chapter6:
Neural network: Perception, multilayer network, back propagation, introduction to deep neural
network.

Chapter7:
Computational learning theory, PAC learning model, Sample complexity, VC Dimension,
Ensemble learning.

Chapter8:
Clustering: k-means, adaptive hierarchical clustering, Gaussian mixture model.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

47
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
II-SEMESTER

Total
Code Lecture Tutorial Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Credits Contact
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs/Week
B16 IT Data Ware Housing &
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201 Data Mining
B16 IT Object Oriented
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202 Software Engineering
B16 IT Design and Analysis of
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203 Algorithms
B16 IT Compiler Design 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3204
B16 IT Cryptography And
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3205 Network Security
#ELE-II ELECTIVE-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 IT Software Engineering
3211 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
And Mini Project Lab
B16 IT Computer Graphics and
3212 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
Multimedia Lab
B16 ENG Verbal &Quantative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202 Aptitude-II
#M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

#M-IV MOOCS-IV 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 34 31 6 6 43 580 520 1100

B16 IT 3206 Image Processing

B16 IT 3207 Distributed Database Systems
#ELE-II B16 IT 3208 Computer Graphics
B16 IT 3209 Mobile Computing
B16 IT 3210 Soft Computing And Neural Networks.
B16 ENG 3205 Competitive Coding
B16 IT 3213A Amazon Web Services
#M-III
B16 IT 3213B [Link]
B16 IT 3213C Routing & Switching
B16 IT 3214A Data Science using Advanced Python
B16 IT 3214B Angular JS
#M-IV
B16 IT 3214C C#.NET and [Link]
B16 IT 3214D MAT LAB

48
 Code: B16IT3201

DATAWAREHOUSING & DATA MINING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives :

1. To understand the evolution of data warehousing and data mining systems

2. To understand extracting, cleaning and transformation of data into a warehouse.
3. To learn the principles of statistics, information theory, machine learning and other areas AI
and implementation of data mining techniques.
4. To understand pattern mining using classification and clustering methods.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student understands the differences between OLTP and OLAP.

2. The student learns how data cube technology supports summarization and querying high
dimensional data.
3. The student is introduced to similarity, distance, information gain and other performance and
error metrics used for evaluation of mining results.
4. The student is introduced to various approaches to association rule mining , supervised and
unsupervised learning and the corresponding classification and clustering approaches involving
decision trees, Bayesian approaches, model based and agglomerative approaches.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Data Mining: Evolution of IT into DBMS, Motivation and importance ofData
Warehousing and Data Mining, Kinds of Patterns, Technologies, Applications, MajorIssues in
Data Mining, Data Objects and Attributes Types, Statistical Descriptions of Data,Data
Visualization, Estimating Data Similarity and Dissimilarity,

Data pre-processing : Quality data, Data Cleaning, Data Integration, Data Reduction, Data
Transformation, Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation.

Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology: Basic Concepts of Data warehouse, Data Modeling
using Cubes and OLAP, DWH Design and usage, Implementation using Data Cubes and OLAPs,
Data Generalization with AOI.

Data Cube Technology: Preliminary Concepts of Data Cube Computation, Data Cube
Computation Methods: Multi-way Array Aggregation for Full Cube, Multi-dimensional Data
Analysis in cube space,
49
Mining Frequent Patterns Based on Associations and Correlations: Basic Concepts, Frequent
Itemset Mining Methods: Apriori Algorithm, Association Rule Generation, Improvements to
Apriori, FP- Growth Approach, Mining Closed and Max Patterns, Pattern Evaluation Methods,
Association mining in multi-level, multi-dimensional space

Classification & Prediction: Basic Concepts, Decision Tree Induction, Bayes Classification,
Rule- Based Classification, Model Evaluation and Selection, Techniques to Improve
Classification Accuracy, Classification by Back Propagation, Associative Classification, K-
nearest neighbor classifier.

Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and issues in clustering, Types of Data in Cluster Analysis,
Partitioning Methods, Hierarchical Methods, Density Based Methods, Grid Based Methods,
Evaluation of Clustering Solutions

Text Book:

1. Data Mining- Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian Pei –
Morgan Kaufmann publishers –--3rd edition

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Data Mining, Adriaan, Addison Wesley Publication

2. Data Mining Techniques, [Link], University Press Data mining concepts by Tan,
Steinbech, and Vipin Kumar - Pearson Edu publishers

50
 Code: B16 IT 3202

OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives:
1. To explain the importance of OOSE in Software development.
2. To explain the students the importance of Requirements Engineering.
3. To explain the role of UML and Testing in Software Development.
4. To explain the entire Software Development Process with aid of case studies.

Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to define a problem and perform Requirements Engineering.
2. Ability to draw UML diagrams for the requirements gathered.
3. Ability to implement the designed problem in Object Oriented Programming Language.
4. Test whether all the requirements specified have been achieved or not.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Object Oriented Software Engineering & Requirements Engineering:

Nature of the Software, Types of Software, Software Engineering Projects, Software Engineering
Activities, Software Quality, Introduction to Object Orientation, Software Process Models-
Waterfall Model, Opportunistic Model , Phased Released Model, Spiral Model, Evolutionary
Model, Concurrent Engineering Model, Domain Analysis, Problem Definition and Scope,
Requirements Definition, Types of Requirements, Techniques for Gathering and Analyzing
Requirements.

Unified Modeling Language & Use Case Modeling: Modeling Concepts, Types of UML
Diagrams with Examples; User-Centered Design, Characteristics of Users, Developing Use-Case
Models of Systems, Use-Case Diagram, Use- Case Descriptions, Usability Principles, Interaction
and Behavioral Diagrams: Interaction Diagrams, State Diagrams, Case Study.

Class Design and Class Diagrams: Activity Diagrams, Essentials of UML Class Diagrams,
Associations and Multiplicity, Other Relationships, Generalization, Instance Diagrams,
Advanced Features of Class Diagrams, Component and Deployment Diagrams, Case Study.

Software Design and Architecture: Process of Design, Principles Leading to Good Design,
Techniques for Making Good Design Decisions, Good Design Document; Pattern Introduction,
Design Patterns: Abstraction-Occurrence Pattern, General Hierarchical Pattern, Play-Role
Pattern, Singleton Pattern, Observer Pattern, Delegation Pattern, Adaptor Pattern, Façade Pattern,

51
Immutable Pattern, Read-Only Interface Pattern and The Proxy Pattern; Software Architecture
Contents of Architecture Model, Architectural Patterns: Multilayer, Client-Server, Broker,
Transaction Processing, Pipe & Filter and MVC Architectural Patterns.

Software Testing & Software Process Management: Overview of Testing, Testing Concepts,
Testing Activities, Testing Strategies, Unit Testing, Integration Testing, Function Testing,
Structural Testing, Class Based Testing Strategies, Use Case/Scenario Based Testing, Regression
Testing, Performance Testing, System Testing, Acceptance Testing, Installation Testing, OO
Test Design Issues, Test Case Design, Quality Assurance, Root Cause Analysis, Post-Mortem
Analysis, Introduction to Software Project Management, Rationale Management, Configuration
Management, Activities of Software Project Management, Structure of Project Plan, Software
Cost Estimation, Project Scheduling.

CASE STUDY:

1. Simple Chat Instant Messaging System

2. GPS Based Automobile Navigation System
3. Waste Management Inspection Tracking System (WMITS)
4. Geographical Information System

Text Books:

1. Object-Oriented Software Engineering Practical software development using UML and Java
by Timothy C. Lethbridge & Robert, Langaniere Mcgraw-Hill.
2. Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Using UML, Patterns and Java, Bernd Bruegge and
Allen H. Dutoit, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia.

Reference Books:

1. Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, Roger S Pressman.

2. A Practical Guide to Testing Object-Oriented Software, John D. McGregor; David A. Sykes,
Addison-Wesley Professional.
3. Software Engineering, K.K. Agarwal, New Age Publications 2008

52
 Code: B16 IT 3203

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

On completing this course student will be able to

1. Solve problems using algorithm design methods such as the greedy method, divide and
conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking, and branch and bound and writing programs
for these solutions
2. Analyze the asymptotic performance of algorithms.
3. Demonstrate a familiarity with major algorithms and data structures.
4. Synthesize efficient algorithms in common engineering design situations.

Course Outcomes :

1. Students will be able to Analyze the algorithms using asymptotic analysis.

2. Student will be able to understand, apply and analyze Divide-and-Conquer technique on
computer science problems.
3. Student will be able to understand, apply and analyze Greedy technique on computer science
problems.
4. Student will be able to understand, apply and analyze Dynamic Programming on computer
science problems.
5. Student will be able to understand, apply and analyze Basic Traversal and Search techniques
and Backtracking on computer science problems.
6. Student will be able to understand, apply and analyze Branch-and-Bound

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Algorithm, Algorithm specification, Performance Analysis.

Divide and Conquer: The general method -- Binary search -- finding maximum and minimum -
Merge sort -- Quick sort -- Selection – Strassen‘s Matrix multiplication – Convex Hull

The Greedy Method: The general method – Knapsack problem -- Job sequencing with
deadlines -- Optimal storage on tapes -- minimum cost spanning trees -- Optimal Merge Patterns --
single source shortest paths.

Dynamic Programming: The general method -- Multistage graphs -- all pairs shortest paths --
optimal binary search trees -- reliability design -- the traveling sales person problem.

53
Basic Traversal and Search techniques: Techniques for Binary trees – Techniques for Graphs
– Connected components and spanning trees -- Bi-connected components and depth first search.

Back Tracking: The General Method -- Eight Queens problem -- Sum of subsets -- Graph
coloring -- Hamiltonian cycle.

Branch and Bound: The Method--Least cost (LC) Search-- The 15-Puzzle: an Example—
Control Abstraction for LC-Search-- 0/1Knapsack Problem--Traveling Salesperson

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms by Ellis Horowitz, S. Sahni [Link]. Galgotia Pub. 2001.
2. The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms by Aho, Hopecraft, Ullman.

Reference Books:

1. Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design and Analysis by Sara Baase, Allen Van
Gelder, Pearson Education.
2. Data Structures and Algorithm Anaysis in C++ by Mark Allen Weiss, pearson Education.

54
 Code: B16 IT 3204
COMPILER DESIGN

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the major concept areas of language translation and compiler design.
2. To enrich the knowledge in various phases of compiler ant its use, code optimization
techniques, machine code generation, and use of symbol table.
3. To extend the knowledge of parser by parsing LL parser and LR parser.

Course Outcomes:

1. To apply the knowledge of lex tool & yacc tool to devleop a scanner & parser.
2. To design & conduct experiments for Intermediate Code Generation in compiler.
3. To design & implement a software system for backend of the compiler.
4. To learn the new code optimization techniques to improve the performance of a program in
terms of speed & space.
5. To acquire the knowledge of modern compiler & its features.
6. To learn & use the new tools and technologies used for designing a compiler

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Compilers:
Translators-Compilation and Interpretation-Language processors-The Phases of Compiler-Errors
encountered in Different Phases-The Grouping of Phases-Compiler Construction Tools.
Programming language basics.

Lexical Analysis
Need and Role of Lexical Analyzer-Lexical Errors-Expressing Tokens by Regular Expressions-
Converting Regular Expression to DFA- Minimization of DFA-Language for Specifying Lexical
Analyzers-LEX-Design of Lexical Analyzer for a sample language.

Syntax Analysis:
Need and Role of the Parser-Context Free Grammars -Top Down Parsing -General Strategies-
Recursive Descent Parser Predictive Parser-LL(1) Parser-Shift Reduce Parser-LR Parser-LR
(0)Item-Construction of SLR Parsing Table -Introduction to LALR Parser - Error Handling and
Recovery in Syntax Analyzer-YACC-Design of a syntax Analyzer for a Sample Language .

55
Syntax Directed Translation & Run Time Environment:
Syntax directed Definitions-Construction of Syntax Tree-Bottom-up Evaluation of S-Attribute
Definitions- Design of predictive translator - Type Systems-Specification of a simple type
checker-Equivalence of Type Expressions-Type Conversions. RUN-TIME ENVIRONMENT:
Source Language Issues-Storage Organization-Storage Allocation-Parameter Passing-Symbol
Tables-Dynamic Storage Allocation -Storage Allocation in FORTAN.

Code Optimization And Code Generation

Principal Sources of Optimization-DAG- Optimization of Basic Blocks-Global Data Flow
Analysis-Efficient Data Flow Algorithms-Issues in Design of a Code Generator - A Simple Code
Generator Algorithm.

Text Book

1. Principles of Compiler Design by Aho, D. Ullman

Reference Books

1. Compiler Construction by Kenneth. C. Louden, Vikas Pub. House.

56
 Code: B16 IT 3205

CRYPTOGRAPHY & NETWORK SECURITY

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Introduction of the issues in network security- its need and importance, taxonomy and
terminology.
2. Discussion of various cryptographic techniques.
3. Exploration of different types of security threats and remedies.
4. Understanding of Internet security protocols and standards.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:
1. Realize the need and importance of network and data security in the Internet and in the
distributed environments.
2. To be familiar with different means of Authentication mechanisms.
3. Identify the different types of network security issues and their remedies.
4. Application of various cryptographic tools and techniques in different contexts.
5. To be familiar with some internet security protocols and standards.

SYLLABUS

Overview: Computer Security Concepts, Threats, Attacks, and Assets, A Security Architecture
for Open Systems, Cryptographic Tools: Confidentiality with Symmetric Encryption, Message
Authentication and Hash Functions, Public-Key Encryption, Digital Signatures and Key
Management, Random and Pseudorandom Numbers. User Authentication: Means of
Authentication, Password-Based Authentication, Token-Based Authentication, Biometric
Authentication, Remote User Authentication, Security Issues for User Authentication.

Access Control: Access Control Principles, Subjects, Objects, and Access Rights, Discretionary
Access Control, Role-Based Access Control, Database Security: The Need for Database
Security, Database Management Systems, Relational Databases, Database Access Control,
Inference, Statistical Databases, Database Encryption, Cloud Security.

Malicious Software: Types of Malicious Software (Malware), Propagation—Infected Content—

Viruses, Propagation—Vulnerability Exploit—Worms, Propagation— Social Engineering—
SPAM E-mail, Trojans, Payload—System Corruption, Payload—Attack Agent—Zombie, Bots,
Payload—Information Theft—Key loggers, Phishing, Spyware, Payload—Stealthing—
Backdoors, Root kits, Countermeasures. Denial-of-Service Attacks: Denial-of-Service Attacks,
Flooding Attacks, Distributed Denial-of-Service Attacks, Application-Based Bandwidth Attacks,
Reflector and Amplifier Attacks, Defenses Against Denial-of-Service Attacks, Responding to a
Denial-of-Service Attack.
57
Intrusion Detection: Intruders, Intrusion Detection, Host-Based Intrusion Detection, Distributed
Host-Based Intrusion Detection, Network-Based Intrusion Detection, Intrusion Detection
Exchange Format, Honeypots. Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Systems: The Need for
Firewalls, Firewall Characteristics, Types of Firewalls, Firewall Basing, Firewall Location and
Configurations, Intrusion Prevention Systems.

Symmetric Encryption and Message Confidentiality: Symmetric Encryption Principles, Data

Encryption Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard, Stream Ciphers and RC4, Cipher Block
Modes of Operation, Location of Symmetric Encryption Devices, Key Distribution. Public-Key
Cryptography and Message Authentication: Secure Hash Function, HMAC, The RSA Public-
Key Encryption Algorithm, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Algorithm.

Internet Security Protocols and Standards: Secure E-mail and S/MIME, Domain Keys
Identified Mail, Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS), HTTPS, IPv4
and IPv6 Security. Internet Authentication Applications: Kerberos, X.509, Public-Key
Infrastructure, Federated Identity Management. Wireless Network Security: IEEE 802.11
Wireless LAN Overview, IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN Security.

Text Book:

1. Computer Security - Principles and Practices 2nd Edition by William Stallings, Pearson
Education, Inc.

Reference Books:

1. Cryptography and Network Security by William Stallings, Pearson Education Asia, New
Delhi.
2. Network Security Essentials Applications and Standards, by William Stallings, Pearson
Education Asia, New Delhi.

58
 Code: B16 IT 3206

IMAGE PROCESSING
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives:

1. To explain fundamentals of Image processing concepts.

2. To provide mathematical foundation of image enhancement , image compression and image
segmentation.
3. To explain the students about Morphology and its applications in image processing.
4. To explain various methods and techniques for image transformation.

Course outcomes

1. Ability to develop algorithms for fundamental concepts in Image processing.

2. Ability to perform image enhancement , image compression and image segmentation using
various methods.
3. Ability to implement Image transformation techniques

SYLLABUS

Fundamentals of Image Processing: Image Acquisition, Image Model, Sampling,

Quantization, Relationship Between Pixels, Distance Measures, Connectivity , Image Geometry,
Photographic Film. Histogram: Definition, Decision Of Contrast Basing On Histogram,
Operations Basing on Histograms Like Image Stretching, Image Sliding, Image Classification.
Definition and Algorithm of Histogram Equalization.

Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain : Arithmetic and Logical Operations, Pixel or Point
Operations, Size Operations; Smoothing Filters-Mean, Median, Mode Filters – Comparative
Study.

Edge enhancement in spatial domain: Edge enhancement filters, Directorial Filters, Sobel,
Laplacian, Robert, KIRSCH Homogeneity & DIFF filters, PREWITT Filter, Contrast based edge
enhancement techniques, Comparative study, Low pass filters, High pass filters, Sharpening
filters, Comparative study, Color fundamentals and color model

59
Image Compression: Run Length Encoding, modified run length encoding, Contour Coding,
Huffman Code, Compression Due to Change in Domain, Compression Due to Quantization
Compression at the Time of Image Transmission. Brief Discussion on:- Image Compression
Standards.

Image Segmentation: Definition of segmentation, Characteristics of Segmentation, Detection of

Discontinuities, Thresholding. Pixel Based Segmentation Method. Region Based Segmentation
Methods, Segmentation by Pixel Aggregation, Segmentation by Sub Region Aggregation,
Histogram Based Segmentation, Spilt and Merge Technique, Segmentation of moving objects

Morphology: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Hit-And-Miss Transform, Thinning,

Thickening, Skeletons , Pruning Extensions to Gray – Scale Images Application of Morphology
in I.P

Image Transforms : A Detail Discussion On Fourier Transform, DFT,FFT, Properties of

Fourier transform, WALSH Trans Form , WFT, HADAMARD Transform, DCT Image
Enhancement in Frequency Domain: Design of Low Pass, High Pass, EDGE Enhancement,
Smoothening Filters in Frequency Domain. Butter Worth Filter, Homomorphic Filters in
Frequency Domain Advantages of Filters in Frequency Domain, Comparative Study of Filters in
Frequency, Domain and Spatial Domain.

Text Book:

1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Gonzalez And Richard E. Woods, Addision Wesley

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals Of Electronic Image Processing By Arthyr – R – Weeks, Jr.(PHI).

2. Image Processing, Analysis, And Machine Vision By Milan Sonka Vaclan Halavac Roger
Boyle, Vikas Publishing House.
3. Digital Image Processing, S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan& T. Veera Kumar, TMH.
4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Chris Solomon, Tobi Breckon, Wiley-Blackwell

60
 Code: B16 IT 3207

DISTRIBUTED DATABASE SYSTEMS

(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. This course will introduce principles and foundations of distributed databases.
2. This course will introduce basic architecture, design issues.
3. This course will introduce strategies of integrity control, query processing and optimization.
4. This course will introduce principles transactions, and concurrency control mechanisms.

Course Out comes :

1. Explain the techniques used for data fragmentation, replication, and allocation during the
distributed database design process.
2. Evaluate simple strategies for executing a distributed query to select the strategy that
minimizes the amount of data transfer.
3. Explain how the two-phase commit protocol is used to deal with committing a transaction
that accesses databases stored on multiple nodes.
4. Describe distributed concurrency control based on the distinguished copy techniques and the
voting methods

SYLLABUS
Features of Distributed versus Centralized Databases, Principles Of Distributed Databases ,
Levels Of Distribution Transparency, Reference Architecture for Distributed Databases , Types
of Data Fragmentation, Integrity Constraints in Distributed Databases.
Translation of Global Queries to Fragment Queries, Equivalence Transformations for Queries,
Transforming Global Queries into Fragment Queries, Distributed Grouping and Aggregate
Function Evaluation, Parametric Queries.
Optimization of Access Strategies, A Framework for Query Optimization, Join Queries, General
Queries.
The Management of Distributed Transactions, A Framework for Transaction Management,
Supporting Atomicity of Distributed Transactions, Concurrency Control for Distributed
Transactions, Architectural Aspects of Distributed Transactions.

Concurrency Control, Foundation of Distributed Concurrency Control, Distributed Deadlocks,

Concurrency Control based on Timestamps, Optimistic Methods for Distributed Concurrency
Control.

61
Reliability, Basic Concepts, Nonblocking Commitment Protocols, Reliability and concurrency
Control, Determining a Consistent View of the Network, Detection and Resolution of
Inconsistency, Checkpoints and Cold Restart, Distributed Database Administration, Catalog
Management in Distributed Databases, Authorization and Protection
Architectural Issues, Alternative Client/Server Architectures, Cache Consistency Object
Management, Object Identifier Management, Pointer Swizzling, Object Migration, Distributed
Object Storage, Object Query Processing, Object Query Processor Architectures, Query
Processing Issues, Query Execution , Transaction Management, Transaction Management in
Object DBMSs , Transactions as Objects.
Database Integration, Scheme Translation, Scheme Integration, Query Processing Query
Processing Layers in Distributed Multi-DBMSs, Query Optimization Issues. Transaction
Management Transaction and Computation Model Multidatabase Concurrency Control,
Multidatabase Recovery, Object Orientation And Interoperability Object Management
Architecture CORBA and Database Interoperability Distributed Component Model COM/OLE
and Database Interoperability, PUSH-Based Technologies

Text Books :

1. Distributed Database Principles & Systems, Stefano Ceri, Giuseppe Pelagatti McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:

1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, [Link] Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez – Pearson

Education.

62
 Code: B16 IT 3208

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Provides a comprehensive introduction to computer graphics with a foundation in Graphics
Applications.
2. A thorough introduction to computer graphics techniques.
3. To give the basics of Geometric Transformations and projections.
4. To introduce three dimensional concepts and object representations with color models and
basics of computer animation.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will understand graphics principles and graphics hardware.
2. The students can demonstrate geometrical transformations.
3. The students can create interactive graphics applications and demonstrate computer graphics
animation.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Computer Graphics and their applications: Computer Aided Design, Computer
Art, Entertainment, Education and Training, Graphical User Interfaces; Overview of Graphics
systems: Video Display Devices, Raster Scan Systems, Random Scan Systems, Graphics
Monitors And Workstations, Input Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Interactive Input Methods,
Windows and Icons, Virtual Reality Environments, Graphics Software.

Output primitives :Points and Lines, , Line and Curve Attributes, Color and Gray scale levels,
Antialiasing, Loading the Frame buffer, Line function, Line Drawing Algorithms, Circle
Generating Algorithms, Ellipse Generating Algorithms, Pixel Addressing, Area Fill Attributes,
Filled Area Primitives, Filled Area Functions, Cell Array, Character Generation, Character
Attributes, Bundled Attributes, Curve Functions, Parallel Curve Algorithms.

Two Dimensional Transformations: Basic 2D Transformations, Matrix Representations,

Homogeneous Coordinates, Composite Transformations, Other Transformations,
Transformations between Coordinate Systems, Affine Transformations.

Three Dimensional Transformations & Projections: Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Other

Transformations, Composite Transformations, 3D Transformation Functions, Modeling and
Coordinate Transformations, Need for projections, Parallel & Perspective projections, General
Projection Transformations.

63
Viewing Pipeline and Clipping operations : Viewing Pipeline ,Viewing Coordinates &
Reference frames, Window-to-Viewport Coordinate Transformation, Two Dimensional Viewing
Functions, , Three Dimensional Viewing, View Volumes, Clipping and its Operations, Types of
clipping operations- Point Clipping,Line Clipping, Polygon Clipping,, Curve Clipping,, Text and
Exterior Clipping.

Three Dimensional Concepts and Object representations: 3D display methods, 3D Graphics,

Polygon Surfaces, Curved Lines and Surfaces, Quadratic Surfaces, Super Quadrics, Blobby
Objects, Spline Representations, Bézier Curves and Surfaces, BSpline Curves and Surfaces.

Introduction to Multimedia: Multimedia and Hypermedia, Worldwideweb, Overview

multimedia tools, Graphics and Image Data Representation.

Text Book:

1. Computer Graphics, Donald Hearn & [Link] Baker, Pearson Education ,New Delhi.
2. Fundamentals of Multimedia, Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, Pearson Education ,New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics, David [Link], Tata McGrawHill Book
Company, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice in C,[Link], [Link], A Van Dam F.H John
Pearson Education,2004.
3. Computer Graphics using OpenGL,FranscisSHillJr,PearsonEducation,2004.
4. Computer Vision and Image Processing: A Practical Approach using CVIPtools, S. E.
Umbaugh,, Prentice Hall, 1998

64
 Code: B16IT3209

MOBILE COMPUTING
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To make the student understand the concept of mobile computing paradigm, Its novel
applications and limitations.
2. To understand the typical mobile networking Infrastructure through a popular GSM protocol.
3. To understand the issues and solutions of various layers of mobile networks, namely MAC
layer, Network Layer & Transport Layer.
4. To understand the database issues With mobile environments & data delivery models.
5. To understand the ad hoc networks and related concepts.
6. To understand the platforms and protocols used in mobile environment.

Course Outcomes:

1. Able to think and develop new mobile application.

2. Able to take any new technical issue related to s new paradigm and come up with a
solution(s).
3. Able to develop new ad hoc network applications and/or/ algorithms/ protocols.
4. Able to understand & develop any existing or new protocol related to mobile environment.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Mobile Communications, Mobile Computing – Paradigm. Promises/Novel

Applications and impediments and Architecture; Mobile and Han&)old Devices, Mobile and
Handheld Devices. GSM — Services. System Architecture. Radio Interlaces, Protocols.
Localization, Calling, Handover, Security, New Data Services, GPRS, CSHSD, DECT.

(Wireless) Medium Access Control (MAC): Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and
exposed terminals. Near and far terminals), SDMA, FDMA TDMA, CDMA, Wireless
LAN/(IEEE 802.11) Mobile Network Lay.r IP end Mobile IP Network Layers, Packet Delivery
and Handover Management, Location Management, Registration. Tunneling and Encapsulation,
Route Optimization, DHCR

Mobile Transport Layer: Conventional TCP/iP Protocols, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP,
Mobile TCP, Other Transport Layer Protocols for Mobile Networks. Database Issues: Database
Hoarding & Caching Techniques. Client-Server Computing a Adaptation, Transnational Models,
Query processing, Data Recovery Process & QoS Issues.
65
Data Dissemination and Synchronization: Communications Asymmetry. Classification of
Data Delivery Mechanisms. Data Dissemination, Broadcast Models. Selective Tuning and
Indexing Methods. Data Synchronization – Introduction. Software, and Protocols.

Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs): Introduction, Applications a Challenges of a MANET

Routing, Classification of Routing Algorithms. Algorithms such as DSR. AODV. DSDV. etc. ,
Mobile Agents. Service Discovery.

Text Books:

1. Joctien Schuller, Mobile Communication". Addison-Wesley. Second Edition, 2009.

2. Raj Kamal. "Moblie Computing". Oxford University Press, 2007. ISBN: 0195686772

Reference Books:

1. Jochen Sdiiler. ―Mobile Communications‖. Addison-Wesley. Second Edition. 2004.

2. Stomenovlc and Cacute, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing. Wiley
2002. ISBN 0471419028.
3. Reza Behravanfar. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile
Applications with UML and XML. ISBN:0521817331. Cambridge University Press.
2004.

66
 Code: B16IT3210
SOFT COMPUTING AND NEURAL NETWORKS
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The student should be made to:
1. Learn the various soft computing frame works
2. Be familiar with design of various neural networks
3. Be exposed to fuzzy logic
4. Learn genetic programming.
5. Be exposed to hybrid systems.

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Apply various soft computing frame works.
2. Design of various neural networks.
3. Use fuzzy logic.
4. Apply genetic programming.
5. Discuss hybrid soft computing.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Artificial neural network: Introduction, characteristics- learning methods –

taxonomy – Evolution of neural networks- basic models - important technologies - applications.
Fuzzy logic: Introduction - crisp sets- fuzzy sets - crisp relations and fuzzy relations: cartesian
product of relation - classical relation, fuzzy relations, tolerance and equivalence relations, non-
iterative fuzzy sets. Genetic algorithm- Introduction - biological background - traditional
optimization and search techniques - Genetic basic concepts.

Neural Networks: McCulloch-Pitts neuron - linear separability - hebb network - supervised

learning network: perceptron networks - adaptive linear neuron, multiple adaptive linear neuron,
BPN, RBF, TDNN- associative memory network: auto-associative memory network, hetero-
associative memory network, BAM, hopfield networks, iterative autoassociative memory
network & iterative associative memory network – unsupervised learning networks: Kohonen
self organizing feature maps, LVQ – CP networks, ART network.

Fuzzy Logic: Membership functions: features, fuzzification, methods of membership

value assignments- Defuzzification: lambda cuts - methods - fuzzy arithmetic and fuzzy
measures: fuzzy arithmetic - extension principle - fuzzy measures - measures of fuzziness -fuzzy
integrals - fuzzy rule base and approximate reasoning : truth values and tables, fuzzy
propositions, formation of rules-decomposition of rules, aggregation of fuzzy rules, fuzzy
reasoning-fuzzy inference systems-overview of fuzzy expert system-fuzzy decision making.

67
Genetic Algorithm: Genetic algorithm and search space - general genetic algorithm – operators
- Generational cycle - stopping condition – constraints - classification - genetic programming –
multilevel optimization – real life problem- advances in GA

Hybrid Soft Computing Techniques & Applications: Neuro-fuzzy hybrid systems - genetic
neuro hybrid systems - genetic fuzzy hybrid and fuzzy genetic hybrid systems - simplified fuzzy
ARTMAP - Applications: A fusion approach of multispectral images with SAR, optimization of
traveling salesman problem using genetic algorithm approach, soft computing based hybrid
fuzzy controllers.

Text Books:

1. [Link], C.T. Sun and [Link], ―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing‖, PHI / Pearson
Education 2004.
2. [Link] and [Link], "Principles of Soft Computing", Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2011.

Reference Books:

1. [Link] and [Link] Pai, "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithm: Synthesis & Applications", Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
2. George J. Klir, Ute St. Clair, Bo Yuan, ―Fuzzy Set Theory: Foundations and Applications‖
PrenticeHall,1997.
3. David E. Goldberg, ―Genetic Algorithm in Search Optimization and Machine Learning‖
PearsonEducationIndia,2013.
4. James A. Freeman, David M. Skapura, ―Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications, and
ProgrammingTechniques,PearsonEducationIndia,1991.
5. Simon Haykin, ―Neural Networks Comprehensive Foundation‖ Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2005.

68
 Code:B16 IT 3211

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND MINI PROJECT LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50
Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:

The aim of this course is,

1. To design and development complex software solutions using the state of art software
engineering techniques.
2. To work knowledge of UML, source control and project management.
3. To have deep knowledge of the technologies they used for implementing their project.
4. And know how to test and document software.

Course Outcomes :

1. Students will be Construct, Design and implement complex software solutions. [K3, K4].
2. Students will be able to test and document the software. [K3].
3. Students will be capable of working as part of a software team and develop significant
projects under a tight deadline. [K3].
4. Students will be able apply the deep knowledge of the technologies they used for
implementing their project. [K2].
5. Students will be able to assess the changes required for customization in project
management. [K3]

SYLLABUS

The purpose of the Software Engineering Lab course is to familiarize the students with modern
software engineering methods and tools, Rational Products. The course is realized as a project-
like assignment that can, in principle, by a team of three/four students working full time.
Typically the assignments have been completed during the semester by each project team.
The goal of the Software Engineering Project is to have a walk through from the requirements,
design to implementing and testing. An emphasis is put on proper documentation. Term projects
are projects that a group student might take through from initial specification to implementation
by giving equal importance to both design and implementation.

Cycle I: Practicing UML diagrams using IBM Rational Rose. 6*3 periods= 18periods

Before developing a mini-project, in this cycle, the student is acquainted with different UML
diagrams using Rational Rose. The experiments should include drawing UML diagrams listed
below for two demo/example applications assigned by the lab Instructor. The input for the
following experiments is problem statement for any two demo projects supplied by the
instructor.
69
1. Introduction to Rational Rose and Practicing the following diagrams

a. Activity diagrams for the overall business process of the projects

b. Use-case diagram for the demo projects along with Use-case descriptions and sub-
diagrams for Use-cases.

2. Class diagram- Class diagrams including the features like classes, relationships, attributes and
methods along with their visibilities.
3. Interaction diagrams- Sequence diagrams and Collaboration diagrams for different scenarios
of the systems with all features like actors, objects and interactions.

4. Activity diagrams, State chart and other diagrams - Activity diagrams including the features
like fork join and swim lanes. State diagrams including composite states and transitions.
Component diagrams, Package diagrams and Deployment diagrams.

5. Forward and Reverser Engineering- Forward Engineering Class diagrams to classes in C++
and java and persistent classes to a database. Reverse Engineering C++ code, java code and a
database.

6. Documentation using Rational Rose clear quest.

Cycle II: Mini-Project 8*3 periods= 24periods

The project deliverables include

 Problem statement
 Requirements Analysis
 Design
A Software Design Description and a System Design.
A test specification.

 Implementation

Implement the assigned project with one of the following web technologies

 Front end: Java technologies/PHP/[Link] Technologies

 Backend: Oracle/My-SQL/SQL-Server
 Testing

Reference Books :

1. Project-based software engineering: An Object-oriented approach, Evelyn Stiller, Cathie

LeBlanc, Pearson Education.
2. Visual Modeling with Rational Rose 2002 and UML, Terry Quatrini, Pearson Education.

70
 Code:B16 IT 3212

COMPUTER GRAPHICS & MULTIMEDIA LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50
Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objective:

The computer graphics and multimedia laboratory is established for the purpose of providing
working area for development of computer graphics and multimedia

Course Outcome

Create and evaluate graphic design projects using computer graphics software

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To implement Bresenham‘s algorithms for line, circle and ellipse drawing
2. To perform 2D Transformations such as translation, rotation, scaling, Reflection and sharing.
3. To implement Cohen–Sutherland 2D clipping and window–viewport mapping
4. To perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling.
5. User Interface Design & Graphics II: Create a user interface for your final project. Include 2
backgrounds and 1 button set. Aim for a cohesive look.
6. Multimedia Sound: Create 2 soundtracks and 2 EFX sounds for a previous project.
7. Procedure to create an animation to indicate a ball bouncing on steps
8. Procedure to simulate movement of a cloud.
9. Procedure to create an animation with the following features. WELCOME Letters should
appear one by one The fill color of the text should change to a different color after the display of
the full word.
10. Procedure to create an animation to represent the growing moon
11. Procedure to extract the flower only from given photographic image and organize it on a
background. Selecting your own background for organization.
12. Procedure to use appropriate tool(s) from the toolbox cut the objects from 3 files ([Link],
[Link] & [Link]); organize them in a single file and apply feather effects.
Reference Books :

1. Vaughan, T. ―Multimedia – Making it work (5th edition) ―, McGraw-Hill. 2. Boyle, T.

―Design for Multimedia Learning‖, Prentice-Hall, 1997.

71
 Code: B16ENG3202
VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II
(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. [Link] :70
Credits :2
Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II
Course objectives:

1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing data,
preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to instill
confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and written
discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked based
on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words or
sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries of
group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language effectively
according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a positive mind, tailor
make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal interviews, exhibit skills
required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical, HR) that they would face
during the course of their recruitment process.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives), Sentence
equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit in the blank),
cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct options from the
alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .

72
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with emphasis
on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‘s intention of
writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming, scanning),
summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for answering
questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable titles to the
passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing a
‗Statement of purpose‘, ‗Letters of Recommendation‘, business letter writing, email writing,
writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents and
developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about Industry /
Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing about Selection
process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume Review, Group
Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‘s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like ‗The Hindu‘, ‗Times of India‘, ‗Economic Times‘.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:
1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.
2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pu
3. shpaLatha, Second Edition, OUP.
4. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by SaminaPillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.
2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by RashmiBansal
73
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II

Course objectives:

The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:

1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and

accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.
Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data interpretation
problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of cone,
cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation

Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard method.
Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs, Problems of
data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie charts, Problems of
data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

74
UNIT III :Periods,Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids
Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if the
angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day for the
given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to cubes,
Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.

UNIT IV: Puzzles

Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems- circular
arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.

UNIT V:Geometry and Menstruation

Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and properties,
Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on circles,
Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction of cylinder,
cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

75
 Code: B16 ENG 3205
COMPETETIVE CODING
(Common to CSE & IT)
MOOCS-III
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the essentials of competitive coding

2. To learn about competitive programming like time and space complexities
3. To investigate different methods like dynamic Arrays, Set & Map structures and sorting
4. To learn about String, Tree, Graph Theory algorithms
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of competitive coding
2. Acquire Programming knowledge on time & space complexities
3. Acquire coding knowledge on dynamic Arrays, Set & Map structures and sorting
4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods
5. Acquire Programming skill on String, Tree, Graph Theory algorithms

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction to Competitive Coding

Introduction to Competitive coding and coding Platforms. Coding solution Vs. Efficient Coding
solution. Types of solution approaches. Analyzing problem specific data requirement, Various
data representations. Essential Data structures for fast coding. Various Syntactical I/O techniques
comparison. Numbers, operations (including exponentiation). Integer properties(positive,
negative, even, odd, divisible, prime, etc), Fractions, percentages and ratios. Point, vector,
Cartesian coordinates(2D integer grid).

UNIT-II Essentials to Competitive coding

Basic data structures: Arrays, Strings, Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists . Asymptotic Notations –
(Big-O), Evaluating the runtime complexity – Space Complexity - Towers-of-Brahma –
Standard Template Libraries - Square root functions, primality testing and related techniques.
Euclidean algorithms. Recursion techniques. Organizing data in O(n log n). Binary search
techniques. Red-Black Trees. Fenwick tree, Segment Tree.

Basic Techniques
Dynamic Arrays, Set structures, Map structures, Iterators and ranges, Generating Subsets,
Generating permutations, Backtracking techniques, Pruning the search. Bit masking. Disjoint set
union.

76
UNIT-III Essential Coding Algorithms
Selection based algorithms: sorting, Coin change problem, Fractional selections, Schedules
matching, Activity marking, heap sort, Huffman coding techniques, Spanning Trees, Minimizing
sums, Data compression. Finding method count, Subsequence and related problems, paths in
grid. DP with Bit mask

UNIT-IV String & Tree Algorithms

TRIE data structure, Naïve string searching, z-algorithm, Manacher's algorithm, Rabin-Karp,
KMP Algorithm, Tree Traversals, Diameter, All longest paths, Binary trees, Applying search
property to tree structures. Suffix arrays.

UNIT-V Graph Algorithms

Graph Algorithms – DFS, BFS. Depth First and Breadth First Traversals - Shortest paths:
Dijkstra‘s algorithm Bellman-Ford Algorithm – Floyd Warshall Algorithm - Adjacency List
Representation – Euler path, tour , cycle – Eulerian Graph - Johnson‘s Algorithm for All-pairs
shortest path – Shortest path in Directed Acyclic Graph. Bridges and articulation points.
Topological sorting, Strongly connected components in directed graphs. 2-SAT.

Note: Introduce C++ STL/Java Collections and let students solve problems using C++
STL/Java Collections

References:

1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C – Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Edu Publishers.
2. Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts, Techniques and Applications – [Link], Tata
Mc Graw Hill Publishers.
3. Advanced Data Structures – Peter Brass, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
4. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomos [Link],3 rd Edition, PHI.
5. [Link]
6. [Link]

77
 Code: B16 IT 3213A
AMAZON WEBSERVICES
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective:

Amazon Web Services (AWS) is a comprehensive, evolving cloud computing platform provided
by Amazon. It provides a mix of infrastructure as a service (IaaS), platform as a service (PaaS)
and packaged software as a service (SaaS) offerings. It Provides Virtual servers, and also
provides scalable object storage for data backup.

Course Outcome:

By the end of the course, student will be able to deploy their projects into cloud and they develop
their projects by using AWS.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

1. Creating AWS account

2. Free tier Eligible services
3. Understanding AWS Regions and availability zones

UNIT-II:

EC2 ( Elastic Cloud Comput)

 About EC2 and types , Pricing

 EIP ( Elastic IP address), Allocating, associating , releasing
 Launch windows and Linux Instances in AWS
 Connecting windows and Linux instances from windows desktop and Linux machines

UNIT-III:

S3 ( Simple Storage Service)

 About AWS Storage services, EBS and S3

 Creating S3 Buckets and putting objects in bucket
 Discussion about Bucket Properties
 S3 Pricing
 About S3 glecier
78
UNIT-IV:

EBS ( Elastic Block Storage)

 Types of EBS Volumes

 Creation, attaching and Detaching volumes

UNIT-V:

ELB ( Elastic Load Balancer)

 Understanding the load balancing

 Configuring ELB and adding the webservers under ELB
Auto Scaling

 Types of Scaling ( Horizontal and Vertical)

 Configuring Launch Configuration
 Creating and defining the auto scaling group policy

UNIT-VI:

IAM ( Identity Access Management)

 Understanding of AWS Security using IAM

 Definition of Roles, policies and Groups
 Creating IAM Users and managing password policies

RDS ( Relational Database server)

 About RDS and available RDS Engines in AWS

 Configuring MYSQL RDS service
 Connecting EC2 Instance to RDS Instance

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

79
 Code: B16 IT 3213B
[Link]
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. Introduction to web technologies.

2. Web Forms Architecture.
3. [Link] and HTTP.
4. Web application developing using Visual Studio.
5. State Management and Web Applications.
6. [Link] Server-side controls.
7. Caching in [Link].
8. [Link] application configuration.
9. Debugging, Diagnostics of application.
10. Personalization and Security

Course Outcomes:

1. To successfully build database-driven Web applications and Web Sites.

2. To build web-based enterprise applications using [Link] and Visual Studio.
3. It is easy to develop the Web Services using .Net framework in Service-oriented
Architectures.

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1:

Introduction to [Link], From ASP to [Link],Web Forms, Web Services [Link]

Features

Chapter 2:

Web Forms Architecture, Page Class, Web Forms Life Cycle, Web Forms Event Model, Code-
Behind

Chapter 3:

[Link] and HTTP,Request/Response Programming, HttpRequest Class, HTTP Collections,

HttpResponse Class, Redirection, HttpUtility Class

80
Chapter 4:

Web Applications Using Visual Studio,Using Visual Web Developer, Visual Studio Forms
Designer, Using Components, Shadow Copying, Using the [Link] File, Data Binding

Chapter 5:
State Management and Web Applications, Session State, Application State, Multithreading
Issues, Cookies

Chapter 6:
Server Controls, HTML Server Controls, Web Forms Server Controls, Rich Controls,
Validation Controls, User Controls.

Chapter 7:
Caching in [Link], What Is Caching, Page-Level Caching, Page Fragment Caching,
Optimizing Your [Link] Application, Application Caching

Chapter 8:
[Link] Configuration and Security Fundamentals, Configuration Overview,
Authentication and Authorization, Forms Authentication, Windows Authentication, Security and
[Link]

WEB LINKS:

[Link]
[Link]
8322?l=nKZwZ8Zy_3504984382

81
 Code: B16 IT 3213C
ROUTING & SWITCHING
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objective :
CCNA R&S: Introduction to Networks (ITN) covers networking architecture, structure, and
functions. The course introduces the principles and structure of IP addressing and the
fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and operations to provide a foundation for the
curriculum.

Course Outcomes :
By the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Explain network technologies.

2. Explain how devices access local and remote network resources.
3. Describe router hardware.
4. Explain how switching operates in a small to medium-sized business network.
5. Design an IP addressing scheme to provide network connectivity for a small to medium-
sized business network.
6. Configure initial settings on a network device.
7. Implement basic network connectivity between devices.
8. Configure monitoring tools available for small to medium-sized business networks.

SYLLABUS
Chapter 1 - Explore the Network
Chapter 2- Configure a Network Operating System
Chapter 3 - Network Protocols and Communications
Chapter 4 - Network Access
Chapter 5 - Ethernet
Chapter 6 - Network Layer
Chapter 7 - IP Addressing
Chapter 8- Subnetting IP Networks
Chapter 9 - Transport Layer
Chapter 10 - Application Layer
Chapter 11 - Build a Small Network

WEB LINK:

[Link]

82
 Code: B16 IT 3214A
DATA SCIENCE USING ADVANCED PYTHON
(MOOCS-IV)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. Introduction to Data Science
2. Exploring steps in Data Science

Course Outcomes:
1. To work on data easily.
2. Familiar with Various modules for exploring on data like processing , visualization and statistical data
analysis.
3. Able to work on real time data

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: Introduction to Data Science

Introduction, Data Science environment setup,Pandas: Dimension & Description,Series, DataFrame, Panel
(Heterogeneous data,Size Mutable,Data Mutable), Numpy:Operations using NumPy, NumPy – A
Replacement for MatLab, ndarray Object, SciPy: SciPy Sub-packages,Data Structure,Matplotlib.

Chapter 2: Data Processing

Data Operations:Data Operations in Numpy,Data Operations in Pandas,Pandas Series,Pandas
DataFrame,Pandas Panel, Data Cleansing: Analysis of missing data,Cleaning / Filling Missing Data,Replace
Missing values, Processing CSV Data,Relational Databases, Data Wrangling:Merging Data,Grouping
Data,Concatenating Data, Data Aggregation: Applying Aggregations on DataFrame, Processing Unstructured
Data,Word Tokenization,Stemming and Lemmatization

Chapter 3: Data Visualization

Chart Properties, Chart Styling, Box Plots, Heat Maps, Scatter Plots, Bubble Charts, 3D Charts, Time Series,
Geographical Data, Graph Data
Chapter 4: Statistical Data Analysis
Measuring Central Tendency,Measuring Variance,Normal Distribution,Binomial Distribution,Poisson
Distribution,Bernoulli Distribution,P-Value,Correlation,Chi-Square Test,Linear Regression
Chapter 5: Project Development
WEB LINKS:

[Link]

83
 Code: B16 IT 3214B
ANGULAR JS
(MOOCS-IV)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course objectives:

1. Reduce the amount of code you write to build rich user interface applications.
2. Increase the reliability and maintainability of UI by using data binding.
3. Retrieve data from back-end server, manipulate it and display it with ease.
4. Modularise your code with the custom services and directives.
5. Providing two way binding of data.
6. Create Single Page Applications (SPA).

Course Outcomes:

1. The main objective of AngularJS is to reduce the code to build user interface application.
2. To create single page applications.
3. To restore data from back-end server and manipulate it easily

Module 1: Introduction

Introduction to AngularJS, MVC Architecture, Conceptual Overview, Setting up the Environment, First
Application, Understanding ng attributes.

Module 2: Expressions and Data Biding

Number and String Expressions , Object Binding and Expressions, Working with Arrays, Forgiving
Behavior, Understanding Data binding.

Module 3: Working with Directives

Conditional Directives ,Styles Directives, Mouse and Keyboard Events Directives.

Module 4: Controllers

Understanding Controllers , Programming Controllers & $scope object, Adding Behavior to a Scope
Object, Passing Parameters to the Methods, Having Array as members in Controller Scope. Nested
Controllers and Scope Inheritance, Multiple Controllers and their scopes.

Module 5: Filters

Built-In Filters , Uppercase and Lowercase Filters, Currency and Number Formatting Filters, OrderBy
Filter. Filter Filter ,Creating Custom Filter.

84
Module 6: Forms

Using Simple Form, Working with Select and Options, Input Validations, Using CSS classes,
Form Events, Custom Model update triggers, Custom Validations.

Module 7: Modules

Why Module? , Module Loading and Dependencies, Recommended Setup of Application,

Creation vs Retrieval.

Module 8: Services

Understanding Services, Developing Creating Services, Using a Service, Injecting

Dependencies in a Service.

Module 9: Ajax in AngularJS

$http Service, $q Service, Ajax Impl using $http and $q Service.

Module 10: Routing

Introduction to SPA , Creating HTML Templates, Configuring Route Provider.

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

85
 Code: B16 IT 3214C
C#.NET and [Link]
(MOOCS-IV)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. Learn the fundamentals of C# programming in Visual Studio.

2. Working with variables, data types.
3. Exception Handling in C#.
4. Object oriented programming in C#.
5. Use anonymous types, lambda expressions, extension methods, object initializers, and
implicit type declarations.
6. To build desktop applications using Windows Forms in [Link].
7. To interact with relational databases using [Link]

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand .NET Framework and describe some of the major enhancements to the new version of
Visual Basic.
2. Describe the basic structure of a Visual [Link] project and use main features of the integrated
development environment (IDE).
3. Create applications using Microsoft Windows Forms Create applications that use ADO. NET

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1:C# Overview, First C# Console Application, Namespaces, Data Types, Conversions,
Control Structures, Subroutines and Functions, Parameter Passing, Strings, Arrays, Console I/O,
Formatting, Exception Handling

Chapter 2 : Object-Oriented Programming in C#, Classes, Access Control, Methods and

Properties, Asymmetric Accessor Accessibility, Static Data and Methods, Inheritance,
Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Sealed Classes, Access Control and Assemblies, Auto-
Implemented Properties, Implicitly Typed Variables, Object Initializers, Collection Initializers,
Anonymous Types, Partial Methods, Extension Methods, Lambda Expressions, Language-
Integrated Query (LINQ)

Chapter 3: VB .NET - Features,IDE- Menu System, Toolbars,Code Designer,Solution Explorer,

Object Browser, Toolbox, Class View Window, Properties Window,Server Explorer, Task
List,Output Window, Command Window

86
Chapter 4: Elements of [Link] - Properties, Events and Methods of Form, Label, TextBox,
ListBox, Combo Box, RadioButton, Button, Check Box, Progress Bar, Date Time Picker,
Calendar, Picture Box,HScrollbar, VScrollBar, Group Box, ToolTip,Timer.

Chapter 5: Programming in [Link]: Data Types, Keywords, Declaring Variables and

Constants, Operators,Understanding Scope and accessibility of variables, Conditional
Statements- If- Then, If-Then-Else, Nested If, Select Case, Looping Statement- Do loop, For
Loop,For Each-Next Loop, While Loop, Arrays- Static and Dynamic.

Chapter 6: Functions, Built-In Dialog Boxes, Menus and Toolbar

Menus and toolbars- Menu Strip, Tool Strip, Status Strip, Built-In Dialog Boxes –Open File
Dialogs, Save File Dialogs, Font Dialogs, Color Dialogs, Print Dialogs, InputBox, Msg Box,
Interfacing With End user- Creating MDI Parent and Child, Functionsand Procedures- Built-In
Functions- Mathematical and String Functions, User DefinedFunctions and Procedures.

Chapter 7: Advanced Concepts in [Link]

Object Oriented Programming- Creating Classes , Objects, Fields, Properties,Methods, Events ,
Constructors and destructors, Exception Handling- Models,Statements, File Handling- Using File
Stream Class, File Mode, File Share, FileAccess Enumerations, Opening or Creating Files with
File Stream Class, Reading andWriting Text using StreamReader and StreamWriter Classes,
Data Access [Link] – Data Access withServerExplorer,Data Adapter andDataSets,
[Link] Objects and Basic SQL.

Text Books:

1. Visual [Link] Black Book by Steven Holzner Dreamtech Press

2. The Complete Reference Visual Basic .NET Jeffery R. Shapiro Tata McGraw HillsReference
Books:Murach‘s Beginning Visual basic .Net By Anne Bohem

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

[Link]

87
 Code: B16 IT 3214D
MATLAB
(MOOCS-IV)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. Understanding the MATLAB environment.

2. Being able to do simple calculations using MATLAB.
3. Being able to carry out simple numerical computations and analyses using MATLAB

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the main features of the MATLAB development environment.
2. Use the MATLAB GUI effectively.
3. Design simple algorithms to solve problems.
4. Write simple programs in MATLAB to solve scientific and mathematical problems

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: Introduction, Basic features, A minimum MATLAB session, Starting MATLAB,

Using MATLAB as a calculator, Quitting MATLAB, Creating MATLAB variables, Overwriting
variable, Error messages, Making corrections, Controlling the hierarchy of operations or
precedence,Controlling the appearance of floating point number, Managing the
workspace,Keeping track of your work session, Entering multiple statements per line,
Miscellaneous commands

Chapter 2: Mathematical functions, Basic plotting: overview, Creating simple plots,Adding

titles, axis labels, and annotations, Multiple data sets in one plot, Specifying line styles and
colors, Matrix generation: Entering a vector, Entering a matrix, Matrix indexing, Colon operator,
Linear spacing, Colon operator in a matrix, Creating a sub-matrix, Deleting row or column,
Dimension, Continuation, Transposing a matrix, Concatenating matrices, Matrix
generators,Special matrices

Chapter 3: Array operations and Linear equations,Array operations: Matrix arithmetic

operations, Array arithmetic operations, Solving linear equations: Matrix inverse, Matrix
functions

Chapter 4: Introduction to programming in MATLAB, Introduction,M-File Scripts:

Examples, Script side-effects, M-File functions: Anatomy of a M-File function, Input and output
arguments, Input to a script file, Output commands

88
Chapter 5: Control flow and operators, The ‗‗if...end‘‘ structure,Relational and logical
operators,The ‗‗for...end‘‘ loop, The ‗‗while...end‘‘ loop, Other flow structures,Operator
precedence,Saving output to a file

Chapter 6: Debugging M-files,Debugging process: Preparing for debugging, Setting

breakpoints, Running with breakpoints, Examining values, Correcting and ending debugging,
Ending debugging, Correcting an M-file

WEB LINKS:

[Link]

[Link]

89
 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
(Affiliated to Andhra University, Visakhapatnam), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)
Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade
Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
ESTD: 1980 CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: [Link]., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I-SEMESTER
Total
Code Lecture Tutorial Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Credits Contact
No. Hrs Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs/Week
B16 ME
Operations Research 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3101
B16 ME
Fluid Mechanics 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3102
B16 ME IC Engines & Gas
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3103 Turbines
Industrial
B16 ME
Measurements & 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3104
Metrology
B16 ME Kinematics of
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3105 Machines
#ELE-I Elective-I 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 ME Industrial Metrology
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3112 & Mechatronics Lab
B16 ME
IC Engines Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3113
B16 ENG Verbal & Quantitative
2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3102 Aptitude-I
# M-I MOOCS -I 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100
# M-II MOOCS -II 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 34 31 6 6 43 580 520 1100

B16 ME 3106 Finite Element Analysis B16 ME 3109 Non Conventional Energy Resources
#ELE-I B16 ME 3107 Automation in Manufacturing B16 ME 3110 Production Planning and Control
B16 ME 3108 Tool Design B16 ME 3111 Rapid Prototyping

B16 ME 3114A Introduction To Abrasive Machining And Finishing Processes

B16 ME 3114B Principles of Casting Technology
# M-I
B16 ME 3114C Principles of Metal Forming Technology
B16 ME 3114D Mechanics of Machining
B16 ME 3115A Manufacturing Of Composites
B16 ME 3115B Processing of Polymers and Polymer Composites
# M-II
B16 ME 3115C Robotics
B16 ME 3115D Analysis and Modelling of Welding
1
 Code: B16 ME 3101
OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
This Course aims to:

1. Introduce students to use quantitative methods and techniques for effective Decisions–
making; model formulation and applications that are used in solving business and
industrial decision making problems.
2. Familiarize the students with the use of practice oriented mathematical applications for
optimization functions in an organization.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course,
 Students on an overall perspective will be able to:
1. Formulate a real time situation into a mathematical model.
2. Identify and develop operational research models from verbal description of real system.
3. Formulate simple reasoning, learning and optimization problems, in terms of the
representations and methods presented.
4. Demonstrate the hand execution of basic reasoning and optimization algorithms on
simple problems.
5. Formulate more complex, but still relatively simple problems, and apply implementations
of selected algorithms to solve these problems.
6. Apply and analyze mathematical optimization functions to various applications.
 Students will specifically able to:

1. Find the best use of an organization‘s resources.

2. Design an optimum distribution schedule of products from different sources to different
destinations.
3. Allocate various resources to various activities on a one to one basis.
4. Assign a right job to a right person using job sequencing.
5. Design optimum schedules for projects.
6. Make right decisions and strategies in operations management using game theory and
queuing theory.
7. Define optimum inventory policies suitable to a given situation.
SYLLABUS
Introduction to OR: Definition of OR, Characteristics and phases of OR, Scope of OR, OR
Models, General Methods for Solving OR Models, Role of Computers in OR.
Linear Programming: Formulation, Graphical Solution, Simplex Method, Artificial
Variable Technique – Big M method, Duality.

2
Transportation Model: Mathematical Formulation, Tabular Representation, Balanced and
unbalanced transportation Problems - Initial Solution by VAM and Optimality test by MODI
Method, Degeneracy in TP.
Assignment Model: Mathematical Formulation, Hungarian Algorithm, Balanced and
unbalanced Assignment Problems, Travelling Salesman Problem.

Job Sequencing: Introduction, Assumptions, Johnson‘s Algorithm for Sequencing n - jobs

through 2 machines, Problem with n- jobs and 3 machines, Problems with n - jobs and m -
machines, Graphical Solution for 2 - Jobs and m - machines problem.
Inventory Models: Definition of inventory, costs associated with inventory problems,
classification of inventory models, Deterministic inventory models - EOQ model without and
with shortages, Production inventory model without and with shortages, Inventory models
with price - breaks.

Games Theory: Introduction, Basic definitions, Two - Person zero - sum games - Minimax
(maximin) criterion, saddle point, value of a game, Solution of games with Saddle point,
Mixed strategy games - Arithmetic method for (2 x 2) games, Dominance principle to reduce
size of game, solution of (2 x n) and (m x 2) games, Algebraic Solution to rectangular games.
Queuing Models: Structure of queuing models, characteristics of Queuing process, Kendall‘s
notation, Single channel systems - (M/M/1: /FIFO) model and (M/M/1:N/FIFO) model.

Network Analysis: Introduction, Project Scheduling by CPM and PERT, Network diagram
representation, rules for drawing network diagram, Labeling by Fulkerson‘s rule, Network
calculations - EST, EFT, LST, LFT, Float/Slack and critical path, PERT calculations.
Text Books:
1. Operations Research by S.D. Sharma (Kedarnadh & Ramnadh & Co., Meerut).
2. Operations Research by [Link] (Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi).
Reference Books:
1. Operations Research by H.A. Taha (PHI, New Delhi).
2. Operations Research: Methods and Problems by M. Sasiene, A. Yespal and L. Friedman
(John Wiley& Sons, Newyork ).
3. Operations Research by Kanti Swaroop,Gupta,Manmohan (Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi)

3
 Code: B16 ME 3102
FLUID MECHANICS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. Develop an appreciation for the properties of Newtonian fluids,
2. Study analytical solutions to variety of simplified problems,
3. Understand the dynamics of fluid flows and the governing non-dimensional parameters,
4. Apply concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation to flows.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of the course, students are able to
1. Apply the Bernoulli equation to solve problems in fluid mechanics.
2. Apply the concepts of momentum equation for finding the forces acting on the vanes of
the turbines.
3. Apply control volume analysis to problems in fluid mechanics.
4. Apply potential flow theory to solve problems in fluid mechanics.
5. Identify the recent developments in fluid mechanics, with application to aerospace
systems.

SYLLABUS

Properties of fluids- Introduction-Viscosity- Pressure and its measurement, Absolute,

Gauge, Atmospheric and Vacuum pressure – Manometers, Simple manometers, Differential
manometers. Hydrostatic forces on surfaces- Total Pressure and Pressure Centre- Vertical,
Horizontal, inclined and Curved plane surfaces submerged in liquid- Buoyancy and
Floatation.

Fluid Kinematics & Fluid Dynamics: Types of fluid flow- Continuity equation- Velocity
potential function and Stream Function- Types of Motion, Linear Translation, Linear
deformation, Angular deformation, Rotation, Vorticity and circulation-Vortex flow, forced
and Free Vortex – Equation of Motion- Euler's equation - Bernoulli's equation and its
applications- Venturimeter, Orifice Meter, Pitot tube-Momentum Equation-Momentum of
momentum Equation.

Viscous Flow: Favourable pressure gradient and adverse pressure gradient-Power absorbed
in Viscous Flow- Flow through pipes & Plates,- Hagen Poiseulle flow- Darcy's Weisbach
friction factor- Loss of head due to friction in pipes, Minor Losses and Major losses - Flow
through branched pipes- Power transmission through pipes-.
Dimensional and Modeling Analysis: Fundamental and derived dimensions- Dimensionless
groups- Rayleigh method- Buckingham -theorem- Model Analysis - Types of similarity-
Geometric, Kinematic and Dynamic similarities- Dimensionless numbers- Modal Laws.

4
Laminar Boundary Layer: Definition- Laminar Boundary Layer- Turbulent Boundary
Layer -Laminar Sub layer- Boundary Layer thickness-Displacement thickness, Momentum
thickness and Energy thickness-Momentum integral equation- Flow over a flat plate.
Turbulent Boundary Layer: Laminar- Turbulent transition- Momentum equations and
Renold's stresses- Fully developed turbulent flow through a pipe- Turbulent boundary layer
on a flat plate- Laminar sub-layer- Boundary layer separation and control.

Compressible Fluid Flow: Thermodynamic relations- Continuity, Momentum and Energy

equations- Velocity of sound in a compressible fluid- Mach number and its significance-
Limits of incompressibility- Pressure field due to a moving source of disturbance-
Propagation of pressure waves in a compressible fluids- Stagnation properties- Stagnation
pressure, Temperature and density- Area velocity relationship for compressible flow

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, by R. K. Bansal, Laxmi publications.

2. Fluid Mechanics, by A.K. Mohanty, Prentice Hall of India [Link].

References:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Dr. D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria &Sons.
2. Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, by Yuan, Prentice Hall of India.
3. Fluid Mechanics and its Applications, by S. [Link] and [Link], Tata McGraw Hill
New Delhi.
4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Rajput, [Link] & Co.
5. Fluid Mechanics by Kothandaraman and Rudramoorthy.

5
 Code: B16 ME 3103

IC ENGINES & GAS TURBINES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To impart the knowledge of basic gas power cycles and combustion phenomena, various
performance factors and design aspects of SI and CI Engines.
2. To impart the knowledge of combustion phenomenon taking place in SI engines
3. To impart the knowledge of combustion phenomenon taking place in CI engines.
4. To impart the knowledge of Reciprocating compressors and methods to improve their
efficiency.
5. To impart the knowledge of Rotary compressors and their performance.
6. To impart the knowledge of gas turbine cycles, and their components and efficiency
improving techniques, and jet propulsion.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Apply the knowledge of gas power cycles adequately and can calculate their efficiencies.
2. Explain the processes involved in combustion in S.I Engines.
3. Explain the processes involved in combustion in C.I Engines.
4. Apply the knowledge of reciprocating compressors in engineering applications.
5. Calculate the performance of rotary compressors in various engineering applications.
6. Compute and develop various methods to improve the efficiency of gas turbine power
plants, and can explain jet propulsions.

SYLLABUS

I.C. engines: classification-comparison of two stroke and four stroke engines- comparison of
S.I. and C.I. engines-Air cycles-Otto, Diesel, Dual, Stirling, Ericson and Atkinson cycles and
their analysis Valve timing and port timing diagrams- Efficiencies- air standard efficiency,
indicated thermal efficiency, brake thermal efficiency, mechanical efficiency, volumetric
efficiency and relative efficiency-Testing and performances of I.C. engines-Basic principles
of carburetion and fuel injection.

Combustion in S.I. Engines- Normal combustion and abnormal combustion Importance of

flame speed and effect of engine variables-types of abnormal combustion pre-ignition and
knock, Fuel requirements and fuel rating, anti-knock additions- Combustion chamber
requirements and Types of combustion chamber- Design principles of combustion chambers.

Combustion in C.I. Engines- Stages of combustion- Delay period and its importance- effect
of engine variables, diesel knock, suction compression and combustion induced turbulence,
open and divided combustion chambers.
6
Reciprocating Compressors: Reciprocating compressors-effect of clearance in compressors,
volumetric efficiency-single stage and multi stage compressors-effect of inter cooling in
multi stage compressors.

Rotary Compressors: Classification- Roots blower- Vane type blower-centrifugal

compressor- Adiabatic efficiency- Diffuser - Axial flow compressors- Velocity diagrams,
degree of reaction, performance characteristics.

Gas Turbines: Simple gas turbine plant- Ideal cycle, closed cycle and open cycle for gas
turbines Efficiency, work ratio and optimum pressure ratio for simple gas turbine cycle-
Parameters of performance- Actual cycle, regeneration, Inter-cooling and reheating, closed
and semi-closed cycle, Jet propulsion and Rockets.

Text Books:
1. A Treatise on Heat Engineering by Vasandhani and Kumar.
2. Applied Thermodynamics-II by R. Yadav.

Reference Books:
1. I.C. Engines by V. Ganesan.
2. Thermal Engineering, by [Link].
3. I.C. Engines, by Mathur and Nehata.
4. Gas Turbines, by Cohen and Rogers.
5. I.C. Engines by V. Ganesan.

7
 Code: B16 ME 3104
INDUSTRIAL MEASUREMENTS & METROLOGY

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this module are:
1. To provide to the students an understanding and appreciation of the science of
Measurement.
2. To expose the students to various mechanical and electrical engineering measuring
devices, and understand the different degree of accuracy obtained from different types of
instruments.
Course Outcomes:
Students who successfully complete this course will be able to:
1. identify the uncertainties in dimensional metrology and the define the measurement
standards;
2. describe the fundamentals of dimensional and geometrical tolerances;
3. measure length and angles using line-graduated instruments, i. e. verniercalipers,
micrometers, bevel protractor, sine bar and surface plates;
4. use comparative length-measuring instruments, i.e. dial indicator, to measure variations in
the distance between two or more surfaces;
5. use effective methods of measuring straightness, flatness, roundness, profile, screw
threads and gear teeth;
6. measure dimensions of shafts, bearings and linear surfaces in metric and imperial units
using calibers, micrometers, and scales;
7. use contour projector and coordinate measuring machine to record measurements of
complex profiles with high sensitivity;
8. use gage blocks, fixed gages, pneumatic gages gage blocks to measure various
workpieces;
9. explain the effect of environmental conditions on the accuracy of measurements;
10. demonstrate the correct methods for adjustment and calibration of various measuring
instruments;
11. use appropriate method for determination of accuracy based on product function and
manufacturing capability.

SYLLABUS

Instrumentations: Concepts of measurements, static performance, characteristics accuracy

of measurement and its analysis. Instrumentation, for measurement: Force, torque, strain.
pressure, flow, Temperature and vibration.

8
Optical Methods of Measurement: Introduction, Laser beam as a light pointer,
length/displacement measurement, temperature sensors, seismographic measurement.
Introduction to fiber optics, fiber types, properties of optical fibres and a fibre optic sensor
configuration.

ISO system of limits, Fits and Tolerances, Interchangeability, Plain limit gauges,
Measurement of screw threads, major diameters, Minor diameters and effective diameter,
Pitch, Limit gauges for internal and external threads, Measurement of spur gears, pitch,
profile, lead, backlash, tooth thickness.

Tool maker's microscope, Straightness measurement, Slip gauges, Twisted strip mechanical
comparator, Optical lever comparator, Optical projector, Electric comparator, Pneumatic
comparator, Squareness testing, Optical bevel protractor, Sine bar, Angle gauges, Precision
level, Autocollimeter, Angle dekkor, Optical dividing heads and rotary tables, Flatness
measurement, Roundness [Link]-ordinate measuring machines.

Surface texture: Parameters, sampling length, Specification, Stylus instruments for surface
roughness measurement. Acceptance tests on machine tools: Lathe, Milling machine, Radial
drilling machine, laser equipment

Text Books:

1. Process & Materials of Manufacture, [Link], 4th edition, Prentice-Hall of India,

New Delhi.
2. A Text Book of Engineering Metrology, [Link], DhanpatRai& Sons, Delhi.
3. Mechanical Measurements, by [Link], H.G. Radha Krishna, Wiley Eastern, New
Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. A.S.T.M.E., Hand book of Industrial Metrology, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. A.S.T.M.E., Hand book of Manufacturing Engineering.
3. Manufacturing Processes & Materials for Engineers, L.E. Doyle& others, Prentice-Hall
of India, New Delhi.
4. Manufacturing Technology by Adithan, New age international.
5. Instrumentation for Engineering Measurements, by R.H. Cerni and [Link], [Link]&
Sons, New York.

9
 Code: B16 ME 3105
KINEMATICS OF MACHINES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
The overall objective of the course is to teach the basic principles of mechanisms, turning
moment diagrams, flywheel, friction and speed control systems.
Specific objectives include:
1. To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, kinematic and dynamic analysis
of mechanisms different methods
2. To understand the concept of turning moment diagrams, flywheel and speed control
systems such as governors
3. To understand the concept of bearings, clutches and effect of friction in motion
transmission and in machine components.
4. To understand the effect of inertia in mechanisms and to determine inertia torque
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students should able:
1. Understand the basic principles of mechanisms in mechanical engineering applications
2. Apply kinematic and dynamic analysis of various machine components
3. Understand the turning moment diagrams and flywheel in various applications
4. Understand the importance of governors, bearings, clutches and their applications
5. Analyze the effect of inertia in mechanism and inertia torque
6. Understand the importance and effect of friction in motion transmission in machine
components

SYLLABUS

Mechanisms and Machines: Introduction; Mechanism and machine; Rigid and resistant
bodies; Link; Kinematic pair; Degrees of freedom; Classification of kinematic pairs;
Kinematic chain; Linkage, mechanism and structure; Mobility of mechanisms; The four-bar
chain; Mechanical advantage; Transmission angle; The slider-crank chain; Double slider-
crank chain; Miscellaneous mechanisms.

Velocity Analysis: Introduction; Absolute and relative motions; Vectors; Additional and
subtraction of vectors; Motion of a link; Four-link mechanism; Velocity images; Angular
velocity of links; Velocity of rubbing; Slider-crank mechanism; Crank and slotted lever
mechanism; Algebraic methods; Instantaneous center (I-center); Kennedy‘s theorem;
Locating I-centers; Angular velocity ratio theorem; centrode.

Acceleration Analysis: Introduction; Acceleration; Four-link mechanism; Four-link

mechanism; Acceleration of intermediate and offset points; Slider-crank mechanism;
Corriolis acceleration component; Crank and slotted lever mechanism; Algebraic methods;
Klein‘s construction; Velocity and acceleration from displacement-time curve.

10
Lower Pairs: Introduction; Pantograph; Straight line mechanisms; Engine indicators;
Automobile steering gears; Types of steering gears; Hooke‘s joint; Double Hooke‘s joint.

Friction: Introduction; Kinds of friction; Laws of friction; Coefficient of friction; Inclined

plane; Screw threads; Wedge; Pivots and collars; Friction clutches; Rolling friction;
Antifriction bearings; Greasy friction; Film friction; Mitchell thrust bearing.

Dynamic Force Analysis: Introduction; D‘Alembert‘s principle; Equivalent offset inertia

force; Dynamic analysis of four-link mechanism; Dynamic analysis of slider-crank
mechanism; Velocity and acceleration of piston; Angular velocity and angular acceleration of
connecting rod; Turning moment on crankshaft; Turning-moment diagrams; Fluctuations of
energy; Flywheels.

Governors: Introduction; Types of governors; Wait governor (simple conical governor);

Portor governor; Proell governor; Hartnell governor; Hartung governor; Wilson-Hartnell
governor (radial-spring governor); Pickering governor; Spring-controlled gravity governor;
Inertia governor; Sensitiveness of a governor; Hunting; Isochronism; Stability; Effort of a
governor; Controlling force.

Text Book:

1. Theory of Machines by R.S. Khurmi& J.K. Gupta

Reference books:

1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan.

2. Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan.

11
 Code: B16 ME 3106
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To teach students the basic principles and basic implementation method of finite element
methods.
2. To teach students how to perform structural analysis using finite element methods.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understand the principles and concepts related to finite element methods.
2. Implement finite element methods for simple analysis of 1-D problems such as bar, truss
and beam either by hand calculation or by programming.
3. Numerically solve for deformation, stresses and strains of a structural component
subjected to axial and bending loads.
4. Use commercial software package to perform structural analysis and are able to conduct
engineering design.
SYLLABUS
Introduction: stress and equilibrium, strain – displacement relations, stress – strain relations,
plane stress and plane strain conditions, The potential energy approach; Rayleigh-Ritz
method Finite Element Method: Discretization, Types of elements, band width, node
numbering, interpolation functions, local and global coordinates, convergence requirements,
Types of boundary conditions, Steps in Finite Element Method, Applications of Finite
Element Method .

One Dimensional Bar Problems: 1-D bar element - shape functions – Stiffness matrix and
load vector– assembly of Matrices – Treatment of boundary conditions One dimensional
quadratic element.

Trusses: Introduction; Plane trusses; shape functions – Stiffness matrix and load vector–
assembly of Matrices – Treatment of boundary conditions; simple problems on trusses.

Analysis of Beams: Beam Element - Shape functions and Element stiffness matrix, load
vector for concentrated and Uniformly Distributed Load, simple problems on beams.

Two Dimensional Problems: Finite element modeling of two dimensional Problems -

constant strain triangle Element - treatment of boundary conditions 2D four noded iso
parametric element, numerical integration , Gaussian Quadrature Approach.

12
Axisymmetric Solids Subjected to Axisymmetric Loading: Introduction; Axisymmetric
formulation; Finite element modeling - triangular element; Problem modeling and boundary
conditions.

Text Book:

1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Chandrupatla, Ashok and Belegundu,

Prentice – Hall.

Reference Books:

1. The Finite Element Method by O.C. Zienkiewicz, Tata McGraw Hill Company Ltd.
2. The Finite Element Methods in Engineering by Rao, S.S.
3. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis by Cook, R.D.
4. Applied Finite Element Analysis by Segerland, L.J.

13
 Code: B16 ME 3107
AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To make the students understand the principles of advanced manufacturing
procedures by providing the knowledge of various automation strategies used in
production systems

Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Understand the basic principles of automation and its components which are
implemented in production systems.
2. Identify the importance of material handling and various automatic identification
methods used in production systems.
3. Understand the components of manufacturing systems and different production lines.
4. Understand cellular manufacturing, forming part families, group technology and their
involvement in flexible manufacturing systems.
5. Understand various automated inspection methodologies and manufacturing support
systems like CAPP, shop floor control, etc.

SYLLABUS

Overview of Manufacturing and Automation: Production systems, automation in

production systems, automation principles and strategies, manufacturing operations,
production facilities, basic elements of an automated system, levels of automation, hardware
components for automation and process control, programmable logic controllers and personal
computers.

Material Handling and Identification Technologies: Material handling, equipment,

analysis, storage systems, performance and location strategies. automated storage systems,
AS/RS, types, automatic identification methods, Barcode technology, RFID.

Manufacturing Systems and Automated Production Lines: Manufacturing systems-

components of a manufacturing system, single station manufacturing cells; manual assembly
lines, line balancing algorithms, mixed model assembly lines, alternative assembly systems,
automated production lines, applications, analysis of transfer lines.

Automated Assembly Systems: Fundamentals, analysis of assembly systems, cellular

manufacturing, part families, coding and production flow analysis, group technology and
flexible manufacturing systems, quantitative Analysis.

14
Quality Control and Support Systems: Quality in design and manufacturing, inspection
principles and strategies, automated inspection, contact vs non-contact, CMM, manufacturing
support systems, quality function deployment, computer aided process planning, concurrent
engineering, shop floor control, just in time and lean production.

Text Books:

1. Mikell. P. Groover, Automation, production systems and computer integrated

manufacturing 3rd edition, Published by Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. P. Radha Krishnan & S. Subrahamanyarn and Raju, CAD/CAM/CIM, 3rd Edition New
Age International Publishers-2003.

Reference Books:

1. Singh, Nanua, System Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing,

Published by Wiley.
2. Tien-Chien Chang, Richard A. Wysk and Hsu-Pin Wang, Computer Aided
Manufacturing, Pearson Publications - 2009.
3. R Thomas Wright and Michael Berkeihiser Good Heart, Manufacturing and Automation
Technology, Willcox Publishers

15
 Code: B16 ME 3108
TOOL DESIGN
(Elective-I)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To apply the principles of locating and clamping systems.

2. Apply the design of different tools and components, such as jigs and fixtures, press tools
for sheet metal working, molds for plastic injection molding, and die casting.
3. Use of limit gauges and tolerances
Course Outcomes:
1. Designing Injection Moulding Dies and Die Casting Dies, Jigs & Fixtures
2. Design jigs and fixtures for conventional and NC machining.
3. Select and design progressive, compound or combination dies for press working
operations.
4. Can apply knowledge of designing Limit gauges and the use of gauge materials.

SYLLABUS

Locating and Clamping Devices: Principles of Jigs and Fixtures design-Locating principles-
Locating elements-Standard parts-Clamping devices-Mechanical actuation-Pneumatic &
hydraulic actuation-Analysis of clamping forces-Tolerance and error analysis.

Jigs & Fixtures: Drill bushes-Different types of Jigs-Plate latch, channel, box, post, angle
plate, angular post, turnover, pot jigs- Automatic drill jigs-Rack & Pinion Operated, Air
operated Jigs Components. General principles of lathe, milling and broaching fixtures-
Grinding, Drilling and shaping fixtures, Assembly, Inspection and Welding fixtures-Modular
fixtures. Design and development of Jigs and fixtures for simple components.

Press Tools: Press working terminology-Presses and Press accessories-Computation of

capacities and tonnage requirements-Design and development of various types of cutting,
forming and drawing dies. Bending dies – Introduction, bend allowance, spring back, edge
bending die design. Drawing dies – Single action, double action and triple action dies, factors
affecting drawing, drawing die design.

Die Casting Dies: Basic Terminology, Types of Dies: Single cavity, multicavity dies,
combination dies, unit dies, advantages and disadvantages of types of dies, defects in die
[Link] Moulding:Basic Terminology, Injection moulding machine and its
elements, general configuration of a mould. 2 plate and 3 plate mould. Introduction to
compression, transfer, blow moulding, extrusion, forming and calendaring.

16
Design of Limit Gauges: Elements, types and application of limit gauges, Gauge materials,
their selection, Taylor‘s principles of gauge design, Types and methods to provide gauge
tolerances. Design steps and design of plug & ring / snap gauge for given dimension and
application.

Text Books:

1. Donaldson. C, Tool Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1986

2. ―ASTME Handbook of Fixture Design ".Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Basu, Mukherjee, Mishra, Fundamentals of Tool Engg. Design, Oxford & IBH
Publishing, N. Delhi

References:

1. A. K. Goroshkin, " Jigs and Fixtures Handbook ", Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1983.
2. ―Die Design Handbook ", Ivana Suchy, McGraw Hill Book Co., 2005.
3. Injection Moulding Design, RGW Pye, john.1998
4. Production technology, HMT,Tata McGraw Hill.
5. P. Eugene Ostergaard, ―Basic Die Making‖ - Mc Graw Hill Book, 1963.

17
 Code: B16 ME 3109
NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4
Course Objectives
1. To study various types of non-conventional sources of energy and techniques used in
exploiting solar, wind, tidal and geothermal sources of energy and bio-fuels.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. Analyze the significance of renewable energy.
2. Understand the principles of solar radiation and design the solar collectors.
3. Know the functioning of basic components of wind energy and understand the utilization
of biomass in power generation.
4. Understand the working principles of geothermal, ocean, tidal and wave energy
techniques.
5. Know the functioning of direct energy conversion techniques.
SYLLABUS
Introduction to Energy Sources: Energy sources and their availability-introduction,
commercial or conventional energy sources, new energy technologies; renewable energy
sources, prospects of renewable energy resources

Solar Energy: Solar radiation, solar constant, solar geometry, radiation measurements;
orientation and different types of solar collectors, applications of solar energy.

Wind Energy: Introduction; basic principles of wind energy conversion, site selection, basic
components, classification, advantages & disadvantages.
Energy from Biomass: Conversion technologies, photosynthesis, bio-gas generation,
classification of biogas plants, advantages and disadvantages.

Geothermal Energy: Geothermal sources, hydrothermal resources, geopressured resources,

applications, advantages and disadvantages of geothermal energy.
Energy from the Oceans: Ocean thermal electric conversion (OTEC)-methods, site
selection.
Energy from Tides: Basic principle, components, site requirements advantages and
limitation of tidal power generation.
Ocean Waves: Introduction, advantages & disadvantages of wave energy, energy and power
from the waves, wave energy conversion devices.
Small scale hydro-electric: Introduction, nature, classification and components.

Alternate Energy Sources: MHD-generator, principles, MHD systems, advantages.

Thermo electric power: Basic principles, thermo electric power generator
Thermo nuclear fusion energy: Introduction, basic nuclear fusion and reactions, requirements
for nuclear fusion, advantages of nuclear fusion.
18
Energy conservation: Principles of energy conservation, co-generation, waste heat
utilization, combined cycle power generation, heat recuperators, regenerators, heat pipes, heat
pumps, renewable energy sources/devices.

Text Books:

1. Tiwari and Ghosal, ―Renewable energy resources‖, Narosa.

2. G.D. Rai, ―Non-Conventional Energy Sources‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons

Reference Books:

1. Twidell & Weir, ―Renewable Energy Sources‖

2. Sukhatme, ―Solar Energy‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. B.S Magal Frank Kreith & J.F Kreith, ―Solar Power Engineering‖
4. Frank Krieth & John F Kreider, ―Principles of Solar Energy‖

19
 Code: B16 ME 3110
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4
Course Objectives:
1. To make the student understand the concept of Production planning and production
control. In this process the teacher will be attempting to make the student knowledgeable
about the objectives of Production planning and production control.
2. To make the student understand the different types of production and their selection
criteria and make the student knowledgeable to deal with production planning and control
in different types of production.
3. To make the student to understand the concept of forecasting and its necessity in real
world requirements and its linkage to other functions of production manager.
4. To make the student aware of different forecasting techniques and errors associated with
each forecasting methods.
5. To make the student understand the concept of process planning and about computer
aided process planning.
6. To explain the student to understand the steps of production control, types of control and
about control organization and its significance.
7. To make the student understand the meaning of inventory and different types of
inventories and about need and necessity of inventory control.
8. To make the student to understand EOQ and EBQ models without shortages and about
necessary terminology of inventory control like buffer stock, safety stock, re-order level,
lead time.
9. To make the student to understand the concept of MRP-I, MRP-II.
10. To make the student to understand Aggregate planning and Master processing
instructions.
11. To make student understand the about the concept of routing, steps in Routing and about
route sheet.
12. To make the student to understand the concept of scheduling and forward and backward
scheduling, Master scheduling.
13. To explain the student to understand the evaluation of job shop schedules with reference
to priority scheduling rules.
14. To make the student understand the sequencing techniques in production scheduling.
15. To make the student understand the concept of centralized and de-centralized Dispatching
Course Outcomes:
1. Student is able to participate and can interact in real world scenario regarding production
planning and production control and suggest the type of production required for specific
real world requirement.

20
2. Student can undertake the responsibility of doing forecasting in real world situation is
able to suggest correct forecasting method/technique for a specific real world situation
and can also able to judge the suitability of the method for a real world situation
depending on the error associated with the method.
3. Student can understand the need of inventory control and can able to undertake activities
relating to inventory management.
4. The student is knowledgeable about MRP-I &II, Aggregate planning can able to
implement them in real world situation.
5. Student can understand and participate in the design of both forward and backward
scheduling and Master scheduling and can able to evaluate different job shop schedules
with reference to priority scheduling rules.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Definition – Objectives of production Planning and Control – Functions of

production planning and control – Types of production – Organization of production planning
and control department.

Forecasting: Importance – Types of forecasting– Forecasting techniques – qualitative

methods and quantitative methods

Inventory management: Functions of inventories – relevant inventory costs – EOQ model –

Inventory control systems: Fixer order quantity system and Periodic review system - ABC
analysis -VED analysis- Material Requirement Planning, Bill of material, MRP II - Master
Production Scheduling.

Aggregate planning: Chase planning, Expediting, controlling aspects.

Routing: Definition – Routing procedure –Route sheets –– Factors affecting routing,

procedure – Difference with loading

Scheduling: Policies – Types of scheduling - Forward and Backward Scheduling – Gantt

Charts – Flow shop Scheduling – n jobs and 2 machines, n jobs and 3 machines – Job shop
Scheduling – 2 jobs and n machines – Line of Balance.
Dispatching: Activities of dispatcher – Dispatching procedure – follow up – priorit y rules
for dispatching jobs - Applications of computer in production planning and control.

Text Books:

1. Elements of Production Planning and Control / Samuel Eilon.

2. Modern Production/ operation managements / Baffa & Rakesh Sarin

References:

1. Operations Management – S.N. Chary.

2. Inventory Control Theory and Practice / Martin K. Starr and David W. Miller.
3. Production Control A Quantitative Approach / John E. Biegel.
4. Operations Management / Joseph Monks.

21
 Code: B16 ME 3111
RAPID PROTOTYPING
(Elective-I)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
1. To introduce Rapid Prototype tools and techniques and additive manufacturing
techniques for design and Manufacturing.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. Assess the need of RPT in Product development.
2. Judge the correct RP Process for Product/Prototype development.
3. Predict the technical challenges in 3D printing.
4. List the applications of RPT
SYLLABUS
Introduction: Need - Development of RP systems-, – RP process chain - Impact of Rapid
Prototyping and Tooling on Product Development – History of RP systems and their
classification- Benefits Applications – Digital prototyping - Virtual prototyping.

Liquid Based And Solid Based Rapid Prototyping Systems: Stereo lithography
Apparatus, Fused deposition Modeling, Laminated object manufacturing, three dimensional
printing: Working Principles, details of processes, products, materials, advantages, limitations
and applications.

Powder Based Rapid Prototyping Systems: Selective Laser Sintering, Direct Metal Laser
Sintering, Three Dimensional Printing, Laser Engineered Net Shaping, Selective Laser
Melting, Electron Beam Melting: Processes, materials, products, advantages, applications and
limitations.

Reverse Engineering And Cad Modeling

Basic concept- Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid
Prototyping: CAD model preparation, Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques:
Wire frame, surface and solid modeling – data formats – Data interfacing, Part orientation
and support generation, Support structure design, Model Slicing and contour data
organization, direct and adaptive slicing, Tool path generation.

Rapid Tooling: Classification: Soft tooling, Production tooling, Bridge tooling; direct and
indirect – Fabrication processes, Applications.

22
Text Books:

1. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications, second edition, Chua C.K., Leong K.F.,
and Lim C.S., World Scientific Publishers, 2003.
2. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications, Peter [Link], Hilton/Jacobs,
Paul [Link], CRC press, 2000.

Reference Books:

1. Rapid prototyping, Andreas Gebhardt, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003.

2. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications: A tool box for prototype development,
Liou [Link], Frank [Link], CRC Press, 2007.
3. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice, Ali K. Kamrani, Emad Abouel Nasr, Springer,
2006.

23
 Code: B16 ME 3112
INDUSTRIAL METROLOGY & MECHATRONICS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the fundamentals of Metrology and Measurement Engineering concepts,
different tools used for minute measurements, and calibrate various kinds of measuring
instruments.
2. To demonstrate the involvement of sensors and electronic devices in the mechanical
oriented industries by introducing PLC, and Mechatronics equipment.
3. To demonstrate the use of logic circuits in controlling various mechanical devices
including material handling equipment, lift control systems, pneumatic controller systems
etc.
4. To demonstrate the techniques and processes followed for calibrating measuring
instruments like Micrometer, Mechanical Comparator, and Vernier Caliper etc. and
educate students about the metrology equipment.
5. To train the students on the fundamentals of logic circuit design, to write ladder logic
programs and execute them to control various mechanical devices.
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will be able to understand the various logics involved in controlling mechanical
industry equipment.
2. The student will be able to operate measurement instruments on their own and test
different components for their dimensional accuracy.
3. A project involving writing ladder logic for controlling a mechanical device, executing
the program is required from each student and graded by the instructor, so that the student
will be able to understand the Mechatronics concept, practically and from the application
point of view.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

METROLOGY LAB EXPERIMENTS

1. Calibration of the following instruments using slip gauges: (a) Calibration of Micrometer;
(b) Calibration of Mechanical Comparator; (c) Calibration of Vernier Caliper; (d)
Calibration of Dial Gauge.
2. Measurement of taper angle using: (a) Bevel Protractor; (b) Dial Gauge; (c) Sine-Bar; (d)
Auto-Collimator.
3. Alignment tests: (a) Parallelism of the spindle; (b) Circularity & Concentricity of the
spindle; (c) Trueness of running of the spindle.
4. Measurement of following Gear parameters: (a) diameter, pitch/module; (b) Pitch circle
diameter; (c) Pressure angle; (d) Tooth thickness.
24
5. Check the flatness of a surface plate using: (a) spirit level; (b) Auto-collimator.
6. Study on flatness of slip gauges and finding the height of a slip gauge using light wave
interference.
7. Measurement of following using Tool Maker's Microscope: (a) Thread details; (b)
Cutting tool angles.
8. Determining the diameter of a cylindrical piece, taper angle of a V-block and central
distance of two holes of a specimen.
MECHATRONICS LAB EXPERIMENTS
1. Training on Programmable Logic Controller to control the following using ladder logic
program: (a) Lift Control; (b) Traffic Signal Control.
2. Training on Programmable Logic Controller Sensor Training Kit to study the operation of
the following devices: (a) Proximity Switch; (b) Photo Electric Switch; (c) Limit Switch.
3. Training on Sensor and Transducer to study the operation of (a) Linear position or Force
applications (LVDT and strain gauge transducer); (b) Rotational Speed or Position
Measurement (The inductive Transducer); (c) Linear or Rotational Motion (D.C.
Solenoid & D.C. Relay)
4. Training on actuation of hydraulic cylinder operation for Punching Machine application.
5. Training on control of conveyor operation for material handling equipment.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics by [Link] and [Link] McGraw-Hill.

2. Engineering Mechanics by Singer.
3. Internal Combustion Engines by V. Ganesan, McGraw-Hill.

25
 Code: B16 ME 3113

IC ENGINES LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Outcomes:
1. A This course comprehensively deals with practical approach to I.C Engines and four bar
chain mechanisms
2. To expose students to different methods of finding friction power in single and multi
cylinder engines
3. Understand the working of Gyroscopes
Course Objectives:
1. Students would appreciate the fundamentals of thermodynamics being extended to real
time applications
2. Students might come out with innovative ideas which may be extended in the form of
projects
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Load test on single cylinder diesel Engine.
2. Morse test on multi-cylinder engine.
3. Heat balance sheet on I.C. Engines
4. Study of multi-cylinder engines and determination of its firing order
5. Study of automobile mechanisms
6. Performance test on multi cylinder diesel engine
7. Verification of laws of balancing.
8. (a) Determination of ratios of angular speeds of shafts connected by Hooke's joint.
(b) Determination of the ratio of times and ram velocities of Whitworth quick return
motion mechanism.
9. To draw curves of slider displacement and crank angle and linear velocities w.r.t. time for
a slider crank mechanism and compare with theoretical values.
10. To determine the relation of gyroscopic couple and compare with the theoretical values.

Reference Books:

1. Thermal Engineering, by [Link].

2. I.C. Engines, by Mathur and Nehata.

26
 Code: B16ENG3102

VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – I

(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 100

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Part-A: Verbal and Soft Skills-I

Course objectives:

1. To introduce concepts required in framing grammatically correct sentences and

identifying errors while using Standard English.
2. To familiarize the learner with high frequency words as they would be used in their
professional career.
3. To inculcate logical thinking in order to frame and use data as per the requirement.
4. To acquaint the learner of making a coherent and cohesive sentences and paragraphs for
composing a written discourse.
5. To familiarize students with soft skills and how it influences their professional growth.

Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to

1. Detect grammatical errors in the text/sentences and rectify them while answering their
competitive/ company specific tests and frame grammatically correct sentences while
writing.
2. Answer questions on synonyms, antonyms and other vocabulary based exercises while
attempting CAT, GRE, GATE and other related tests.
3. Use their logical thinking ability and solve questions related to analogy, syllogisms and
other reasoning based exercises.
4. Choose the appropriate word/s/phrases suitable to the given context in order to make the
sentence/paragraph coherent.
5. Apply soft skills in the work place and build better personal and professional
relationships making informed decisions.

SYLLABUS
Grammar: (VA)
Parts of speech( with emphasis on appropriate prepositions, co-relative conjunctions,
pronouns-number and person, relative pronouns), articles(nuances while using definite and
indefinite articles), tenses(with emphasis on appropriate usage according to the situation),
subject – verb agreement ( to differentiate between number and person) , clauses( use of the
appropriate clause , conditional and relative clauses), phrases(use of the phrases, phrasal
verbs) to-infinitives, gerunds, question tags, voice, direct & indirect speech, degrees of
comparison, modifiers, determiners, identifying errors in a given sentence, correcting errors
in sentences.

27
Vocabulary: (VA)
Synonyms and synonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), antonyms and
antonym variants(with emphasis on high frequency words), contextual meanings with regard
to inflections of a word, frequently confused words, words often mis-used, multiple meanings
of the same word (differentiating between meanings with the help of the given context),
foreign phrases, homonyms, idioms, pictorial representation of words, word roots,
collocations.

Reasoning: (VA)
Critical reasoning (understanding the terminology used in CR- premise, assumption,
inference, conclusion), Analogies (building relationships between a pair of words and then
identifying similar relationships), Sequencing of sentences (to form a coherent paragraph, to
construct a meaningful and grammatically correct sentence using the jumbled text), odd man
(to use logical reasoning and eliminate the unrelated word from a group), YES-NO
statements (sticking to a particular line of reasoning Syllogisms.

Usage: (VA)
Sentence completion (with emphasis on signpost words and structure of a sentence),
supplying a suitable beginning/ending/middle sentence to make the paragraph coherent,
idiomatic language (with emphasis on business communication), punctuation depending on
the meaning of the sentence.

Soft Skills:
Introduction to Soft Skills – Significance of Inter & Intra-Personal Communication – SWOT
Analysis –Creativity & Problem Solving – Leadership & Team Work - Presentation Skills
Attitude – Significance – Building a positive attitude – Goal Setting – Guidelines for Goal
Setting – Social Consciousness and Social Entrepreneurship – Emotional Intelligence - Stress
Management, CV Making and CV Review.

Text Books:
1. Oxford Learners‘s Grammar – Finder by John Eastwood, Oxford Publication.
2. R S Agarwal‘s books on objective English and verbal reasoning
3. English Vocabulary in Use- Advanced , Cambridge University Press.
4. Collocations In Use, Cmbridge University Press.
5. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Samina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. English Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy, CUP
2. Websites: Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
5. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
6. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
7. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
8. I have a Dream by Rashmi Bansal

28
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude -I

Course objectives:
The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-1 is:

1. To familiarize students with basic problems on numbers and ratio‘s problems.

2. To enrich the skills of solving problems on time, work, speed, distance and also
measurement of units.
3. To enable the students to work efficiently on percentage values related to shares, profit
and loss problems.
4. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to reasoning related questions.
5. To expose them to the practice of syllogisms and help them make right conclusions.

Course Outcomes:
1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating on number problems and various
units of ratio concepts.
2. Accurate solving problems on time and distance and units related solutions.
3. The students will become adept in solving problems related to profit and loss, in specific,
quantitative ability.
4. The students will present themselves well in the recruitment process using analytical and
logical skills which he or she developed during the course as they are very important for
any person to be placed in the industry.
5. The students will learn to apply Logical thinking to the problems of syllogisms and
be able to effectively attempt competitive examinations like CAT, GRE, GATE for
further studies.

SYLLABUS
Numbers, LCM and HCF, Chain Rule, Ratio and Proportion
Importance of different types of numbers and uses of them: Divisibility tests, Finding
remainders in various cases, Problems related to numbers, Methods to find LCM, Methods to
find HCF, applications of LCM, HCF. Importance of chain rule, Problems on chain rule,
Introducing the concept of ratio in three different methods, Problems related to Ratio and
Proportion.

Time and work, Time and Distance

Problems on man power and time related to work, Problems on alternate days, Problems on
hours of working related to clock, Problems on pipes and cistern, Problems on combination
of the some or all the above, Introduction of time and distance, Problems on average speed,
Problems on Relative speed, Problems on trains, Problems on boats and streams, Problems on
circular tracks, Problems on polygonal tracks, Problems on races.

Percentages, Profit Loss and Discount, Simple interest, Compound Interest,

Partnerships, shares and dividends
Problems on percentages-Understanding of cost price, selling price, marked price, discount,
percentage of profit, percentage of loss, percentage of discount, Problems on cost price,
selling price, marked price, discount. Introduction of simple interest, Introduction of
compound interest, Relation between simple interest and compound interest, Introduction of
partnership, Sleeping partner concept and problems, Problems on shares and dividends, and
stocks.
29
Introduction, number series, number analogy, classification, Letter series, ranking,
directions
Problems of how to find the next number in the series, Finding the missing number and
related sums, Analogy, Sums related to number analogy, Ranking of alphabet, Sums related
to Classification, Sums related to letter series, Relation between number series and letter
series, Usage of directions north, south, east, west, Problems related to directions north,
south, east, west.

Data sufficiency, Syllogisms

Easy sums to understand data sufficiency, Frequent mistakes while doing data sufficiency,
Syllogisms Problems.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi

References:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

Websites:
[Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. Official GRE site
5. Official GMAT site

30
 Code: B16ME3114A
INTRODUCTION TO ABRASIVE MACHINING AND FINISHING PROCESSES
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course:

This course will define the areas of application of traditional as well as non-traditional
abrasive finishing processes in the manufacturing industry. The lectures will introduce the
basic principles of material removal by use of abrasives particles and material removal
mechanism of different abrasive process. The effects of various input parameters on the
outputs as well as the use of cutting fluids in various finishing process will be discuss. A
variety of numerical problems and MCQs, discussions will also be included.
Course Layout:
Week 1: Introduction conventional abrasive processes, Introduction to abrasive processes,
Grinding Process
Week 2 : Conventional abrasive finishing processes (CAFP): Honing & Wire
Brushing,CAFP: Lapping, Buffing & Super finishing,Practical Conventional abrasive
finishing processes
Week 3 : Adv. abrasive machining processes (AAMP),AAMP
Week 4 : Hybrid Adv. Abrasive Machining Processes,Advanced Finishing
Week 5 : Adv. Finishing: Abrasive Flow Finishing
Week 6 : Adv. Finishing: Magnetic Abrasive Finishing
Week 7 : Adv. Finishing: Magnetic Rheological Finishing
Week 8 : Hybrid abrasive finishing,Finishing of Advanced Materials
Suggested Reading Materials:
1. M. C. Shaw, Principles of Abrasive Processing, Oxford University Press, 1996.
2. VK Jain, Micromanufacturing Processes, CRC press, 2012.
3. Jain VK, Nanofinishing Science and Technology: Basic and Advanced Finishing and
Polishing Processes, CRC Press, 2016.
4. J. A McGeough, Advanced methods of machining, Springer Science & Business Media,
1988.
5. G. K. Lal, Introduction to Machining Science, New Age International Publishers, 2007.
6. A. Ghosh and A. K. Malik, Manufacturing Science, East West Press, 2010.
7. Metalworking Fluids (MWFs) for Cutting and Grinding, Edited by: V.P. Astakhov and S.
Joksch

WEB LINK:

[Link]

31
 Code: B16 ME 3114B
PRINCIPLES OF CASTING TECHNOLOGY
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the course :

The course focuses on understanding the basics of science and technology of casting
processes. Metal casting industries have evolved during the past hundred years because of
advancements in technologies. The properties of the cast metals significantly depends upon
the type of molding, melting, solidification and post treatment practices. This needs to be
understood by the young students as well as practicing shop floor engineers so that products
with superior qualities can be cast. The basic purpose of this course is to provide a sound
understanding of concepts and principles of casting technology so as to enable them to be
conversant with advances in these methods in the long run towards increasing the
productivity of casting industries.

Course Plan :

Week 1: Introduction to Casting technology, Solidification analysis for metals and alloys
Week 2: Technology of patternmaking, study of molding sands and their testing methods
Week 3: Technology of mould making and core making, Special sand moulding processes
Week 4: Principles of gating design for castings
Week 5: Principles of risering design for castings
Week 6: Special casting methods, Melting furnaces
Week 7: Melting and pouring practices for production of Cast Iron family, steel and non-
ferrous metals and alloys
Week 8: Fettling and Heat treatment of castings, Casting defect and its diagnostic methods

Suggested reading:
1. Heine, R.W., Loper, C.R., and Rosenthal, P.C., ―Principles of Metal Casting‖, TMH
2. Ghosh, A., and Mallik, A.K., ―Manufacturing Science‖, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd.
3. Jain P. L., ―Principles of Foundry Technology‖, TMH
4. Chakrabarti, A. K., ―Casting Technology and Cast Alloys‖, PHI

WEB LINK:

[Link]

32
 Code: B16 ME 3114C
PRINCIPLES OF METAL FORMING TECHNOLOGY
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course:

The course focuses on understanding the science and technology of different forming
processes. Most of the metallic objects undergo at least one of the metal forming operations,
except the cast ones. Understanding basic principles of metal forming and further being
applied by engineers and metallurgists directly contribute towards improvement in production
in the industries. The concept of stress, deformation and failure, mechanics of metalworking
and analysis of different metal working processes will be covered during the whole course.
Introduction and working principle of powder metallurgy forging will be presented in the
end. The course will enable the students be conversant with working principles so that they
can use the knowledge gained towards increasing the productivity of manufacturing
industries in the long run.
Course Layout:
Week 1 : Introduction and classification of metalworking processes, Behavior of materials
Week 2 : Concept of stress and strain, Hydrostatic and deviatoric stresses
Week 3 : Flow curve Yield criteria for ductile materials, plastic stress strain relationships
Week 4 : Yielding and ductility during instability, Effect of strain rate and temperature on
flow properties
Week 5 : mechanics of metalworking, Analysis methods, Hot and cold working
Week 6 : Introduction, classification and analysis of forging and rolling operations
Week 7 : Defects in rolled and forged components, Analysis of extrusion process
Week 8 : Classification and analysis of wire and tube drawing and sheetmetal working,
Powder metallurgy forming

Suggested Reading Materials:

1. Ghosh, A., and Mallik, A.K., Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.
2. Rowe, Geoffrey W., An introduction to the principles of Metal Working, TMH.
3. Dieter George E., Mechanical Metallurgy, McGrawHill

WEB LINK:

[Link]

33
 Code: B16 ME 3114D
MECHANICS OF MACHINING
(MOOCS-I)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course:

Machining is a metal removal process, which can be accomplished by applying force on raw
material by means of a cutting tool. This course aims at explaining the physics of the cutting
process. The course will contain discussion of statics, kinematics and kinetics of the cutting
process. Experimental findings relevant to mechanics of the process will also be discussed.
The course will also include introductory discussion on non-traditional machining processes.
Course Layout:
Week 1 : Deformation of metals, Mechanism of plastic deformation, Machining processes:
Single edge tool, types of chips
Week 2 : Tool geometry: single point cutting tool specifications, Tool specifications,
conversion of tool angles, Multi-point cutting tools, Mechanics of orthogonal cutting, force
relationships
Week 3 : Determination of stress, strain, and strain rate, Measurement of shear angle, Other
analysis for force relationships
Week 4 : Mechanics of oblique cutting, Measurement of cutting forces
Week 5 : Thermal aspects of machining: Temperatures in orthogonal cutting, Tool wear and
tool life and tool life equations, Economics in machining
Week 6 : Practical machining operations: Turning and shaping & planning operation,
Practical machining operations: milling and drilling, Grinding of metals and mechanics of
grinding process
Week 7 : Abrasive machining and finishing operations, CNC machines and CNC
programming
Week 8 : Introduction to advanced machining processes
Suggested Reading Materials:
1. G K Lal, Introduction to Machining Science, 3rd edition, New Age International Pvt Ltd.,
2007.
2. A Ghosh and A K Mallik, Manufacturing Science, 2nd edition, Affiliated East-West Press
Pvt. Ltd., 1986.
3. G Boothroyd and W. A. Knight, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools, CRC-
Taylor and Francis, 2006.
4. V K Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers, 2009.
5. P M Dixit and U S Dixit, Modeling of Metal Forming and Machining Processes: By
Finite Element and Soft Computing Methods, Springer, 2010.
6. A Bhattacharya, Metal Cutting: Theory and Practice, New Central Book Agency, 2012.

WEB LINK:
[Link]
34
 Code: B16 ME 3115A
MANUFACTURING OF COMPOSITES
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the course

Selecting manufacturing technique has emerged as one the paramount challenge in the field
of composites. Composites are now being used in almost every field of industry, and students
working in the area of the composites need to learn the basics, and progressive techniques of
composites manufacturing. This course covers the important aspects of composites
manufacturing: process selection guidelines, thermoset ad thermoplastic Composites
manufacturing processes, process parameters and characterizations. Applications and use of
each manufacturing process is focused and this is represented separately.
Course Plan:
Week 1- Introduction to Composites

 Introduction to Composites
 Function of the Matrix and Reinforcement in Composites
 Matrices: Thermosets and Thermoplastic
 Fiber Reinforcement

Week 2- Properties and testing composites

 Properties of Composites
 Composites testing
 Composites design: Laminate theory, Rule of mixtures, symmetry and balance

Week 3- Thermoset Composites manufacturing processes

 Material selection process cont.

 Material selection process cont.
 Design for manufacturing.

Week 4- Thermoset composite manufacturing processes

 Thermoset Composite manufacturing:Lay-up processes,Spray up process

 Thermoset Composite manufacturing:Fiber placement process
 Thermoset Composite manufacturing:Resin transfer moulding

Week 5- Thermoplastic composite manufacturing processes

 Thermoset Composite manufacturing:Vaccum assisted resin transfer moulding

 Thermoset Composite manufacturing:Compression molding process
 Thermoset composites manufacturing:Filament winding

35
Week 6- Thermoplastic composite manufacturing processes

 Thermoplastic Composite manufacturing:Sheet moulding

 Thermoplastic Composite manufacturing: Injection moulding, sheet moulding,
Calendaring
 Thermoplastic Composite manufacturing:Extrusion, Blow molding, rotational molding,
Thermoforming

Week 7- Metal and ceramic matrix composites

 Metal Matrix Composites:Metal matrix and reinforcement

 Manufacturing processes for Metal Matrix Composites:Dispersion hardended and particle
composite
 Manufacturing processes for Metal matrix composites:Layer composites and infiltration
method

Week 8- Prevention of Damage, repair of Composites and selection of processes

 Ceramic matrix composites: Hot isostatic processing

 Non – destructive testing of Composites
 Manufacturing process selection: Cost, performance, size shape, rate of production.
Steps for process selection

Suggested reading
1. Mazumdar, S., 2001. Composites manufacturing: materials, product, and process
engineering. CRC press.
2. Balasubramanian, M., 2013. Composite materials and processing. CRC press.
3. Campbell Jr, F.C. ed., 2003. Manufacturing processes for advanced composites. Elsevier.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

36
 Code: B16 ME 3115B
PROCESSING OF POLYMERS AND POLYMER COMPOSITES
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course

The main objective of the current MOOC on Processing of Polymers and Polymer
Composites course is to impart an understanding of the manufacturing science and
engineering of polymers and polymer composites which is usually not covered at the UG
level. The course deals with the study of the basic nature of different polymers and polymer
composites and the manufacturing processes associated thereof. The classification of
engineering materials and processing techniques, the structure and mechanical properties of
plastics, thermoplastics and thermosets, the various processing techniques of polymers such
as Extrusion, Injection molding, Thermoforming, Compression molding and Transfer
molding have been explained with the relevant and specific examples. The fundamental
concept and classification of composite materials, properties of composites and the primary
as well as secondary processing methods of polymeric matrix composites have been
explained in detail. The various issues, challenges and opportunities in primary and
secondary processing of polymers and polymer composites has also been explained.
Course Plan
Week1: Introduction to course, Engineering materials and processing techniques,
Thermoplastics and thermosets, Processing of polymers, Thermoforming process.
Week 2: Extrusion, Compression molding, Injection molding.
Week 3: Transfer molding, Rotational molding, Blow molding, Composite materials: basic
concepts, Classification of composite materials.
Week 4: Processing of polymer composites, Hand-layup, Spray-layup, Compression molding
Injection molding.
Week 5: Reaction injection molding, Autoclaving, Resin transfer molding, Filament winding,
Pultrusion.
Week 6: Sheet molding, Pre-pegging and challenges in primary processing of composites,
Secondary processing of polymer composites, Joining of polymer composites, Adhesive
joining.
Week 7: Mechanical joining, Microwave joining, Induction and resistance welding, Drilling
of polymer composites.
Week 8: Conventional vs ultrasonic drilling, Remedies for reducing drilling induce damages,
Research tools for secondary processing, Numerical problems and case studies.

Suggested Reading
1. Plastic Materials and Processing : A. Brent Strong, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-021626-7
2. Composite Materials: Engineering and Science: F.L. Mathews and R.D. Rawlings, CRC
press, 084930251X
3. Handbook of Composites: S.T. Peters, ISBN 978-1-4615-6389-1.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

37
 Code: B16 ME 3115C
ROBOTICS
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course:

The course will start with a brief introduction to robots and robotics. The motivation behind
keeping robots in modern industries will be discussed. After providing a brief history of
robotics, different components of a robotic system will be identified. The method of
determining degrees of freedom of a robotic system will be discussed with some examples.
After classifying the robots based on certain criteria, workspace analysis of manipulators will
be carried out. Applications of robots in different areas like in manufacturing units, medical
science, space, and others, will be discussed. Various methods of robot teaching will be
explained with some suitable examples. Economic analysis will be conducted to decide
whether we should purchase a robot. Both forward and inverse kinematics problems will be
solved with the help of some suitable examples. To ensure smooth variation of joint angles of
the robot, trajectory planning schemes will be explained. After carrying out velocity analysis
with the help of Jacobian matrix, inverse dynamics problems of robots will be solved using
Lagrange-Euler formulation. Control scheme used in robots to realize the joint torques will be
discussed. Besides manipulators, analysis will be carried out on wheeled and multi-legged
robots. The working principles of various sensors used in robots will be explained in detail.
The steps to be followed in robot vision will be discussed with some suitable examples. The
principles of motion planning algorithms will be explained in detail. Thus, this course will
deal with all the issues related to kinematics, dynamics, control schemes and robot
intelligence.
Course Layout:
Week 1 : Introduction to Robots and Robotics
Week 2 : Introduction to Robots and Robotics; Robot Kinematics
Week 3 : Robot Kinematics
Week 4 : Robot Kinematics; Trajectory Planning
Week 5 : Robot Dynamics
Week 6 : Control Scheme; Sensors; Robot Vision
Week 7 : Robot Vision; Robot Motion Planning
Week 8 : Intelligent Robot; Biped Walking; Summary
Suggested Reading Materials:
1. Fundamentals of Robotics by D.K. Pratihar, Narosa Publishing House, New-Delhi, 2017.
2. Robotics by K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez, C.S.G. Lee, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1987
3. Introduction to Robotics by J.J. Craig, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986

WEB LINK:

[Link]

38
 Code: B16 ME 3115D
ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF WELDING
(MOOCS-II)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

About the Course

Welding is an important fabrication process in manufacturing industries. Complex parts
fabricated using forming, machining and metal removal processes are assembled into a larger
part using welding. The welding process involves a number of physical processes that play a
role in determining the performance of the joint. With newer and dissimilar combinations
required to be joined as the technological advances take place in the area of manufacturing, it
is important for practicing engineers, graduate students and prospective researchers to
understand welding to take advantage of the developments taking place. This course offers
detailed analysis and modeling techniques that apply to the different physical phenomena that
take place during welding.

COURSE LAYOUT

Week 1

1 Introduction to fusion welding processes

2 Heat sources
3 Heat removal

Week 2
4 Thermal modeling
5 Single domain approach - handling phase change
6 Analytical solutions

Week 3
7 Fluid flow in the weld pool
8 Zones in a weldment
9 Numerical Solutions

Week 4
10 Conduction mode and Keyhole mode
11 Solute transfer – Macroscale
12 Solute transfer – Microscale

Week 5
12 Solute segregation profiles
13 Microstructure evolution
14 Defects in fusion welds

39
Week 6
15 Effects of dilution
16 Weld Cladding
17 Distortion in welding

Week 7
18 Dissimilar welding
19 Solutions to Dissimilar welding
20 Integrated approach

Suggested Reading

1. Welding Metallurgy – Sindo Kou, Wiley Interscience 2nd Edition (2002)

2. Contemporary Literature – will be listed on the course site.

WEB LINK:

[Link]

40
 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION
(Regulation R16)
III/IV [Link]
(With effect from 2016-2017 Admitted Batch onwards)
Under Choice Based Credit System
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
II-SEMESTER
Tutoria Total
Code Lecture Lab Sessional Exam Total
Course Credits l Contact
No. Hrs Hrs Marks Marks Marks
Hrs Hrs/Week
Industrial
B16 ME
Engineering & 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3201
Management
B16 ME Fluid Machinery &
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3202 Systems
B16 ME Design of Machine
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3203 Elements
B16 ME Refrigeration and
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3204 Air Conditioning
B16 ME Dynamics of
4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
3205 Machines
# ELE-II Elective-II 4 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100
B16 ME Industrial
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3212 Engineering Lab
B16 ME Fluid Mechanics &
2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100
3213 Machines Lab
Verbal &
B16 ENG
Quantitative 2 5 -- -- 5 100 -- 100
3202
Aptitude-II
B16 ME
Mini Project 2 -- -- 3 3 50 -- 50
3214
# M-III MOOCS-III 2 4 -- -- 4 100 -- 100

Total 34 27 6 9 42 530 520 1050

Code No. Name of the Course

B16 ME 3206 Control Systems
B16 ME 3207 Optimization Techniques
# ELE-II B16 ME 3208 Automobile Engineering
B16 ME 3209 Supply Chain Management
B16 ME 3210 Nano Technology
B16 ME 3211 Computational Fluid Dynamics
B16 ENG 3203 Basic Coding
B16 ME 3215A Design For Quality, Manufacturing and Assembly
# M-III
B16 ME 3215B Introduction to Research
B16 ME 3215C Nature and Properties of Materials

41
 Code: B16 ME 3201
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT

Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 70
Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students learn
1. To know management practices in industry
2. To acquire capacity to handle industrial disputes
3. To know much about production activities and to improve productivity
4. To learn the work study procedures and quality concepts to get more productivity
5. To have exposure on some maintenance practices in industry.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Students will be able to apply management theories in organization
2. They will know personal management techniques to motivate the workers.
3. They are able to settle the industrial disputes in organization.
4. They are also acquire full knowledge on production planning and control procedures
5. They understand the economics of plant layout
6. Students are aware of materials handling principles and equipment
7. They will be able to apply maintenance practices
8. They will have knowledge of materials management
9. They will be able to improve the productivity by applying work study procedures and
quality concepts

SYLLABUS

Concepts of Industrial Management: Principles of management- Growth of management

thought, Functions of management, Principles of organization, Types of organization and
committees.
Introduction to personnel management- Functions, Motivation, Theories of motivation,
Hawthrone studies, Discipline in industry, Promotion, Transfer, lay off and discharge, Labour
turnover.

Industrial relations- Trade unions, Industrial disputes, Strikes, Lock-out, Picketing, Gherao,
Settlement of industrial disputes, Collective bargaining, Industrial dispute act 1947 and
factories act 1948.
Production Planning and Control: Types of productions, Production cycle, Product design
and development, Process planning, Forecasting, Loading, Scheduling, Dispatching, Routing,
Progress, Control, Simple problems.

42
Plant Layout: Economics of plant location, Rural Vs Suburban sites, Types of layouts,
Types of building, Travel chart technique, Assembly line balancing simple problems.
Materials Handling- Principles, Concept of unit load, Containerization, Pelletization,
Selection of material handling equipment, Applications of belt conveyors, Cranes, Forklift
trucks in industry.

Work Study: Concept of productivity, Method Study - Basic steps in method study, Process
charts, Diagrams, Models and Templates, Principles of motion economy, Micro motion
study, Therbligs, SIMO chart. Work Measurement - Stop watch procedure of time study,
Performance rating, allowances, Work sampling, Simple problems.

Materials Management: Introduction, Purchasing, Objectives of purchasing department,

Buying techniques, Purchase procedure, Stores and material control, Receipt and issue of
materials, Store records. Inventory Control, EOQ model(Simple problems).
Quality Control - Control charts of variables and attributes (Use of formulae only). Single
and Double sampling plans.

Text Book:

1. Industrial Engineering Management, by Dr. O. P .Khanna.

Reference Books:

1. Principles of Management by Koontz & Donnel.

2. Production and Operations Management by Everette Adam & Ronald Ebert.
3. Operations Management by John McClain & Joseph Thames.
4. Industrial Engineering and Production Management by Telsay, S. Chand & Co.

43
 Code: B16 ME 3202
FLUID MACHINERY & SYSTEMS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Develop an appreciation for the properties of Newtonian fluids,
2. Study analytical solutions to variety of simplified problems,
3. Understand the dynamics of fluid flows and the governing non-dimensional parameters,
4. Apply concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation to flows,
5. To teach the student about the fundamental of fluid dynamic equations and
its applications fluid jets
6. To impart the knowledge of various types of pumps and turbines.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, students are able to
1. Apply the Bernoulli equation to solve problems in fluid mechanics.
2. Apply the concepts of momentum equation for finding the forces acting on the vanes of
the turbines.
3. Apply control volume analysis to problems in fluid mechanics.
4. Apply potential flow theory to solve problems in fluid mechanics.
5. Identify the recent developments in fluid mechanics, with application to aerospace
systems.
6. To impart the knowledge of various types of turbines and the performance of hydraulic
turbines and pumps.

SYLLABUS

Impact of jet and jet propulsion: Impact of jet on stationary surfaces- Impact of jet on hinged
surfaces- moving curved vane with tangential entry of water- Radial flow over the vanes- Jet
propulsion.

Hydraulic Turbines: Classification- Pelton wheel- Reaction turbines- Inward and outward
radial flow reaction turbines- Fancis turbine- Axial flow reaction turbine- Kaplan turbine-
Draft tube- Types- Theory- and efficiency of draft tube.

Specific Speed: Determination- Significance- Unit quantities- Unit speed- Unit discharge and
unit power- Characteristic curves of hydraulic turbines- Constant heat curves- Constant speed
curves and Iso-efficiency curves- Governing of turbines.

Centrifugal Pumps: Main parts- Efficiency- Minimum speed for starting- Multi-stage
centrifugal pumps- Specific speed of a centrifugal pump- Priming of a centrifugal pump-

44
Characteristic curves- Main, Operational and constant efficiency curves- Cavitation- Effects-
Cavitation in Hydraulic machines.

Reciprocating Pumps: Main parts- Classification- Velocity and acceleration variation in

suction and delivery pipes due to piston acceleration- Effect of variation of velocity on
friction in suction and delivery pipes- Effect of acceleration in suction and delivery pipes on
indicator diagram- Effect of friction- Maximum speed of reciprocating pump- Air vessels.

Hydraulic Press- Hydraulic accumulator- Differential hydraulic accumulator- Hydraulic

intensifier- Hydraulic ram- Hydraulic lift- Hydraulic crane- Fluid coupling- Hydraulic torque
converter. Air lift pump Servo systems- Open and closed loop systems- Hydraulic and
Pneumatic systems.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, by [Link], Laxmi publications.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, by [Link].

Reference Books:

1. Fluid Flow Machines, by [Link] Rao, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.
2. ―Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics‖, P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, TEXT BOOKS House,
Delhi.

45
 Code: B16 ME 3203
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Students will be acquainted with standards like ASTM, ASME etc., safety, reliability,
importance of dimensional parameters, manufacturing aspects in mechanical design.
2. Students will understand to formulate and analyze stresses and strains in machine
elements like shafts, springs etc. And structures under static and/ or dynamic load
conditions

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Identify the need for design process and enumerate different design models
2. Design the machine elements subjected to static and fatigue loading.
3. Determine the dimensions of shafts and keys subjected to different types of loadings.
4. Design and Analyze bolted, riveted and welded joints subjected to different types of
loadings.
5. Classify Design and Analyze the Helical, torsion and Leaf springs for the given loading.
6. Design of various types of joints and couplings subjected to different types of loadings.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Mechanical engineering design: traditional design methods, different

design models, Problem formulation, Design considerations, engineering materials and
processes and their selection, BIS designation of steels, Mechanical properties,
manufacturing considerations in design.

Design against static loads: Modes of failure, Factory of safety, Axial, bending and torsional
stresses, Stress concentration factors. Static failure theories.

Fluctuations and fatigue stresses, Soderberg, Goodman and modified Goodman diagrams,
fatigue failure, design consideration in fatigue.

Threaded and welded joints: forms of threads, basic types of screw fastenings, ISO metric
screw threads, design of eccentrically loaded bolted joints, different types of welded joints
and strength of weld joints subjected to bending and fluctuating loads, welding inspection,
Design of cotter and knuckle joints.

Shafts, keys and couplings: shafts design on strength basis, torsional rigidity basis, Design
of hollow shafts, flexible shafts, ASME codes for shafts and Keys design, Flat, square keys,
Splines, Rigid and flange couplings, Flexible couplings.

46
Spring Design: classification and spring materials, Design of helical compression springs
and helical springs subjected to fatigue loading, Design of laminated springs, Equalized stress
in spring leaves. Multi - leaf springs. Surge in springs, Nipping and shot peening.

Text Book:

1. Design of Machine Elements by [Link], TMH Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi

References Books:

1. Machine Design by Jain, Khanna Publications.

2. Machine Design by Pandya and Shaw, Charotar publications
3. Machine design, an integrated approach by [Link], 2nd edition, Pearson Education

47
 Code: B16 ME 3204
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
Students
1. Understand the principles of refrigeration and air craft refrigeration systems.
2. Have the complete knowledge of the Vapour Compression Refrigeration System and its
performance.
3. Understand the working of Vapour Absorption refrigeration system.
4. Understand the working of Steam Jet Refrigeration system.
5. Understand the principles and processes of psychrometry.
6. Develop the knowledge of students in selecting the right equipment for a particular
application of Air- conditioning.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Explain necessary, applications of refrigeration, ideal cycle and also air craft refrigeration
system.
2. Demonstrate the working principle of vapor compression refrigeration system and its
performance parameters.
3. Describe working principle of vapor absorption refrigeration system.
4. Describe working principle of steam jet refrigeration system.
5. Demonstrate different psychrometric properties in air conditioning and requirements of
comfort air conditioning.
6. Explain cooling and heating loads in air conditioning and describe the various
components of air conditioning system.

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Refrigeration: Necessity of refrigeration and air conditioning, applications,

unit of refrigeration. Carnot cycle, Bell Coleman cycle, Open and Dense air systems, Actual
air refrigeration system –numerical problems. Refrigeration needs of air craft‘s, methods of
air refrigeration systems.

Vapour Compression Refrigeration System - Basic Cycles- Working principle and

Essential components of the plant – COP – Representation of cycle on T-S and P-h charts-
Effect of sub cooling and super heating - cycle analysis. Actual cycle, Influence of various
parameters on system performance -numerical Problems. Refrigerants- Classifications-
Desirable properties.

Vapour Absorption Refrigeration (VAR) System – Description and Working of NH3 –

Water System and Li Br – Water (Two Shell & Four Shell) System – Calculation of Max
COP, Principle of Operation of Three Fluid Absorption System.

48
Steam Jet Refrigeration System: Working Principle and Basic Components –
Nonconventional refrigeration methods: Principle and operation (i) Thermoelectric
refrigerator (ii) Vortex tube or Hilsch tube.

Psychrometry: Psychrometric properties and relations- Psychrometric chart- Psychrometric

processes- Human comfort and comfort chart- Effective temperature and factors governing
effective temperature.

Air Conditioning: Summer, Winter and year round air conditioning- Different types of Air
conditioning load - By pass factor, RSHP, GSHF- Fresh air quantity- Cooling coils and
Dehumidity- Air washers.

Text Books:
1. A Course in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, S. C Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpatrai
Publications
2. Refrigeration and Air conditioning, by R. S. Khurmi and J. K. Gupta, S Chand
publications.

References:
1. Refrigeration and Air conditioning, by Jordan R.C. and Priester G.B.
2. Principles of Refrigeration, by Dossat.
3. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, by [Link].
4. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, CP Arora, TMH, 15th edition 2013.

49
 Code: B16 ME 3205
DYNAMICS OF MACHINES

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives
Students learn
1. To understand the balancing procedure for rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors and
engines
2. To understand the concept theory of toothed gears, analysis of gear trains and
gyroscope effect on various vehicles
3. To understand the fundamentals of free and forced vibrations
4. To develop competency in drawing the cam profile understand the follower motions
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Perform balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses
2. Understand the importance of toothed gears, gear trains and their practice application
3. Calculate gyroscopic couple on various vehicles
4. Analyze free and forced vibrations of machines, engines and structure
5. Design cam and follower for specific motion profile

SYLLABUS

Gyroscopic Couple and Precessional Motion: Precessional and angular motion- gyroscopic
couple- effect of gyroscopic couple on an aero plane and on a naval ship, stability of a four
wheel vehicle moving in a curved path, stability of a two-wheel vehicle taking a turn.

Cams: Classification of followers and cams- Definitions- Motions of the follower- Uniform
velocity-Simple harmonic motion- Uniform acceleration and retardation- Displacement-
Velocity and acceleration diagrams. Construction of cam profiles- Cam with knife edged
follower and roller follower.

Toothed gearing: Classification of toothed wheels, technical terms, Law of gearing,

Length of contact, arc of contact, interference in involute gears, minimum number of teeth
required on pinion to avoid interference- Helical gears, Spiral gears- Efficiency of spiral
gears.

Gear Trains: Types of gear trains- Simple, compound, reverted and epicyclic gear trains-
Velocity ratio of epicyclic gear train- Tabular method- Algebraic method- Torques in
epicyclic gear trains.

50
Balancing of Rotating and Reciprocating Masses: Balancing of a single rotating mass in
the same plane and by two masses in different planes, balancing of several masses revolving
in the same plane- Balancing of several masses revolving in different planes Primary and
secondary unbalanced forces of reciprocating masses, Partial balancing of unbalanced
primary forces in a reciprocating engine, Partial balancing of locomotives- Effect of partial
balancing of reciprocating parts of two cylinder locomotives- Variation of tractive force,
Swaying couple and hammer blow- Balancing of primary and secondary forces in multi
cylinder in-line engines- Direct and reverse cranks- Balancing of V- Engines.

Vibrations:
Definitions- Types of vibrations- Natural frequencies of free longitudinal vibrations of
systems having single degree of freedom- Equilibrium method- Energy method and
Rayleghy's method. Frequency of damped vibration and forced vibration with damping-
Magnification factor
Transverse and Torsional Vibrations: Natural frequency of free transverse vibrations due
to point load and uniformly distributed load acting over a simply supported shaft- Transverse
vibrations for a shaft subjected to number of point loads- Energy method- Dunkerley's
method, Critical speed of a shaft. Natural frequency of free torsional vibrations- Free
torsional vibrations of single rotor system, two rotor system.

Text Book:

1. Theory of Machines by [Link] & [Link].

Reference books:

1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan.

2. Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan.

51
 Code: B16 ME 3206
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the basic principles of control systems to develop mathematical models for
physical systems.
2. To familiarize the students on the basic concepts of feedback characteristics of control
systems for standard test signals.
3. To familiarize the students on finding stability of control systems using time and
frequency domain techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Develop mathematical models for physical systems using the knowledge of fundamental
principles of mathematics and control systems.
2. Apply the knowledge of various controlling techniques to develop suitable controller to
meet specific requirements.
3. Describe and determine the various time and frequency domain specifications.
4. Select appropriate stability techniques to determine performance characteristics of
physical systems.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Control systems, Classification of Control systems, Feedback and its effects.
Transfer Function, Block Diagram and Signal Flow Graph, Impulse response and Transfer
functions of: linear systems, Block diagrams.

Mathematical Modeling of Physical Systems: Modeling of mechanical system elements,

Equations of mechanical systems, Electrical analogous of mechanical systems. Matrix
representation of state equations, State transition matrix, State transition equation,
Characteristic equation, eigen values and eigen vectors.

Time Response Analysis: Time response, Typical test signals for the time response of
control systems, Order of a system, Time - domain performance of control systems. Type
number of control systems, Steady state error: Static error constants.

Stability of control systems: Stability, Characteristic equation, Methods of determining

stability of linear control systems, Routh- Hurwitz criterion,

52
Frequency Response Analysis: Frequency response, Frequency-domain Analysis of Control
Systems: Gain margin, Phase margin, Polar/Nyquist plot. Nyquist stability criterion,
Application of the Nyquist criterion. Stability of multi loop systems.

Text Books:
1. Control Systems by A. Nagoor Kani, RBA Publications.
2. Advanced Control Theory by A. Nagoor Kani, RBA Publications.

Reference Books:
1. Control Systems Engineering by Nagrath/Gopal , New Age International.
2. Automatic Control Systems by Benjamin C Kuo

53
 Code: B16 ME 3207
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Elective-II)
Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30
Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4
Course Objectives
1. To understand the theory of optimization methods and algorithms developed for solving
various types of optimization problems.
2. To apply the mathematical results and numerical techniques of optimization theory to
concrete Engineering problems.
3. To develop and promote research interest in applying optimization techniques and
reliability concepts in problems of Engineering and Technology.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Have a basic understanding of conventional, unconventional optimization algorithms and
concepts of reliability.
2. Formulate engineering design problems as mathematical optimization problems and solve
them by using suitable optimization technique(s).
3. Use mathematical software for the solution of engineering problems.
4. Several homework assignments delving on core concepts and reinforcing analytical skills
learned in class.

SYLLABUS

Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable optimization - local and global

minimum, multi variable optimization without constraints, multi variable optimization with
constraints – method of Lagrange multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions, merits and demerits
of classical optimization techniques.

Numerical Methods For Single Variable Optimization Problems: Unimodal function,

Dichotomous search, Fibonacci method, Golden section method, Quadratic interpolation
method, Newton method, Secant method.

Numerical Methods For Multi Variable Optimization Problems: Nelder Mead‗s Simplex
search method, Pattern Search methods – Hooke and Jeeve‘s method, Powell‘s method,
Gradient of a function, Steepest descent method, Sequential linear programming for
constrained problems, Exterior and interior penalty function methods for handling
constraints.

Genetic Algorithms: Differences and similarities between conventional and evolutionary

algorithms, working principle, reproduction, crossover, mutation, termination criteria,
different reproduction and crossover operators, GA for constrained optimization, draw backs
of GA.
54
Multi-Objective Optimization: Utility function method, Inverted utility function method,
Global criterion method, Bounded objective function method, Lexicographic method, Goal
Programming method, Example of Minimization of weight and deflection of a cantilever
beam subject to stress constraints.

Text Book:

1. Engineering Optimization – [Link], New Age Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Optimization for Engineering Design – Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers.

2. Multi objective optimization by Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers.

55
 Code: B16 ME 3208
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:

This course deals with the basic components of automotive vehicles, which includes the
elements of power transmission system and vehicle control systems as follows:
1. First chapter deals with the technological advancements of modern automotive
vehicles/engines and the techniques of exhaust emission reduction.
2. Chapter 2 & 3 describes the constructional features of power transmission components
and their working principles.
3. Chapter 4 & 5 describe the electrical circuits, and ignition systems including battery.
4. Chapter 6 & 7 describes the constructional features of differential and alignment of axles
(live & dead), including wheels.
5. Chapter 8 provides the information on various aspects of vehicle maintenance. Also the
driving aspects and Motor Vehicle Act of the Indian Government.
Course Outcomes:
After completing this course, students can learn and understand the following:
1. Students are familiar with the basic knowledge of automotive vehicles, and various
modes of vehicle driving, including the safety aspects.
2. Students can understand the affects of automotive exhaust emissions on the environment
and the health of human beings. And also the techniques of exhaust emission
control/reduction techniques used in modern vehicles.
3. Students are able to understand the principle of electronic fuels injection and spark
ignition.
4. Students are familiar with the various design aspects of chassis and power transmission
components, including the design of wheels and tires.
5. Students are exposed to different maintenance procedures of automotive vehicles and the
safety aspects while driving, including traffic regulations.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Definition of automobile, Automobile Layout, Chassis and Transmission:

Introduction to Drive Train: Clutch, Gearbox, Hook‘s Joint, Propeller /Drive Shaft, Slip Joint,
Final Drive and Differential, Front and Rear Axles, Wheels and Tires, Control systems:
Introduction to Steering, and Brakes. Electrical system: Introduction to Starting System,
Ignition, dynamo/alternator, cut-out and wiring. Automobile Body: Parts and Stream lining,
Automobile types: Front, Rear and Four wheel drive and Automotive materials

56
Engine (Power Plant): Multi cylinder engine parts, Classification: ‗In-line‘ and ‗V‘ type,
Multi-Valve Engines, Super Charging/Turbo charging, Air filters, Fuel Systems: Petrol
Engines: Carbureted and MPFI, Ignition Systems: Conventional and Electronic, Diesel
Engines: Conventional, CRDI, and Duel Fuel engines., Performance, Combustion and
Exhaust Emissions, Air pollution and their control: EGR and Catalytic Converters,
EURO/Bharat Stage Norms: I, II, III, IV and V., Manifolds and Mufflers, Engine Cooling
and Lubrication.
Clutch: Necessity, Clutch Assembly: Construction and Working Principle, Types: Single and
Multiple Plates, Free-Play, Fluid coupling/Torque converter, Clutch Troubles and Remedies.

Gearbox: Necessity of Transmission, Construction and Working Principle, Selector

Mechanism, Types: Sliding mesh, Constant mesh, Synchromesh, and Epicyclical. Three,
Four and Five- Speed Gearbox, Overdrive, Automatic Gearbox, Gearbox Troubles and
remedies.

Drive shaft and Final Drive: Drive Shaft: Constructional Features: Universal/Hooks Joints,
Slip Joint, and Working Principle., Types of Propeller shafts, Final drive and Differential:
Necessity, Constructional Features and Working Principle., Front/Rear Axles: Constructional
Features and Types of Rear Axle Floating, Wheels: Disc and Drum type, Tires: Tire
Construction, Tube and Tubeless Tires, Radial Tires, Tire specification, Tire rotation and Tire
Maintenance.
Suspension System and Vehicle Control: Coil and Leaf Springs, Shock absorbers, Wheel
alignment: Kingpin angle, Caster, Camber, Toe-in, and Toe-out., Necessity of vehicle
control, Steering Mechanism and its Elements: Steering gear box and its types, Steering gear
ratio, Constant Velocity Joints and linkages. Power Steering, Brake system: Necessity,
Parking and Power Brakes, Parts and Working Principle of Mechanical, Air and. Hydraulic
Brakes: Mater and Wheel cylinder, Properties of Brake Fluids, Brake Diagnostics and
Service: Brake Bleeding, Anti-lock Braking System, Automobile Accessories and Tips for
Safe Driving.

Electrical and Electronic Systems: Battery, Starting system, ECU/ ECM.

Trouble shooting and Maintenance: Engine and Vehicle Troubles: Diagnostic Information:
Symptom descriptions and their Causes and Remedies, Periodic, Preventive and Break down
Maintenance: Engine tuning, Fuel and Air filters, Lubricants, Maintenance of Battery and
Electrical/Electronic System, and Tires. The Motor Vehicle Act (India).

Text Books:

1. Automotive Mechanics (10/e) - William H. Crouse and Donald L. Anglin, Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, ISBN: 0-07-059054-0.
2. Automobile Engineering – KK Jain/ RB Asthana, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, ISBN: 0-07-044529-X.
3. Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution- E.F. Obert, Harper & Row International
Publishers Inc., ISBN: 0-06-350561-4.

57
Reference Books:

1. Automotive Mechanics – S. Srinivasan, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company Limited,

ISBN: 0-07-044941-6.
2. Internal Combustion Engines – Heywood, John, B. McGraw-Hill Publications Limited.
3. Automotive Engines- S Srinivasan, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
ISBN: 0-07-040265-5

58
 Code: B16 ME 3209
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. Supply Chain Management involves the flows of materials and information among all of
the firms that contribute Value to a product, from the source of raw materials to end
customers.
2. It will integrate issues from finance (investments in productive assets), marketing
(channels of distribution), logistics, and operations management to develop a broad
understanding of a supply chain.
3. By taking a strategic perspective, it will focus on relatively long term decisions involving
the investment in productive resources, configuration of processes, product Designs and
development of partnerships with suppliers and channels of distribution.
4. Although the development of analytical tools is not the primary objective of the course,
students should be Comfortable with quantitative analysis.
5. By the end of the course, you should have enhanced your ability to use Analytical tools
and conceptual frameworks to make decisions in supply chain contexts as well as a better
Understanding of the major strategic issues and trade-offs that arise in supply chain
management
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1. Provide students with the requisite knowledge and skills to design and manage Supply
chain. Analyze and improve the supply chain performance.
2. Align appropriate supply chain strategies with product characteristics.
3. To engage students in case studies based on real world logistics and supply chain
decisions.
4. Acquaint the student with various Supply Chain Strategies; the differences between
efficient and responsive supply chains and the correct strategies to use based on product
type and location in the product life cycle.
5. Causes of Bullwhip Effect by playing a version of the well known "Beer Game"
simulation.
6. The student will be able to explore three fundamental design concepts: component
commonality, modularity vs. integral design, and universality, and a cost/benefit
framework
7. Learn process improvements such as postponement, mass customization, resequencing
production operations, and shifting the push-pull point; these design changes can
significantly improve the performance of your supply chain.
8. Understand the importance of technology in supply chain optimization
59
 SYLLABUS

Role of supply chain management in Economy and Organization- Introduction to SCM,

Evolution, Key concepts, Decisions and Importance of SCM.

Supply chain strategy and Performance Measures- Competitive supply chain strategies, CRM
strategy, Supplier relationship strategy- Performance Measures (Financial, Productivity,
Quality and cycle time).

Supply chain drives- Introduction, Facilities, Inventory, Transportation and Information.

Supply chain design- Network design and operation models. Sourcing and Transportation-
Role of sourcing, Supplier selection and contracts, Procurement process, Role of
Transportation, Design options for transportation network.

Planning and Managing Inventories-Introduction, cycle/safety/seasonal stock, Inventory for

short life cycle products, Multi echelon inventory.

Information Technology in SCM- Role of IT, E-business and future trends. Supply chain
innovations- Introduction, Supply chain integration, Restructuring, Agile supply chains.

Text Book:

1. Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: David Simchi-Levi, Philip Kaminsky, Edith
Simchi – Levi, Ravi Shankar, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2008

Reference Books:

1. Supply chain management text and cases: Janat Shah, Pearson Education, 2009.
2. Supply chain management strategy, planning and operation, Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl,
PHI.
3. Supply chain management: Chopra, Pearson Education, 2009.
4. Business logistics/ Supply chain management, 5/e: Ballou, Pearson Education.

60
 Code: B16 ME 3210
NANO TECHNOLOGY
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course objectives
The main objectives of this course are:
1. to provide the fundamental principles of nanotechnology
2. to understand the properties, production and characterization of nanomaterials
3. to understand the applications of nanotechnology in various science, engineering and
technology fields.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of this course the student shall be able to:
1. Identify the essential concepts used in nanotechnology.
2. Identify the materials, properties, synthetic and fabrication techniques, characterization
techniques and applications in various fields.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: History of nano science. Definition of nano size, nano materials, nano
technology. Classification of nano materials. Crystal symmetries, crystal directions, crystal
planes. Band structure.

Properties Of Materials: Mechanical properties, electrical properties, dielectric properties,

thermal properties, magnetic properties, opto electronic properties. Effect of size reduction on
properties, electronic structure of nano materials.

Synthesis and Fabrication: Synthesis techniques for preparation of nano particle – Bottom
Up Approach – sol gel synthesis, hydro thermal growth, thin film growth, PVD and CVD;
Top Down Approach – Ball milling, micro fabrication, lithography.

Characterization Techniques: X-Ray diffraction and Scherrer method, scanning electron

microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, scanning probe microscopy, atomic force
microscopy, piezoresponse microscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, UV-Visible and
Infra red spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, Thermogravimetric analysis, Differential
thermal analysis, Differential Scanning Calorimetry.

Carbon Nano Technology: Characterization of carbon allotropes, synthesis of diamond –

nucleation of diamond, growth and morphology. Applications of nano crystalling diamond
films, graphene, carbon nano tubes.

61
Applications of Nano Technology: Applications in material engineering, biology and
medicine, surface science, energy and environment. Applications of nano structured thin
films, applications of quantum dots.

Text Books

1. Nano science and nano technology by M.S Ramachandra Rao, Shubra Singh, Wiley
publishers.
2. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank [Link], Wiley
publishers.
3. Nanotechnology by Jermy J Ramsden, Elsevier publishers.

Reference Books

1. Nano Materials- [Link]/ New Age Introduction.

2. Nano Essentials- [Link]/TMH.
3. Nanotechnology the Science of Small by M.A Shah, K.A Shah, Wiley Publishers.
4. Principles of Nanotechnology by Phani Kumar, Scitech.

62
 Code: B16 ME 3211
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(Elective-II)

Theory : 3 Periods Sessionals : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period Ext. Marks : 70
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :4

Course Objectives:
1. The course aims at providing required numerical techniques for solving various
engineering problems involving fluid flow.
2. The course aims at providing required software techniques for solving various
engineering problems involving fluid flow
Course Outcomes:
1. After undergoing the course the student shall be able to apply various numerical tools like
finite volume, finite difference etc for solving the different fluid flow problems.

SYLLABUS

Introduction: Finite difference method, finite volume method, finite element method,
Philosophy of Computational Fluid Dynamics: Computational fluid dynamics: Why? –
Computational fluid dynamics as a research tool– Computational fluid dynamics as a design
tool – The impact of Computational fluid dynamics—some other examples; Automobile and
engine applications; Industrial manufacturing applications; Civil engineering applications;
Environmental engineering applications; Naval architecture applications(submarine example)
- Computational fluid dynamics: What is it?. Governing equations and boundary conditions.
Derivation of finite difference equations.

Solution methods: Solution methods of elliptical equations – finite difference formulations,

interactive solution methods, direct method with Gaussian elimination. Parabolic equations -
explicit schemes and Von Neumann stability analysis, implicit schemes, alternating direction
implicit schemes, approximatefactorization, fractional step methods, direct method with
tridiagonal matrix algorithm.

Hyperbolic equations: explicit schemes and Von Neumann stability analysis, implicit
schemes, multi step methods, nonlinear problems, second order one-dimensional wave
equations.
Burgers equations: Explicit and implicit schemes, Runge-Kutta method.

Formulations of incompressible viscous flows: Formulations of incompressible viscous

flows by finite difference methods, pressure correction methods, vortex methods.

63
Treatment of compressible flows: potential equation, Eluer equations, Navier-stokes system
of equations, flow field-dependent variation methods, boundary conditions, example
problems.

Finite volume method: Finite volume method via finite difference method, formulations for
two and three-dimensional problems.
Standard variational methods: Linear fluid flow problems, steady state problems,
Transient problems

Text Books:

1. Computational fluid dynamics- T. [Link], Cambridge University press, 2002.

2. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics – Niyogi.P, Chakrabartty S.K. and
Laha.M.K., Pearson Education, India, 2005.

Reference Books:

1. Computational Fluid Dynamics – The basics with Applications, John D. Anderson, Jr

(TMH) & Mc Graw Hill, 1995.
2. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics – FVM Method – H.K. Versteeg,
[Link], Longman Scientific and Technical, 1995 & PHI.
3. Text book of fluid dynamics, Frank Chorlton, CBS Publishers & distributors, 1985.

64
 Code: B16 ME 3212

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Outcomes:
1. To make student acquainted with the control charts and measure the quality of the
product.
2. To make aware of the different types of process charts used for improving the method of
doing the work.
3. To help students to learn the different methods of finding the standard time for a job.
4. To make the students acquainted with the probability distributions.
5. To make the students learn the impact of work on the human physiology and the
physiological constraints of the body.
Course Objectives:
1. Students will be able to find the quality of the product using different charts.
2. Can improve the method of doing work by applying principle of motion economy and
method study charts.
3. Can find the standard time required for completing a job by different methods.
4. Understands the basic probability distributions.
5. Understands the impact of work on the human body and also the physiological constraints
of the body.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To measure the skill and dexterity in the movement of Wrist and Fingers using pin board.
2. To measure the Heart beat using Stethoscope.
3. To show that the sample means from a normal universe follow a normal distribution.
4. To draw the control chart for fraction defective for a given lot of marble balls.
5. To determine the cycle time using PMTS.
6. To draw two handed process charts for
i. Bolt, Washer and nut assembly
ii. Assembly of electric tester.
7. To study the changes in heart rate for different subjects using Tread mill.
8. To draw Multiple Activity chart using an electric toaster.
9. To determine the percentage utilization using work sampling.
10. To study the process capability of a given process.
11. To measure the Heart rate during working and recovery periods of the subjects under
different loads, using Bicycle ergometer.
12. To draw flow process charts on activities in Workshop/ Laboratory/Office.
13. To determine the time required to perform motion sequence using work factor system.

65
14. To draw SIMO charts for
i. Ball point pen assembly
ii. Electric plug assembly.
15. To conduct time study of the bulb holder assembly operation of the existing method.
16. To collect the anthropometrics data using `Anthropolometer'.

Reference Books:

1. Industrial Engineering Management, by Dr. O. P .Khanna.

2. Industrial Engineering and Production Management by Telsay, S. Chand & Co.

66
 Code: B16 ME 3213

FLUID MECHANICS & MACHINES LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50
Credits :2

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the working principles and fundamentals of Fluid mechanics, turbines and
pumps.
2. To prepare the student for industrial applications.
3. The students are taught with testing and performance of hydraulic machines.
Course Outcomes:
1. The student gets complete knowledge on fluid mechanics, hydraulic turbines and pumps.
2. The student learns the complete calculation procedures for designing hydraulic turbines,
and pumps.
3. The student is prepared to work in industry immediately after this course.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Calibration of flow meters: (a) Venturi meter; (b) Orifice meter; (c) Nozzle meter.
2. Determination of coefficient of discharge for: (a) small orifice; (b) cylindrical mouth
piece.
3. Finding coefficient of discharge for: (a) rectangular notch; (b) triangular notch; (c)
trapezoidal notch.
4. To draw the performance characteristics of Centrifugal pump.
5. To find the specific speed of: (a) Pelton turbine; (b) Francis turbine.
6. To draw the characteristic curves for reciprocating pump.
7. To draw the pressure distribution and finding coefficient of drag for a bluff body and an
Aero foil.
8. To draw the characteristic curves for the hydraulic ram.

Reference Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, by [Link], Laxmi publications.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, by [Link].
3. Fluid Flow Machines, by [Link] Rao, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.
4. ―Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics‖, P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, TEXT BOOKS House,
Delhi.

67
 Code: B16ENG3202
VERBAL & QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE – II
(Common to All Branches)

Theory : 5 Periods(VA-3+QA-2) Sessionals : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. [Link] :70
Credits :2
Part-A: Verbal Aptitude and Soft Skills-II

Course objectives:

1. To expose the students to bettering sentence expressions and also forming equivalents.
2. To instill reading and analyzing techniques for better comprehension of written
discourses.
3. To create awareness among the students on the various aspects of writing, organizing
data, preparing reports, and applying their writing skills in their professional career.
4. To inculcate conversational skills, nuances required when interacting in different
situations.
5. To build/refine the professional qualities/skills necessary for a productive career and to
instill confidence through attitude building.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. Construct coherent, cohesive and unambiguous verbal expressions in both oral and
written discourses.
2. Analyze the given data/text and find out the correct responses to the questions asked
based on the reading exercises; identify relationships or patterns within groups of words
or sentences
3. Write paragraphs on a particular topic, essays (issues and arguments), e mails, summaries
of group discussions, reports, make notes, statement of purpose(for admission into foreign
universities), letters of recommendation(for professional and educational purposes).
4. Converse with ease during interactive sessions/seminars in their classrooms, compete in
literary activities like elocution, debates etc., raise doubts in class, participate in JAM
sessions/versant tests with confidence and convey oral information in a professional
manner.
5. Participate in group discussions/group activities, exhibit team spirit, use language
effectively according to the situation, respond to their interviewer/employer with a
positive mind, tailor make answers to the questions asked during their technical/personal
interviews, exhibit skills required for the different kinds of interviews (stress, technical,
HR) that they would face during the course of their recruitment process.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I (VA)
Sentence Improvement (finding a substitute given under the sentence as alternatives),
Sentence equivalence ( completing a sentence by choosing two words either of which will fit
in the blank), cloze test ( reading the written discourse carefully and choosing the correct
options from the alternatives and filling in the blanks), summarizing and paraphrasing .
68
UNIT- II (VA)
Types of passages (to understand the nature of the passage), types of questions (with
emphasis on inferential and analytical questions), style and tone ( to comprehend the author‘s
intention of writing a passage), strategies for quick reading(importance given to skimming,
scanning), summarizing ,reading between the lines, reading beyond the lines, techniques for
answering questions related to vocabulary (with emphasis on the context), supplying suitable
titles to the passage, identifying the theme and central idea of the given passages.
UNIT- III (VA)
Punctuation, discourse markers, general Essay writing, writing Issues and Arguments( with
emphasis on creativity and analysis of a topic), paragraph writing, preparing reports, framing
a ‗Statement of purpose‘, ‗Letters of Recommendation‘, business letter writing, email
writing, writing letters of complaints/responses. picture perception and description, book
review.

UNIT-IV (VA)
Just a minute sessions, reading news clippings in the class, extempore speech, telephone
etiquette, making requests/suggestions/complaints, elocutions, debates, describing incidents
and developing positive non verbal communication, story narration, product description.
UNIT-V (SS)
Employability Skills – Significance –– Transition from education to workplace - Preparing a
road map for employment – Getting ready for the selection process, Awareness about
Industry / Companies – Importance of researching your prospective workplace - Knowing
about Selection process - Resume Preparation: Common resume blunders – tips, Resume
Review, Group Discussion: Essential guidelines – Personal Interview: Reasons for Rejection
and Selection.

Reading/ Listening material:

1. Guide to IELTS, Cambridge University Press
2. Barron‘s GRE guide.
3. Newspapers like ‗The Hindu‘, ‗Times of India‘, ‗Economic Times‘.
4. Magazines like Frontline, Outlook and Business India.
5. News channels NDTV, National News, CNN
Text Books:

1. Objective English and Verbal Reasoning by R S Agarwal.

2. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Latha, Second Edition, OUP.
3. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – A Practical Approach to Business and
Technical Communication by R C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.
4. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Samina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge
University Press India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Soft Skills, by Dr. K. Alex, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books:

1. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking by John Seely.

2. Collins Cobuild English Grammar by Collins
3. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie
4. The Leader in You by Dale Carnegie
5. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Golman
6. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish by Rashmi Bansal
69
 Part-B: Quantitative Aptitude-II

Course objectives:

The objective of introducing quantitative aptitude-II is:

1. To refine concepts related to quantitative aptitude. – SOLVING PROBLEMS OF DI and
accurate values using averages, percentages.
2. To inculcate logical thinking by exposing the students to puzzles and reasoning related
questions.
3. To familiarize the students with finding out accurate date and time related problems.
4. To enable the students solve the puzzles using logical thinking.
5. To expose the students to various problems based on geometry and menstruation.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to perform well in calculating different types of data
interpretation problems.
2. The students will perform efficaciously on analytical and logical problems using various
methods.
3. Students will find the angle measurements of clock problems with the knowledge of
calendars and clock.
4. The students will skillfully solve the puzzle problems like arrangement of different
positions.
5. The students will become good at solving the problems of lines, triangulars, volume of
cone, cylinder and so on.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Averages, mixtures and allegations, Data interpretation

Understanding of AM,GM,HM-Problems on averages, Problems on mixtures standard
method. Importance of data interpretation: Problems of data interpretation using line graphs,
Problems of data interpretation using bar graphs, Problems of data interpretation using pie
charts, Problems of data interpretation using others.

UNIT II :Puzzle test, blood Relations, permutations, Combinations and probability

Importance of puzzle test, Various Blood relations-Notation to relations and sex making of
family Tree diagram, Problems related to blood relations, Concept of permutation and
combination, Problems on permutation, Problems on combinations, Problems involving both
permutations and combinations, Concept of probability-Problems on coins, Problems on dice,
Problems on cards, Problems on years.

UNIT III :Periods,Clocks, Calendars, Cubes and cuboids

Deriving the formula to find the angle between hands for the given time, finding the time if
the angle is known, Faulty clocks, History of calendar-Define year, leap year, Finding the day
for the given date, Formula and method to find the day for the given date in easy way, Cuts to
cubes, Colors to cubes, Cuts to cuboids, Colors to cuboids.

70
UNIT IV: Puzzles
Selective puzzles from previous year placement papers, sitting arrangement, problems-
circular arrangement, linear arrangement, different puzzles.

UNIT V: Geometry and Menstruation

Introduction and use of geometry-Lines, Line segments, Types of angles, Intersecting lines,
Parallel lines, Complementary angles, supplementary angles, Types of triangles-Problems on
triangles, Types of quadrilaterals-Problems on quadrilaterals, Congruent triangles and
properties, Similar triangles and its applications, Understanding about circles-Theorems on
circles, Problems on circles, Tangents and circles, Importance of menstruation-Introduction
of cylinder, cone, sphere, hemi sphere.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative aptitude by RS Agarwal

2. Verbal and non verbal reasoning by RS Agarwal.
3. Puzzles to puzzle you by shakunataladevi
4. More puzzles by shakunataladevi
5. Puzzles by George summers.

Reference Books:

1. Barron‘s by Sharon Welner Green and Ira K Wolf (Galgotia Publications pvt. Ltd.)
2. Websites: m4maths, Indiabix, 800score, official CAT, GRE and GMAT sites
3. Material from ‗IMS, Career Launcher and Time‘ institutes for competitive exams.
4. Books for cat by arunsharma
5. Elementary and Higher algebra by HS Hall and SR knight.

71
 Code: B16 ME 3214
MINI PROJECT

Lab : 3 Periods Sessionals : 50

Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. Aims to provide students with the opportunity to synthesis knowledge from various areas
of learning, and critically and creatively apply it to real complex engineering problems.
2. It enhances students‘ knowledge and enables them to acquire skills like collaboration,
communication and independent learning, prepares them for lif long learning and the
challenges ahead.
3. To provide students an opportunity to exercise their creative and innovative qualities in a
project group environment.

Course Outcomes:

1. Demonstrate a sound technical knowledge of their selected project topic.

2. Undertake problem identification, formulation and solution.
3. Design engineering solutions to complex problems utilising a systems approach.
4. Conduct an engineering project.
5. Communicate with engineers and the community at large in written an oral forms.
6. Demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attitudes of a professional engineer.

72
 Code: B16ENG3203

BASIC CODING
(Common to CE & ME)
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

Course Objectives:

1. To develop programming skills among the students.

2. To familiarize the student with Control Structures, Loop Structures.
3. To familiarize the student with Basic searching and sorting Methods.
4. To familiarize the student with Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
5. To familiarize the student with Structures and Unions.
6. To familiarize the student with Operating System concepts.
7. To familiarize the student with Networking concepts.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Know about Control Structures, Loop Structures and branching in programming.

2. Know about various searching and sorting methods.
3. Know about Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.
4. Know about Structures and Unions.
5. Know different Operating System concepts.
6. Differentiate OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review of Programming constructs

Programming Environment, Expressions formation, Expression evaluation, Input and Output
patterns, Control Structures, Sequential branching, Unconditional branching, Loop
Structures,Coding for Pattern Display.

UNIT II Introduction to Linear Data, strings and pointers

Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and representations, Pattern coding,
Working on character data, Compiler defined methods, Substitution coding for defined
methods, Row Major representation, Column Major representation, Basic searching and
sorting Methods.

UNIT III Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes

Functions – Introduction to modular programming – Function Communication - Pass by
value, Pass by reference – Function pointers – Recursions – Type casting – Storage classes

Practice: programs on passing an array and catching by a pointer, function returning data,
comparison between recursive and Iterative solutions.
Data referencing mechanisms: Pointing to diff. data types, Referencing to Linear data,
Runtime-memory allocation, Named locations Vs pointed locations, Referencing a 2D-
Matrix.
73
UNIT IV User-defined data types, Pre-processor Directives and standard storage
Need for user-defined data type – structure definition – Structure declaration – Array within a
Structure – Array of Structures – Nested Structures - Unions – Declaration of Union data
type, StructVs Union - Enum – Pre-processor directives , Standard storage methods,
Operations on file, File handling methods, Orientation to Object oriented programming

Practice: Structure padding, user-defined data storage and retrieval programs

UNIT V Operating system principles and Database concepts

Introduction to Operating system principles, Process scheduling algorithms, Deadlock
detection and avoidance, Memory management, Networking: Introduction to Networking,
OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite, Datalink layer, Internet layer, DVR Vs. LSR, Transport Layer,
Application Layer

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, [Link] and

[Link], 3rd Edition, Thomson, 2007.
2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India
[Link]
3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.
Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.
5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.
6. [Link]
7. [Link]

74
 Code: B16ME3215A

DESIGN FOR QUALITY, MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY

(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

ABOUT THE COURSE:

In the context of product design, it is very important to appreciate the limitations of a design
from manufacturing and assembly perspective and to produce high quality products at low
cost. This course will introduce methods that can provide guidance to design teams in
simplifying product structure to reduce manufacturing and assembly costs, quantify
improvements and how robust design concepts can be used for ensuring quality. This course
aims at introducing the need to account for variability, mathematically represent it, formulate
it and control it. Concepts such as quality, robustness, six sigma and orthogonal array will be
discussed.

COURSE LAYOUT:
Week 1 : Introduction, course expected outcomes, discussion on quality
Week 2 : Measuring quality: Quality loss function. Discussion on robustness, six sigma
concepts
Week 3 : Quantifying robustness: Signal to Noise Ratio, problem formulation using SNR.
Design of experiment discussions
Week 4 : Orthogonal array, linear graphs, triangular tables, finding optimum combinations.
Case studies
Week 5 : Design for Manufacturing: over the wall design, most influential phase in design,
best practices in injection molding and sheet metal working
Week 6 : Design for additive manufacturing, single point and multipoint tools
Week 7 : Design for Assembly: Boothroyd Dewhurst method, theoretical minimum number
of parts, Xerox producibility index (XPI) method
Week 8 : Do‘s and dont‘s in manual assembly, assembly time estimation, design for robotic
assembly considerations
Week 9 : Design for sustainability

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALS:

1. Madhav Phadke, ―Quality Engineering Using Robust Design‖, Prentice Hall, NJ, USA.
2. Phillip J. Ross, Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering, McGraw-Hill , 1989.
3. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst, ―Product Design for Manufacturing and
Assembly‖, Winston Knight, Mercel Dekker, 2001.
4. Daniel E. Whitney ―Mechanical Assemblies‖ Oxford University Press, 2004.

WEB LINK:

[Link]
75
 Code: B16ME3215B

INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH
(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

ABOUT THE COURSE

Large numbers of students are actively considering and taking up research and associated
higher studies. This course aims to introduce students to the important aspects of research.
The intent of the course is to make students aware of the details associated with formal
research and to help students overcome common misconceptions that may be present in their
minds. By going through this course, students are likely to be able to take up research
activities in a more systematic and formal manner right from the beginning.

COURSE LAYOUT

Week 1: A group discussion on what is research; Overview of research;

Week 2: Literature survey , Experimental skills;
Week 3: Data analysis, Modelling skills;
Week 4: Technical writing; Technical Presentations; Creativity in Research
Week 5: Creativity in Research; Ethics in Research
Week 6: Design of Experiments
Week 7: Intellectual Property
Week 8: Department specific research discussions

WEB LINK:

[Link]

76
 Code: B16ME3215C

NATURE AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS

(MOOCS-III)
Theory : 4 Periods Sessionals : 100
Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :2

ABOUT THE COURSE

This course introduces to the basics of metals and metallic alloys, polymers, composites
and smart materials which have extensively broadened the scope of engineering design in the
fields of Civil, Mechanical, Aerospace and other structural applications.

After learning this course, students will be well-versed with the underlying principle
governing the material properties and should be able to select proper material for their
application.

COURSE LAYOUT

Module 1: Introduction to Engineering materials & Mechanical properties

Module 2: Atomic bonding and crystal structure
Module 3: Metals and Ceramics
Module 4: Polymers
Module 5: Composite Materials
Module 6: Smart Materials
Module 7: Materials selection in Engineering design
Module 8: Non-mechanical properties and Laboratory demonstration

SUGGESTED READING

1. Material Science and Engineering: An Introduction by W.D. Callister, Wiley publication.

2. Engineering materials: Michael F. Ashby and David Jones, Elsevier publication
3. Materials selection in Mechanical design by Michael F. Ashby, Elsevier publication
4. Mechanics of Composite by Materials Robert M. Jones, Taylor & Francis publication.
5. Smart Structures Theory by Inderjit Chopra & Jayant Sirohi, Cambridge press

WEB LINK:

[Link]

77